HomeMy WebLinkAboutArch/structural specs for addition ARCHITECTURAL AND STRUCTU�AL
SPECIFICATIONS
FOR THE �
CONSTRUCTION
OF TH�
ADDITION
at
�� � � ABINGDON WAY
FOR
Richard and Britt Gage
sy
ARCHITECHTURE
t�rc�itects
�
TITLE PAGE
PROJECT: Richard aud Britt Gage Residence Addition
2180 Abingdon Way
Long Lake,Minnesota
ARCHIT'ECT ARCHTTECHI�JRE Suite 101
Minneapolis,Minnesota 55401 Phone 612-339-2844
STRUCT'LJRAL Meyer,Borgman&Johnson/Roland Johnson
ENGINEER: Minneapolis,Minnesota
CERTIFICATION:
I hereby certify that this Specification was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a
duly gi Architect under the laws of the State of Minnesota.
. un ist
Date: 1,4,2008
Minnesota Architectural Registration No.7535
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DIVISION 0-BIDDING AND CONTRACTUAL REQUIItEMENTS
Title page
Certification pa�e
Table of contents
00030 Instcuction to bidders
00050 Contract Forms
00070 Proposal Form
_ Note:Pre-bid information,Agceement forms,and Conditions of the contract(Contracts between Owner and
Builders, Supplementary Conditions,Equal Employment Opportunity/Affirmative Action requirements,
Targeted Vendor busmess requirements, Special Conditions for contract work involving federal labor
standard requirements)are by others under separate cover. The General Conditions of the Contract for
Conshuction are included with this specification.
SPECIFICATIONS
DIVISION 1-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01010 Summary of Work
O 1015 General Structural Notes
01030 Alternates
01050 Field Installation
01300 Submittals ,
01344 Shop Drawings
01410 Testing Laboratory Services
41500 Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls
01600 Material and Equipment
01700 Project Closeout
01740 Warranties
DIVISION 2-STTE WORK
02070 Selective Demolition
02200 Earkhwork
DIVISION 3-CONCRETE
03300 Poured in Place Concre#e
03520 Insulating Lightweight Concrete
DIVISION 4-MASONRY
04200 Unit Masonry(C M Ln
04300 Stucco
DIVISION S-METALS
OSt20 Structural Steel
DIVISION b-WOOD AND PLASTICS
06100 Rough Carpentry
06185 Structural Glued Laminated Timber
06200 Finish Carpentry
06402 Interior ArcWtectural Woodwork
DIVLSION 7-THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
07160 Bituminous Dampproofing
07210 Building�nsulation
07314 Wood Shakes
07530 Single Ply Membrane Roofing
07600 Flashing and Sheet Metal
07901 Joint Sealants
DIVISION 8-DOORS AND WINDOWS
08211 Flush Wood Doors
08305 Access Panels
08312 Wood Sliding Glass Ibors
08360 Sectional Overhead Doors
08610 Wood Windows
08620 Skylights
08710 Door Hardware
08800 Glass and Glazing
DIVISION 9-FINISHES
09250 Gypsum Drywall
09300 Ceramic Tile and Stone
09660 Resilient Tile Flooring
09900 Painting by Owner
DIVISION 10-SPECIALTIES
10660 Toilet and Bath Accessories
Gas Fireplaces(under separate cover)
DIVISION 11 smd 12-EQUIPMENT and TUl[tNISHII�TGS
Washer,Dryers and other Furnishings by Oamer
DIVISION 13-SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
Radon removal(under separate cover)
Alarm suid Sec�rlty Systems by Owner
DIVLSION 14-SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
14235 Residential Elevator
DIVISION 15-MECHANICAL(by others under separate cover)
DIVISION 16-ELEC1'RICAL(by others wider separate cover)
GENERAL CONDITIONS
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
SECTION 00030
PART 1
Project Description
The work specified herein and indicated on the drawings is for the construction of an addition to the Gage
Residence located at 2180 Abingdon Way,Oronq Mn. All work covered by this spec�cation or shown
on the drawings referred to herein shall be included in this project,unless it is specifically stated that any
particular part is excluded.
PART 2:BIDDING
2.1 Bidding Procedure
Bidding will be done on a fixed contract basis and any bid containing any clauses or phrases which
modify this condition will be rejected.
The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive informalities in the bidding procedure.
2.2 Bids
Bids will be received at Architechture,600 North Washington Avenue,Minneapolis,MN 55401. Bids
may be withdrawn prior to the scheduled closing time for receipt of bids,but no bid shall be withdrawn
for a period of thirty(30)days after the sch�luled closing time for the receipt of bids.
PART 3:PLANS AND SPECI�'ICATIONS
3.1 Examination of drawings,specifications and site:
Before submitting his bid,the bidder shall carefully e�camine the drawings and the entire contents of the
spacifications so as to be thoroughly familiar with all the conditions affecting the worlc and,if awarded
the contract shall not be allowed any e�clra compensation by reason of any unforeseen difficultivs or
obstacles which the bidder could have discovered or reasonably anticipated prior to the bidding.
3.2 Add�nda
Should there by any questions regarding the intent of the drawings or the specifications,bidders shall
notify the�4rchit�t before bidding and an addendum will be issued to a11 bidders,clarifying the point.
Bidders are insttucted to contact the Arc}�itect immediately prior to bid date for all addenda related to their
work.
3.3 Requirements of Plans and Specifications
It is the intent of the drawings and specification to include all labor,material,equipment and
transportation necess�ry for the proper execution and completion of the entire project. Each of the sub-
contractors and material and equipment suppliers working under tha specificadons and drawings shall turn
over his portion of the project in a complet�operating condition irrespective of whether the drawings or
the specifications,or both,cover each iindividual item in minute detail.
3.4 Guarantee
It is understood that all contractors and subcontractors shall guarantee their work for one year beyond the
completion of the project. This guarantee sh�ll fnclude all m�terials and workmanship incorporated into
the building.
3.5 Codes
All work by all contractors,subcontractors and all supplied products must meet all goveming codes and
ordinances. The general contractor,each subcontractor and each material supplier shall give to the proper
authorities all notices,as required by law,relative to the work in his direct charge or direct responsibility,
obtain and pay for all official permits and licenses for temporary enclosures.
CONTRACT FORMS
SECTION 00050
00052 Agreement Form: The Agreement Form shall be a Standard AIA Form of Agreement
between Contractor and Owner for Conshvction of Bwildings.
00054 Gertifica.tes of Insurance; Workmans Compensation sha11 be written on a Certificate of
Insurance Form.
Property insurauce shall be wr�itten on Standard Fire Policy with multi-peril form attached. Multi-
penl forms acceptable are from any National Insurance Company.
00055 Project Schedules:List of subcontractors sha11 be provided on an AIA document or a
similar form. Cost breakdown list sha11 be provided. Consituction Progress schedule shall be
pmvided.
'These lists shall be in th�same sequence as the specificadons written and sha11 give numerical and
alphabetical and subsection designation.
00056 Payment Forms:Application and Certificate for payment shall be made on an AIA
document form, Any changes on the subject contract shall be made by Change Order made on
AIA document form.
00058 Certificate of Substantial Completion: The Architect will issue a Certificate of Substantial
Completion on an AIA dcicument form when the Architect considers the bui�lding to be
substantially completed.
00059 Conttr�acctor- Subcontractor Contract: The contract between General Contractor and all
Subcontractors shall be on�Standard�GC Contracto�r-Subcontractor form.
Proposal Form
SECTION 00070
The Bidd�r sha11 copy this form on his own lettethead
Date:
The undersigned proposes to furnish the below listed labor and/or materials for the addition to
the G�ge residence located at 2180 Abingdon Way, Orono,Minnesota as described int the plans
and specifications by Architechture,of Minneapolis,Minnesota,da.ted Jan 4,2008.
If the proposal is accepted,the undersigned agrees to enter into a contra+ct on that basis and in a
form sa.tisfactory to the Arclutect and the Owners.
If this proposal is accepted by the Owners,within 30 days the undersigned agrees to begin work
and/or furnish materials and/or equipment upon Architect's notification to proceed. All bids
sha11 be sent to the Architect at 600 Washington Ave.No. Suite 101 Minneapolis,Mn. 55401
List the amount of each item in the bid below.
BID TOTAL
We acknowledge the receipt of the following addenda:
FIRM NAME
ADDRESS
BY
�:.��'
DIV�SION 1: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Q1010 SUMMARY OF THE WORK
General:
The work of the contract consists,in general,of the construction,of an addition at the Richard and Britt
Gage residence,Long Lake,Minnesota as shown on the Drawings and described in these Specifications.
It includes both the removal of materials and the installation of new materials. The Owner has the right
to rejects a11 bids.If the Owner accepts a bid,the successful Bidder/Builder will enter into an ag�ment
with the Owner to undertake this project
The General construction contraet includes the contracts,the drawings and the project manual.The
Mechanical and Electrical work shall be bid under separate contracts.
The data set forth in this specification and indicated on the drawings is accurate as can be obtained,but
its extreme accuracy can not be guaranteed. Final application shall be determined by the approval of the
Owner.
The law and location of the construction sites govern the construction of any contract,all building,
heatitig,ventilating,plumbing and electrical codes of the State of Minnesota and local laws and
ordinances,which are hereby made part of each Contract.
Scope of Work; Contractors will provide material delivered to the site and all labor to complete the work
according to the drawings and the project manual. All Sub-Contractors shall be responsible to the
General eontractor. The Owner will enter into various Contracts as required to complete the work
described.
Ther�e shall be no commanication,concernin tec6nical matters,between the Owner and th�
Contractors regardiag the Work xfter it t�us. All commnmication regarding snch matters shall
take place between the Contractors and the Architect and or his Engineers.
01015 GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES
Design Unit$tresses
• Structural Steel-ATSM A572"W shapes;ASTIVi A36 for angles,plates saddles and bars.
• Structural Tube Steel-ATSM A501,Cnrade B.
• Reinforcin�St�l-ATSM A615,Grade 60.
• Weld�Wire Fabric-ATSM A185.
• Concrete-fc=30(�psi @.2a days,footing,slabs and beau►s;except 4000psi with 7%air
entrainment for garage slab.
• Masonry-f'a1= 1500 psi.
• Concrete eore fill for masonry-3000 psi @.28 days.
• Microlam beams and PSL cols-Tivss Joist MacMillan 2.OE,Fb=2900 psi treated when exterior
use.
• Glulam beams-DFL,Fb=2400 psi with exterior glue lines.
• Dimensional lumber SPF#2 or better,treated for exterior use.
Design Live Load$
• Roof Live Load-40 psf.
• Floor Live Load-40 psf.
• Balconies and Decks-64 psf.
� Wind Load- 15 psf.
Foundat�oas
• Footings are designed for an asswned maximum soil bearing pressure of 20QOPSF. It shall be the
responsibility of the contractor to verify that this value is achieved at the foo�ing elevations
indicated and without long term damaging differential settlement to the structure.
• Backfill material against the fopndation walls sha11 be granular,free draining and contain not more
than l OP/o passing#200 sieve
• Miniunum soil cover for new exterior footings at buiIding perimeter shall be not less than 3'-6"
unless required by local building code tb be deeper or where required to match existing footing
cover. Soil cover for footings supporting attached exterior d�cks shall be 5'-0".
• Unless otherwise noted,footings under exterior and interior bearing wa.11s shall be 12"wider than
the wall thickness x 12"deep and reinfom�,ed with 2#4 continuous.
Structaral Steel
• Codes for Structural Steel design,fabrication and erection.
• AISC Manuel of Steel Construction,ASD,current additiott.
• Al 1 bolts to be 3/4"diameter,ASTM A325,unless otherwise noted.Shop connections may be
welded.
• All beam web copes shall be made to a 1"minimum radius.
• Provide shop drawings for all shuCh�ral steel items.
Wood Framing
• Code:NFPA National Design Specification for Wood Construction,latest adition.
+ Shop drawings are required for all Microlam and Glulam members.
• Wood posts made up of 2 x members shall be nailed togeTher @ 18"o.c.,each side,staggered
spacing,using lOd nails unless otherwise noted.
• Double ail fldor joists under parallel to span partitions.
• Where indicated,joist hangers shall be 18 ga.,face mounted unless noted otherwise.
General
• Provide temporary bracing,shoring,etc,to all structural elements,as requir�d at any stage of
construction,to withstand consduction loads or any ot�er usual load during the construction
period. Such bracitig shall remain in place as long as required for safety until completion of the
project.
01030 ALTERNATES
General
This section includes administrative and procedural nequirements governing Alternates.
Procedures
Coordination:Modify or adjust affected adjacent Work as necessary to completely and fully integrate
that Work into the Proj�c� Include as part of each alternate,miscellaneous devices,accessory objects,
and similar items incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not mentioned as part of
the Altemate.
Defmitions:
TI�DEFINITION BELOW AMPLIFIES TI�DEFIIJITION 1N AU�DOCUMENT A701,
"INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS."IT ASSUMES Tf�NORMAL BIDDING SITUATION WITH
CONTRACTORS STATIl�iG ALTERNATE AMOUNTS REQUESTBD ON THE BID FOItivt. IT
ALSO ASSUMES THAT THE OWNER WII.L DECIDE TO ACCEPT OR REJECT ALTERNATES
B�FORE SIGNII�JG THE AGREEMENT. IT ALSO ASSUMES TI�AT TI�BIDDING
DOCUMENTS STIPULATE TERMS UNDER'DVHICH TI�OWNER WILL ACCEPT OR REJECT
THE ALTERNATES.
Alternates:
A. Defmition: An alternate is an amount propos�by bidders and stated on the Bid Form for certain
work defined in the Bidding Requirements that may bG added to or deducte.cl from the Base Bid
amount if the Owner decides to accept a corresponding change in either the amount of conshuction
to be completed,or in the produc�s,materials,equipme�,systems,or installation methods
described in the Contract Dcscuments.
1. The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to or deduction from the �
Contract Sum to incorporatc the Alternate into the Work. No other adjushnents are
made to the Contract Sum.
Procednres:
A. Coordination: Modify or adjust affacted adjacent Work as necessary to completely and fully
integrate that Work into the Project
1. Include as part of each alternate,miscellaneous devices,accessory objects,and similaz'
items incidental to or required far a complete installation whether or not mentioned as
part of the Alternate.
B. Notification: Immediately following th�award of the Contract,notify each party involved,in
writing,of the status of each altemate. Indicate whether alternates have been acce�ted,r8jected,or
deferred for later consideration. Include a complete description of negotiated modifications to
alternates.
C. Execute accepted alternates under the same conditions as other Work of this Contcact.
D. Schedule: A"Schedule of Altemates"may be included at the end of this Section. Specification
Sections referenced in the Schedule contain requirements for materials necessary to achieve the
Work described under each altemate.
Products(Not Applicable)
Ezecation
Schedule of$ltemates
01050 FIELD 1NSTALLATION
Laying and Staking Ont:
A Surveyor hired by th Owner shall meet with the Architect to determine exact location,accurately lay
but the work and provide necessary instruments,etc.,according to the drawings furnished.However each
Con r will be held resnonsible for verifvin�the correct location of ti�eir work on the premises.
01300 SUBMITTALS
Sequence of Work/Security:
The Contractor shall be responsible for setting a sch�dule and will be responsible for coordinating
� security with the Owner.
01340 SHOP DRAWINGS
Make all Shop Dravvings accurately to scale and suf�iciently large to show all pertinent fea.tures of the
item and its method of connection to the Work.
Submit 3 copies of Shop Drawin�which are�lear and legible in blue or black line on white background.
01410 TESTING LAB+ORATORY SERVICES
G�neral:
The Owner will select an independent testing laboratory,if reqaired.
When initial tests indicate non�;ompliance with the Contract Documents,subsequent retesting
occasioned by ti�e same testing agency,and costs thereof will be charged to the responsible Sub-
Contractor.
01500 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS
General:
Owner shall pay for all water,electricity,gas,temporary l�eat and other utilities needed during progress
of construction.
Products:
The various contractars retained by the Owner shall provide such temporary facilities,and utilities as are
required for the safe and proper completion of the Worlc.
Eaecallon:
The various contractors shall maintain temporary facilities and controls as long as needed for safe and
proper completion of the Work. Remove such te,mporary facilities and controls as rapidly as progress of
01600 MATERtAL AND EQUIPMENT
General:
Substitutions: Contract is based on the standards of quality established in the Coniract Documents.
Substitutions will be consid�ed only when listed at the rime of bidding.
Do not substitute materials,equipment,or methods unless such substitution has been approved
specifically in writing by the Architect for this Work
Where the phrase"or equal"occurs in the Contract Document�,do not assume that the materials,
equipment,or other methods will be appnoved as equal unless the item has been specifically so approved
for this Work by the Architect
Product Handling:Comply with the manufacturer's recommendation on product handling,storage and
protection.Deliver products to the job site in their original containers,with labels intact anci le�ible. All
material shall be stored offthe sround„und�er waterproof en-closures.and awav from wet or dac�p
surfaces. Maintain all finished surfaces clean and unmarred,and suitably protected until accepted by
Owner.
0170(1 PROdECT CLOSEOUT
General:
When the various construction Work is within fifteen(15)days of completion,the various Contractors
shall give written notice to the Architect of date of substantial compl�tion and ready for pre-final
inspection.
All$ubcontractors shall take action required to correct a�l deficiencies listed and when tbey have been
completed,a final inspection will be made.
Upon completion of final inspection the Architect can state that the project is complete,or if work
remains that a sum,satisfactory to insure t�e performance of the work,be retained until completion.
When project is approaching completion and final payment,a11 Sub-Contractors shall secure lien wavers
in full for labor and material furnished from all suppliers. Inadequate,incomplete,or insufl3cient wavers
shall constihrte cause for non-approval of final application for payments.
Project record docnments:
Throughout progress of the Work,each Contractor will maintain an accurate cecord of changes in the
Contract Documents. Maintain one complete set of the Contract Documents on the Site,to be used only
as the"Job Record Set".
Do not use th�Job Record Set for any purpose other than to record changes occurring in the Contract
Documents during th�progress of the Work. Make entries within 24 hours after receipt of information
that the change has occurred. Upon completion of the Work,and as a condition of its acceptance,deliver
the properly annotated Job Record Set to the Architect.
010740 WA►�tRANTIES
Each Contractor shall be responsible for its own work and shall repair or replace(at its own e�ense)any
defective work or material which may show itself within one year after issuance of Certificate of Final
Completiun by the Owner.
END OF DIVISION 1 .
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SITE WORK
SECTION 02070
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
Generai:
Demolition: Provide all materials and labor to accomplish demolition as may be reasonably required to carry
out the Work set forth in the Contract Documents such as walls,roof areas,floors,fmishes,lighting fixtures,
doors,windows etc. This Contractor shall salvage all items that are in good condition and can be reused,
such as Overhead doors,Door assemblies,Windows,Light fixtures,Wood Shakes Etc. With respect to all
intemal partitions and fmishes,all demolition indicated or required and not otherwise assigned,is included
under the responsibility of the Demolition Contractor. This includes certain areas of the existing residence
and garage. If this Contractor has any questions conceming wether an item is salvageable or not,he must
contact Architect.
This Contractor shall protect all trees marked with a red ribbon. He shall also protect all existing exterior
construction such as existing Roofs,Tennis Court, Pool,Cabana,Exterior Lighting,Stairs,Walls,Patios,
Piers, Gates, Fences both permanent and temporary, Walks and the Main House. It is this contractors
responsibility to protect all utility boxes of all types both inside and outside the building parts to be
demolished.
The Demolition Contractor,at their own expense,shall make good to the General Contractor or any person
whose property is damaged or destroyed as a result of demolition operations. He is not responsible for
damage caused by others. He is to inspect the job before he begins his work and report damage to any items
to be saved.
Termination of Services: Each Trade shall terminate its own services to existing construction which are to
be permanently disconnected. They shall further make all temporary service terminations indicated or
replaced services required as a part of work under all Contracts.
Disposal: The Demolition Contractor is responsible for removal,hauling,and disposing of all debris on a
weekly basis. If his debris is not removed on a weekly basis, the Owner shall have it removed and the
Demolition Contracior shall be charged for this removal.
END OF SECTION 02070
SITE WORK '
Page 1 of 1
EARTAWORK
SECTION 02200
PART 1-GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions
and Division 1 Specification S�tions,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
l. Preparing and grading subgrades for slabs-on-grade,walks,pavements,and landscaping.
2. Excavating and bacicfilling for buildings and structures.
3. Drainage and moisture-control fill course for slabs-on-grade.
4. Subbase course for walks and pavements
5. Excavating and backfilling trenches within building lines.
B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section.
1. Division 3 Section "Cast-In-Place Concrete" for concrete encasings, cradles, and
appurtenances for utility systems.
2. 24 inches outside of concrete forms other than at footings.
3. 12 inches outside of concrete forms at footings.
4. 6 inches outside of minimum required dimensions of concrete cast against grade.
5. 6 inches beneath bottom of concrete slabs on grade.
6. 6 inches beneath invert elevation of pipe in trenches,and the greater of 24 inches wider than
pipe diameter or 42 inches wide.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Excavation consists of the removal of material encountered to subgrade elevations and the reuse or
disposal of materials removed.
B. Subgrade: The uppermost surface of an excavation or the top surface of a fill or backfill
immediately below subbase,drainage fill,or topsoil materials.
C. Bonow: Soil material obtained off-site when sufficient approved soil material is not available from
excavations.
D. Subbase Course: The layer placed between the subgrade and base course in a paving system or the
layer placed between the subgrade and surface of a pavement or walk.
E. Base Course: The layer placed between the subbase and surface pavement in a paving system.
F. Drainage Fill: Course of washed granular material supporting slab-on-grade placed to cut off
upwazd capillary flow of pore water.
G. Unauthorized excavation consists of removing materials beyond indicated subgrade elevations or
dimensions without direction by the Architect. Unauthorized excavation,as well as remedial work directed
by the Architect,shall be at the Contractor's expense.
Page 1 of 6
H. Structures: Buildings,footings,foundations,retaining walls,slabs,tanks,curbs,mechanical and
electrical appurtenances,or other man-made stationary featwes constructed above or below gtound surface.
I. Utilities include on-site underground pipes,well,septic system,conduits,ducts,and cables,as well
as underground services within building lines.
1.4 QUALTTY ASSURANCE
A. Codes and Standards: Perform earthwork complying with requirements of authorities having
jurisdiction.
1. Before commencing earthwork, meet with the Architect, and other concerned entities as
required. Review earthwork procedures and responsibilities including testing and inspection
procedures (if any)and requirements. Record discussions and agreements and furnish a
copy to each participant.
1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt existing utilities serving facilities occupied by the Owner or
others except when permitted in writing by the Architect and then only after acceptable temporary utility
services have been provided.
1. Provide a minimum 48-hours'notice to the Architect and receive written notice to proceed
before interrupting any utility.
B. Coordinate with utility companies and Owners as to shutoff services if lines are active.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 SOIL MATERIALS "
A. General: SEE STRUCTLTRAL NOTES AND DETAILS:
2.2 ACCESSORIES
A. Warning Tape: Acid-and alkali-resistant polyethylene film warning tape manufactured for marking
and identifying underground utilities, 6 inches wide and 4 mils thick, continuously inscribed with a
description of the utility.
B. Detectable Warning Tape: Acid-and alkali-resistant polyethylene film warning tape manufactured
for marking and identifying underground utilities,6 inches wide and 4 mils thick minimum,continuously
inscribed with a description of the utility,with metallic core encased in a protective jacket for corrosion
protection,detectable by metal detector when tape is buried up to 2'-6"deep.
1. Tape Colors: Provide tape colors to utilities as follows:
a. Red: Electric.
b. Yellow: Gas,oil,steam,and dangerous materials.
c. Orange: Telephone and other communications.
d. Blue: Water systems.
e. Green: Sewer systems.
Page 2 of 6
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Protect structures,utilities,sidewalks,pavements,and other facilities from damage causai by
settlement,lateral movement,undermining,washout,and other hazards created by earthwork operations.
B. Tree protection is specified in the Division 2 Section"Selective Demolition." See Architect if it
appears that grading may damage existing trees
3.2 DEWATERING
A. Prevent surface water and subsurface or ground water,from ponding on prepared subgrades,and
from flooding Project site and surrounding area.
B. Protect subgrades soils from softening and damage by rain or water accumulation.
3.3 EXCAVATION
A. Classified Excavation: Excavation is classified and includes excavation to required subgrade
elevations. Excavation will be classified as earth excavation or rock excavation as follows:
1. Earth excavation includes excavation of pavements and other obstructions visible on
surface;underground structures,utilities,and other items indicated to be demolished and
� removed;together with soil and other materials encountered that are not classified as rock
or unauthorized excavation.
3.4 STABILITY OF EXCAVATIONS
A. Comply with local codes,ordinances,and requirements ofauthorities having jurisdiction to maintain
stable excavations.
3.5 APPROVAL OF SUBGRADE
A. Notify Architect when excavations have reached required subgrade.
B. When unforeseen unsatisfactory soil is present,continue excavation and replace with compacted
backfill or fill material as directed.
3.6 UNAUTHORIZED EXCAVATION(IF AN�
A. Fill unauthorized excavation under foundations or wall footings by extending indicated bottom
elevation of concrete foundation or footing to excavation bottom,without altering required top elevation.
Lean concrete fill may be used to bring elevations to proper position when acceptable to the Architect.
1. Fill unauthorized excavations under other construction as directed by the Architect.
3.'� STORAGE OF SOIL MATERIALS
A. Stockpile excavated materials acceptable for backfill and fill soil materials,including acceptable
borrow materials. Stockpile soil materials without intermixing. Place,grade,and shape stockpiles to drain
surface water. Cover to prevent wind-blown dust.
Page 3 of 6
l. Stockpile soil materials away from edge of excavations. Do not store within drip line of
remaining trees.
3.8 BACKFILL
A. Backfill excavations promptly,but not before completing the following:
1. Acceptance of construction below fmish grade including perimeter insulation where
applicable.
2. Surveying locations of underground utilities for record documents.
3. Testing,inspecting,and approval of underground utilities.
4. Concrete form work removal.
5. Removal of trash and debris from excavation.
B. Place and compact initial bac�ll of satisfactory soil material or subbase material,free of particles
larger than 1 inch,to a height of 12 inches over the utility pipe or conduit.
C. Coordinate backfilling with utilities testing.
D. Fill voids with approved backfill materials as shoring and bracing,and sheeting is removed.
E. Place and compact final bacl�ill of satisfactory soil material to final subgrade.
F. Install warning tape directly above utilities, 12 inches below finished grade,except 6 inches below
subgrade under pavements and slabs. �
G. Drainage Bacicfill: Place and compact drainage backfill of filtering material over subsurface drain,
in width indicated,to within 12 inches of fmal subgrade. Overlay drainage backfill with one layer of filter
fabric,overlapping edges at least 6 inches.
3.9 FILL
A. Preparation: Remove vegetation,topsoil,debris,wet,and unsatisfactory soil materials,obstructions,
and deleterious materials from ground surface prior to placing fills.
1. Plow strip,or break up sloped surfaces steeper than 1 vertical to 4 horizontal so fill material
will bond with existing surface.
A. Place fill material in layers to required elevations for each location listed below.
1. Under grass,use satisfactory excavated or bonow soil material.
2. Under wallcs and pavements, use subbase or base material, or satisfactory excavated or
borrow soil material.
3. Under steps and ramps,use subbase material.
4. Under building slabs,use drainage fill material.
3.10 MOISTURE CONTROL
A. Grade all contours so the slope is away from all structures and starting 6"below finished building
surfaces IE,stucco,wood,Etc.
3.11 COMPACTION
Page 4 of 6
A. Place backfill and fill materials in layers not more than 8 inches in loose depth for material
compacted by heavy compaction equipment, and not more than 4 inches in loose depth for material
compacted by hand-operated tampers.
B. Place backfill and fill materials evenly on all sides of structures to required elevations. Place backfill
and fill uniformty along the full length of each structure.
C. Percentage of Maximum Dry Density Requirements: Compact soil to not less than the following
percentages of maximum dry density according to ASTM D 1557:
1. Under structures, piers, building slabs, steps, and pavements, compact the top 12 inches
below subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill material at 95 percent maximum dry
density.
2. Under walkways,compact the top 6 inches below subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill
material at 95 percent maximum dry density.
3. Under lawn or unpaved areas,compact the top 6 inches below subgrade and each layer of
backfill or fill material at 90 percent maximum dry density.
3.12 GRADING
A. General: Uniformly grade areas to a smooth surface,free from irregular surface changes. Comply
with compaction requirements and grade to cross sections, lines,and elevations indicated.
�
l. Provide a smooth transition between existing adjacent grades and new grades.
2. Cut out soft spots, fill low spots, and trim high spots to conform to required surface
tolerances.
B. Site Grading: Slope grades to direct water away from all building structures(See Drawings and 3.10
A above)to prevent ponding. Finish subgrades to required elevations within the following tolerances:
l. Lawn or Unpaved Areas: Plus or minus 0.10 foot.
2. Walks: Plus or minus 0.i0 foot.
3. Pavements: Plus or minus 1/2 inch.
C. Grading Inside Building Lines: Finish subgrade tolerance to 1/2 inch when tested with a 10-ft
straightedge.
3.13 SUBBASE AND BASE COURSES
A. Under pavements and walks,place subbase course material on prepared subgrades. Place base
course material over subbases to pavements.
1. Compact subbase and base courses at optimum moisture content to required grades,lines,
cross sections and thickness to not less than 95 percent of ASTM D 4254 relative density.
2. Shape subbase and base to required crown elevations and cross-slope grades.
3. When compacted subbase or base course thickness is 6 inches or less,place materials in a
single layer.
4. When thiclmess of compacted subbase or base course exceeds 6 inches,place materials in
equal layers, with no layer more than 6 inches thick or less than 3 inches thick when
compacted.
Page 5 of 6
3.14 PROTECTION
A. Protecting Graded Areas: Protect newly graded azeas from traffic,freezing,and erosion. Keep free
of trash and debris.
B. Protecting existing site marked vegetation and drawing marked vegetation: Protect existin�trees,
shrubs,Etc. from damage within grading limits
C. Repair and re-esta.blish grades to specified tolerances where completed or partially completed
surface become eroded, rutted, settled, or lose compaction due to subsequent conshuction operations or
weather conditions.
1. Scarify or remove and replace material to depth directed by the Architect; reshape and
recompact at optimum moisture content to the required density.
D. Settling: Where settling occurs during the Project correction period,remove finished surfacing,
backfill with additional approved material,compact,and reconstruct surfacing.
1. Restore appearance,quality,and condition of finished surfacing to match adj acent work,and
eliminate evidence of restoration to the greatest elctent possible.
3.15 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS
A. Disposal: Remove surplus satisfactory soil and waste material,including unsatisfactory soil,trash,
and debris,and legally dispose of it off the Owner's property. �
END OF SECTION 02200
EARTHWORK
Page 6 of 6
POURED-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
SECTION 03300
THIS SECTION USES THE TERM ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER.
PART 1-GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contra+ct,including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections(Genera(Structural Notes),apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section specifies cast-in place concrete,including formwork,reinforcing,mix
design,placement procedures,and finishes.
B. Cast-in-place concrete includes the following:
1. Foundations and footings.
2. Slabs-on-grade.
3. Equipment pads and bases.
4. Exterior concrete stairs
- C. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section:
1. Division 2 Section"Portland Cement Concrete Paving"for concrete walks,and aprons.
13 SUBNIITTALS
A. General: Submit the following according to Conditions ofthe Contract and Division 1 Specification
Sections.
B. Product data for proprietary materials and items,including reinforcement and forming
accessories,admixhues,patching compounds,waterstops,joint systems,curing compounds,dry-shake finish
materials,and othets if requested by Architect.
C. Shop dra�ings for reinforcement detailing fabricating,bending,and placing concrete
reinforcement. Comply with ACI 315 "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete
Structures" showing baz schedules, stirrup spacing, bent bar diagrams, and arraz►gement of concrete
reinforcement. Include special reinforcing required for openings through concrete structures.
D. Samples of materials as requested by Architect,including names, sources,and
descriptions,as follows:
l. Waterstops.
2. Vapor retarder/barrier.
3. Tile inlays
E. Material certificates in lieu of material laboratory test reports. Material certificates shall
be signed by manufacturer and Contractor, certifying that each material item complies with or exceeds
specified requirements. Provide certification from admixhue manufacturers that chloride content complies
with specification requirements.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Codes and Standards; Comply with provisions of the following codes,specifications,and\
standards,except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified:
Page 1 of 8
1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with
2.4 RELATED MATERIALS
1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements.
A. Sand Cushion: Clean,natural sand.
B. Vapor Retarder: Provide vapor retarder that is resistant to deterioration when tested
according to ASTM E 154,as follows:
1. Polyethylene sheet not less than 8 mils thick.
C. Liquid Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: Liquid-type membrane-forming curing
compound complying with ASTM C 309,Type I, Class A. Moisture loss not more than 0.55 kg/sq. meter
when applied at 200 sq.ft./gal.
1. Provide material that has a maximum volatile organic compound(VOC)rating of 350 mg per
liter.
2. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements.
PROPORTIONING AND DESIGNING NIIXES
See)1015 General Structural
2.5 CONCRETE MII�LING ,
A. Ready-Muced Concrete: Comply with requirements of ASTM C 94,and as spec�ed.
PART 3-EXECUTION
" 3.1 GENERAL
A. Coordinate the installation of joint materials,vapor retarder/barrier,and other related materials with
placement of forms and reinforcing steel.
3.2 FORMS
A. General: Design,erect,support,brace,and maintain formwork to support vertical,lateral,
static,and dynamic loads that might be applied until concrete structure can support such loads. Construct
formwork so concrete members and structures aze of correct size,shape,alignment,elevation,and position.
Maintain formwork construction tolerances and surface inegularities complying with the following ACI 347
limits:
1. Provide Class A tolerances for concrete surfaces exposed to view.
2. Provide Class C tolerances for other concrete surfaces.
B. Provisions for Other Trades: Provide openings in concrete formwork to accommodate
work of other trades. Determine size and location of openings,recesses,and chases from trades providing
such items. Accurately place and securely support items built into forms.
33 VAPOR RETARDER/BARRIER INSTALLATION
A. General: Place vapor retarder/barrier sheeting in position with longest dimension parallel
with direction of pour.
B. Lap joints 6 inches and seal with manufacturer's recommended mastic or pressure-
sensitive tape.
3.4 PLACING REINFORCEMENT
Page 3 of 8
A. General: Comply with Concrete Reinforcing Steel L�stitute's recommended practice for
"Placing Reinforcing Bars,"for details and methods of reinforcement placement and supports and as specified.
1. Avoiding cutting or puncturing vapor retarder/barrier during reinforcement placement and
concreting operations. Repair damages before placing concrete.
B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale,eard�,ice,and other materials that reduce
or destroy bond with concrete.
C. Accurately position,support,and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and
support reinforcing by metal chairs,runners,bolsters,spacers,and hangers,as approv�by Architect.
D. Place reinforcement to maintain minimum coverages as indicated for concrete protection.
Arrange, space, and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position during concrete
placement operations. Set wire ties so ends are directed into concrete,not towazd exposed concrete surfaces.
E. Install welded wire fabric in lengths as long as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at least
one full mesh and lace splices with wire. Offset laps of adjoining widths to prevent continuous laps in either
direction.
3.5 JOINTS
A. Waterstops: Provide waterstops in construction joints as indicated. Install waterstops to
form continuous diaphragm in each joint. Support and protect exposed waterstops during progress of Work.
Field-fabricate joints in waterstops according to manufacture�"s printed instructions.
B Isolation Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: Construct isolation joints in slabs-on-grade at points of
contact between slabs-on-grade and vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade
beams,and other locations,as indicated.
1. Joint fillers and sealants are specified in Division 7 Section"Joint Sealants."
C. Contraction(Control)Joints in Slabs-on-GTade: Const�uct contraction joints in slabs-on-
grade to form panels of patterns as shown. Use saw cuts 1/8 inch wide by one-fourth of slab depth or inserts
1/4 inch wide by one-fourkh of slab depth,unless otherwise indicated.
1. Form contraction joints by inserting premolded plastic,hazdboard,or fiberboard strip into
fresh concrete until top surface of strip is flush with slab surface. Tool slab edges round on
each side of insert After concrete has cured, remove inserts and clean goove of loose
debris.
2. Contraction joints in unexposed slabs may be formed by saw cuts as soon as possible after
slab finishing as may be safely done without dislodging aggregate.
3. If joint pattem is not shown, provide joints not exceeding 15 feet in either direction and
located to conform to bay spacing wherever possible(at column centerlines,half bays,third
bays).
4. Joint fillers and sealants are specified in Division 7 Section"Joint Sealants."
3.6 CONCRETE PLACEMENT ,
A. Inspection: Before placing concrete,inspect and complete formwork installation,
reinforcing steel,and items to be embedded or cast in. Notify other trades to permit installation of their work.
B. General: Comply with ACI 304, "Guide for Measuring,Mixing,Transporting,and
Placing Concrete,"and as specified.
C. Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no new r.oncrete will be
placed on concrete that has hazdened sufficiently to ca.use seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot
be placed continuously,provide construction joints as specified. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation at its
fmal location.
Page 4 of 8
D. Placing Concrete in Forms: Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers no deeper than
24 inches and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. Where placement consists of several layers,
place each layer while preceding layer is still plastic to avoid cold joints.
1. Consolidate placed concrete by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by hand-
spading,rodding,or tamping. Use equipment and procedures for consolidation of concrete
complying with ACI 309.
E. Placing Concrete Slabs: Deposit and consolidate concrete slabs in a continuous operation,
within limits of construction joints,until completing placement of a panel or section.
1. Consolidate concrete during placement operations so that concrete is thoroughly worked
around reinforcement,other embedded items and into comers.
2. Bring slab surfaces to correct level with a straightedge and strike off. Use bull floats or
darbies to smooth surface free of humps or hollows. Do not disturb slab surfaces prior to
beginning finishing operations.
3. Maintain reinforcing in proper position on chairs during concrete placement.
F. Hot-Weather Placement: When hot weather conditions e�cist that would impair quality and
strength of concrete,place concrete complying with ACI 305 and as specified.
1. Cool ingredients before mucing to maintain concrete temperature at time of placement to
below 90 deg F(32 deg C). Mi�cing water may be chilled or chopped ice may be used to
` control temperature,provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing
water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option.
2. Cover reinforcing steel with water-soaked burlap if it becomes too hot, so that steel
temperature will not exceed the ambient air temperature immediately before embedding in
concrete.
3. Fog spray forms,reinforcing steel,and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade
moisture uniform without puddles or dry areas.
4. Use water-reducing retarding admixture when required by high temperatures,low humidity,
or other adverse placing conditions,as acceptable to Architect.
3.7 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES
A. Rough-Formed Finish: Provide a rough-formed fmish on formed concrete surfaces not
exposed to view in the finished Work or concealed by other construction. This is the concrete surface having
texture imparted by form-facing material used,with tie holes and defective areas repaired and patched,and
fms and other projections exceeding 1/4 inch in height rubbed down or chipped oi�
B. Smooth-Formed Finish: Provide a smooth-formed finish on formed concrete surfaces
exposed to view or to be covered with a coating material applied directly to.concrete,or a covering material
applied directly to concrete,such as waterproofing,dampproofing,veneer plaster,painting,or another similaz
system. This is an as-cast concrete surface obtained with selected form-facing material,arranged in an orderly
and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams or as shown. Repair and patch defective areas with fins
and other projections completely removed and smoothed.
3.8 MONOLITHIC SLAB FINISHES
A. Float Finish: Apply float finish to monolithic slab surfaces to receive trowel finish and
other fmishes as specified; slab surfaces to be covered with rnembrane or elastic waterproofing,membrane
or elastic roofing,or sand-bed temazzo;and where indicated.
1. After screeding,consolidating,and leveling concrete slabs,do not work surface until ready
for floating. Begin floating,using float blades or float shces only,when surface water has
Page 5 of 8
disappeared,or when concrete has stiffened sufficiently to permit operation of power-driven
floats,or both. Consolidate surface with power-driven floats or by hand-floating if area is
small or inaccessible to power units. Finish surfaces to tolerances of F(F) 18(floor flatness)
and F(L) 15(floor levelness)measured according to ASTM E 1155. Cut down high spots
and fill low spots. Uniformly slope snrfaces to drains. Immediately after leveling,refloat
surface to a uniform,smooth,gra.nulaz texture.
B. After floating,begin first trowel-finish operation using a power-driven trowel. Begin final
troweling when surface produces a ringing sound as trowel is moved over surface. Consolidate concrete
surface by fmal hand-troweling operation,free of trowel marks,uniform in texture and appearance,and fmish
surfaces to tolerances of F(�20(floor flafiess)and F(L)17(floor levelness)measured according to ASTM
E 1155. Grind smooth any surface defects that would telegraph througb applied floor covering system.
C. Trowel and Fine Broom Finish: Where ceramic or quazry tile is to be installed with thin-
set mortar,apply a trowel finish as specified,then immediately follow by slightly scarifying the surFace with
a fine broom.
39 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS
A. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures for passage of work by
other trades,unless otherwise shown or directed,after work of other trades is in place. Mix,place,and cure
concrete as specified to blend with in-place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling shown
or required to complete Work.
B. Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while concrete is l
still green and by steel-troweling surfaces to a hard,dense fmish with corners,intersections,and terminations
slightly rounded.
C. Equipment Bases and Foundations: Provide machine and equipment bases and
foundations as shown on drawings. Set anchor bolts for machines and equipment to template at correct
elevations,complying with diagrams or templates of manufacturer fumishing machines and equipment.
3.10 CUNCRETE CURING AND PROTECTION �
A. General: Protect fre.shly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot
temperatures. In hot,dry,and windy weather protect concrete from rapid moisture loss before and during
finishing operations with an evaporation-control material. Apply according to manufacturer's instructions
after screeding and bull floating,but before power floating and troweling.
B. Start initial curing as soon as free water has disappeared from concrete surface after
placing and finishing. Weather permitting,keep continuously moist for not less than 7 days.
C. Curing Methods: Cure concrete by curing compound,by moist curing,by moisture-
retaining cover curing,or by combining these methods,as specified.
D. Provide moisture curing by the following methods:
1. Keep concrete surface continuously wet by covering with water. �
2. Use continuous water-fog spray.
3. Cover concrete surface with specified absorptive cover,thoroughly saturate cover with water,
and keep continuously wet. Place absorptive cover to provide coverage of concrete surfaces
and edges,with a 4-inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers.
E. Provide moisture-retaining cover curing as follows:
1. Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-retaining cover for curing concrete,placed in widest
Page 6 of 8
practicable width with sides and ends lapped at least 3 inches and sealed by waterproof tape
or adhesive. Immediatety repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material
� and waterproof tape.
F. Apply curing compound on exposed interior slabs and on exterior slabs,wallcs,and curbs
as follows:
1. Apply curing compound to concrete slabs as soon as final fmishing operations are
complete(within 2 hours and after surface water sheen has disappeared). Apply uniformly
in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's directions.
Recoat areas subjected to heavy ra.infall within 3 hours after initial application. Maintain
continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period.
2. Use membrane curing compounds that will not affect surfaces to be covered with finish
materials applied directly to concrete.
G. Curing Unformed Surfaces: Cure unformed surfaces,including slabs,floor topping,and
other flat surfaces,by applying the appropriate curing method.
1. Final cure concrete surfaces to receive finish flooring with a moisture-retaining cover,unless
otherwise directed.
3.11 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS
A. Mix dry-pack morta.r,consisting of one part portland cement to 2-1/2 parts fine aggregate
passing a No.16 mesh sieve,using only enough water as required for handling and placing.
1. Cut out honeycombs,rock pockets,voids over 1/4 inch in any dimension,and holes left by
tie rods and bolts down to solid concrete but in no case to a depth less than 1 inch. Make
edges of cuts perpendicular to the concrete surface. Thoroughly clean,dampen with water,
and brush-coat the area to be patched with bonding agent. Place patching mortar before
bonding agent has dried.
2. For surfaces exposed to view,biend white portland cement and standard portland cement so
that,when dry,patching mortar will match surrounding color. Provide
test areas at inconspicuous locations to verify mixture and color match before proceeding
with patching. Compact mortar in place and strike-off slightly higher than surrounding
surface.
B. Sampling and testing for quality control during concrete placement may include the
following,as directed by Architect.
1. Sampling Fresh Concrete: ASTM C 172,except modified for slump to comply with ASTM
C 94.
a. Slump: ASTM C 143;one test at point of discharge for each day's pour of each type
of concrete;additional tests when concrete consistency seems to have changed.
b. Air Content: ASTM C 173,volumetric method for lightweight or normal weight
concrete;ASTM C 231,pressure method for normal weight concrete;one for each
day's pour of each type of air-entrained concrete.
c. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064;one test hourly when air temperature is 40
deg F(4 deg C)and below,when 80 deg F(27 deg C)and above,and one test for
each set of compressive-strength specimens.
d. Compression Test Specimen: ASTM C 31; one set of four standard cylinders for
each compressive-strength test,unless otherwise directed. Mold and store cylinders
for laboratory�ured test specimens except when field-cured test specimens are
required.
e. Compressive-Strength Tests: ASTM C 39;one set for each day's pour exceeding 5
cu.yd.plus additional sets for each 50 cu.yd.more than the first 25 cu.yd.of each
Page 7 of 8
concrete class placed in any one day;one specimen tested at 7 days,two specimens
tested at 28 days,and one specimen retained in reserve for later testing if required.
f. When total quantity of a given class of concrete is less than 50 cu.yd.,Architect may `
waive strength testing if adequate evidence of satisfactory strength is provided.
C. Test results will be reported in writing to Architect,ready-mix producer,and Contractor
within 24 hours after tests.Reports of compressive strength tests shall contain the Project identification name
and number,date of concrete placement,name of concrete testing service,concrete type and class, location
of concrete batch in structure,design compressive strength at 28 days,concrete mix pmportions and materials,
compressive breaking strength,and type of break for both 7-day tests and 28-day tests.
END OF SECTION 03300
POURED-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 8 of 8
INSULATING LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE
SECTION 03520
PART 1-GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A, Drawings and general provisions of Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions
and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes cast-in-place lightweight insulating concrete,placed over wood subbase
installed by others.
1.3 SUBNiTTTALS
A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1
Specification Sections.
B. Product data describing products and methods of mixing and application instructions.
C. Certificates by an independent testing laboratory stating that materials and mix intended to be used
meet specified requirements.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Insulating Concrete Supplier: Regulazly engaged in production of lightweight insulating concrete
materials.
B. Insulating Concrete Applicator: Regularly engaged and properly equipped for application of
lightweight insulating concrete,and as acceptable by aggregate producer.
1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials in manufacturet's original undamaged packages or acceptable bulk containers.
B. Store packaged materials to protect them from elements or physical damage.
C. Do not use cement that shows indications of moisture damage,caking,or other deterioration.
1.6 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Do not place lightweight insulating concrete when ambient temperature is at or below freezing(32
deg F,0 deg C).
B. When air temperature has fallen or is expected to fall below 40 deg F(4 deg C),heat water to a
maximum 120 deg F(48 deg C)before mixing to attain lightweight concrete at point of placement with
temperature of 50 deg F(10 deg C)min.and 80 deg F(27 deg C)max.
C. Do not place lightweight insulating concrete on surfaces covered with standing water,snow,or
ice.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
Page 1 of 3
A. Gypsum cementitious underlayment:USG.LEVELROCK
B. Mineral Aggregate: ASTM C 332,Group I.
C. Sand Aggregate: ASTM C 33.
D. Water: Clean,potable.
E. Subfloor Primer or bonding agent:USG.LEVELROCK underlayment Primer
2.2 DESIGN 1VIIX
A. General: Design lightweight Gyp insulating concrete mix shall be in strict accordance with
Manufactures recommendations
Mi�c design shall be proportioned to provide an average(three cube)compressive strength of 2,500 psi or
greater with a density of 115 pounds per cubic ft. No cube sample taken for testing shall be less than
2,000 psi.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
1. Condition and cleaning of subfloor: Subfloor shall be clean of mud,grease,and all other
contaminating debris before installation begins. Sub strates must be clean and dry. Set
temporary dams at max of 8'
2. Leak prevention: Fill Cracks and voids in subfloor with insulation. Caulk or patch to stop
any potential leakage of material.
3. Priming of subfloor:Prime the subfloor using the LEVELROCK subfloor primer.
Priming instructions vary according to the type of substrate. Multiple coats of primer may
be necessary. Care should be taken to protect radiant heating coils during application of primer.
4. Building Joints: Allow joints to continue throughout the underlayment at the same width as the
building joints.
3.2 PLACEMENT/APPLICATION
A. Application:Place underlayment%s"min thickness over type of radiant tubes. This will require a
total thickness of 1-1/2"of gypsum cementitious underlayment. It is recommended that the installation be
made in two applications. The first application should be poured 1/8"minium over the top surface of the
radiant heat tube. The second application should be made within 1 hr of the first. If more than one hour has
expired between the first and second application,the use of LEVELROCK brand primer is recommended
between applications to insure proper bonding. The thickness of the second application should be such that
the gypsum cementitious underlayment shall be a minimum of'h"over the top of the radiant heat tubes.
Concrete must be properly cured a minium of 28 days prior to the underlayment installation.Immediately
spread and screed product to a smooth surface.Except at building joints,place product as continually as
possible so that no slurry is placed against product that has obtained an initial set. Care must be taken to
protect radiant heating tubing during the application of the gypsum underlayment
Place lightweight g,ypsum concrete in accordance with manufactures instructions,using
equipment and procedures to avoid segregation of mix and loss of air content. Deposit and screed in a
continuous opera.tion until a continuous section is completed. Do not vibrate or work mix except for
screeding or floating. Place material to depths shown.L:eave top surface in smooth condition to receive
finish ed flooring application. Bedrooms shall a rough finish to receive the%2' layer of waterproof concrete.
B. Begin curing operations immediately after placement,and air cure for not less than 3 days in
accordance with manufacturer's recommendatioas.
Page 2 of 3
C. Provide temporary protection of removable waterproof covering to prevent direct exposure to moisture
if flooring application is not started immediately after completion of curing.
D. Drying: Contractor shall provide continuous ventilation ands adequate heat to rapidly remove
moisture from the area until the cementitious underlayment is dry as described below. Contractor shall
provide mechanical ventilation if necessary. To test for dryness,tape a 24"by 24"section of flexible vinyl
plastic to the surface of the underlayment. If no condensation occurs after 48 hours,the underlayment shall
be considered dry. Perform dryness test 5-7 days after pour and as required.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Slump Test: One slump test shall be made using a 2"by 4"cylinder. The acceptable slump is a
patty size of 8-9 inches in diameter.
B. Owner may engage an independent testing laboratory to talce samples and conduct tests to
evaluate the lightweight insulating concrete if the Architect believes the material should be tested.
C. Report test results to Architect and lightweight insulating concrete producer within 24 hours of
completion of each test.
D. Compressive strength:At least one set of 3 molded cube samples shall be taken during the
underlayment installation.
1. Cubes shall be talcen and tested in accordance with ASTM C472.Tests shall be made available
to the Architect upon request.
3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Foot Traffic:Light foot traffic is permitted 2-3 hours after final screeding of LEVELROCK
underlayment.Heavy foot traffic shall be delayed until 12 hours after LEVELROCK is installed.
B. Protection from heavy loads:During construction place temporary wood planking(plywood)where
ever it is subject to hea.vy wheeled or concentrated loads.
3.5 DEFECTIVE WORK
A. General: Refinish,or remove and replace lightweight insulating concrete surfaces that are too rough
to receive finish flooring,or where physical properties do not meet specified requirements,as determined by
Architect.
END OF SECTION 03520
INSULATIIVG LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE
Page 3 of 3
UNIT MASONRY
SECTION 04200
THIS SECTION USES'TI�TERM"ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER".
- PART 1-GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Concrete unit masonry.
1.3 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
� A. Provide unit masonry that develops the following installed compressive strengths(fm):
1. For concrete unit masonry: As follows:
a. fm= 1500 psi.
b. As indicated.
1.4 SUBNII'TTALS
A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1
Specification Sections.
B. Product data for each different masonry unit,accessory,and other manufactured product
indicated.
C. Shop drawings for reinforcing detailing fabrication,bending,and placement of unit masonry
reinforcing bars. Comply with ACI 315 "Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcing" showing bar
schedules, stirrup spacing,diagrams of bent bars,and arrangement of masonry reinfom.ement.
D. Material certificates for the following signed by manufacturer and Contractor certifying that
each material complies with requirements.
1. Each different cement product required for mortar and grout including name of
manufacturer,brand,type,and weight slips at time of delivery.
2. Each material and grade indicated for reinforcing bars.
3. Each type and size of joint reinforcement.
4. Mortar complying with properiy requirements of ASTM C 270.
5. Grout mixes. Include description of type and proportions of grout ingredients.
6. Masonry units.
E. Hot-weather construction procedures evidencing compliance with requirements specified in
referenced unit masonry standard.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Unit Masonry Standard: Comply with ACI 530.1/ASCE 6"Specifications for Masonry
Structures,"except as otherwise indicated.
1. Revise ACI 530.1/ASCE 6 to exclude Sections 1.4 and 1.7;Parts 2.1.2,3.1.2,and 4.1.2;and
Page 1 of 6
Articles 1.5.1.2, 1.5.1.3, 2.1.1.1, 2.1.1.2, and 23.3.9 and to modify Article 2.1.1.4 by
deleting requirement for installing vent pipes and conduits built into masonry.
2. Mortar composition and properties will be evaluated per ASTM C 780.
3. Grout compressive strength will be tested per ASTM C 1019.
1.6 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING
A. Deliver masonry materials to project in undamaged condition.
B. Store and handle masonry units off the ground,under cover,and in a dry loca.tion to prevent
their deterioration or damage due to moisture, temperature changes, contaminants, corrosion, a.nd other
causes. If units become wet,do not place until units are in an air-dried condition.
C. Store cementitious materials off the ground,under cover,and in dry location.
D. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and
contamination avoided.
E. Store masonry accessories including metal items to prevent conosion and accumulation of dirt
and oil.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS r
A. Protection of Masonry: During erection,cover tops of walls,projections,and sills with
waterproof sheeting at end of each day's work. Cover partially completed masonry when construction is not
in progress.
B. Do not apply uniform floor or roof loads for at least 12 hours and concentrated loads for at
least 3 days after building masonry walls or columns.
C. Stain Prevention: Prevent grout,mortar,and soil from staining the face of masonry to be left
exposed or painted. Remove imtnediately any grout, mortar, and soil that come in contact with such
masonry.
1. Protect base of walls from rain-splashed mud and mortar splatter by means of coverings
spread on ground and over wall surfac�.
D. Hot-Weather Construction: Comply with referenced unit masonry standard.
PART1-PRODUCTS
2.1 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS
A. General: Comply with requirements indicated below applicable to each form of concrete
masonry unit required. ;
1. Provide special shapes where indicated and as follows:
a. For lintels,corners,jambs,sash,control joints,headers,bonding,and other special
conditions. .
b. Square-edged units for outside comers,except where indicated as bullnose.
2. Size: Provide concrete masonry units complying with requirements indicat�below for size
that are manufactured to specified face dimensions within tolerances specified in the
applicable referenced ASTM specification for concrete masonry units.
a. Concrete Masonry Units: Manufactured to specified dimensions of 3/8 inch less
than nominal widths by nominal heights by nominal lengths indicated on drawings.
Page 2 of 6
1. Provide Type I,moisture-controlled units.
2. Provide Type II,non-moisture-controlled units.
3. Exposed Faces: Manufacturer's standard color and texture, unless
otherwise indicated.
, B. Hollow Load-Bearing Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C 90,Grade N and as follows:
1. Unit Compressive Strength: Provide units with minimum average net azea compressive
strength indicated below:
_ a. 1900 psi.
b. Not less than the unit compressive strengths required to produce concrete unit
masonry consiruction of compressive strength indicated.
2. Weight Classification: Normal weighY.
C. Solid Load-Bearing Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C 145,Grade N and as follows:
1. Unit Compressive Strength: Provide units with minimum average net area compressive
strength indicated below:
a 1800 psi.
b. Not less than the unit compressive strengths required to produce concrete unit
masonry construction of compressive strength indica.ted.
1. Weight Classification: Normal weight.
2.2 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150,Type I or II,except Type III may be used for cold-weather
construction. Provide natural color or white cement as required to produce required mortar color.
B. Masonry Cement: ASTM C 91.
C. Water: Clean and potable.
2.3 REINFORCING STEEL
A. General: Provide reinforcing steel complying with requirements of referenced unit masonry
standazd and this article.
B. Steel Reinforcing Bars: Material and gade as follows:
1. Billet steel complying with ASTM A 615.
2. Grade 60.
C. Plain Welded Wire Fabric: AST'M A 185.
2.4 JOINT REINFORCEMENT
A. General: Provide joint reinforcement complying with requirements of referenced unit
masonry standard and this article,form�from the following:
1. Galvanized carbon steel wire,coating class as required by referenced unit masonry standard
for application indicated.
B. Description: Welded-wire units prefabricated with deformed continuous side rods and plain
cross rods into straight lengths of not less than 10 feet, with prefabricated corner and tee units, and
complying with requirements indicated below:
, Page 3 of 6
1. Wire Diameter for Side Rods: 0.1483 inch(9 gage).
2. Wire Diameter for Side Rods: 0.1875 inch.
3. Wire Diameter for Cross Rods: 0.1483 inch(9 gage).
a. Ladder design with perpendicular cross rods spaced not more than 16 inches o.c.
b. Truss design with diagonal cross rods spaced not more than 16 inches o.c. and
number of side rods as follows: �
C. Manufacturers: Sabject to compliance with requirements,provide joint reinforcement
2.5 TIES AND ANCHORS,GENERAL -
A. General: Provide ties and anchors specified in subsequent articles that comply with
requirements for metal and size of referenced unit masonry standard and of this article.
B. Galvanized Carbon Steel Wire: ASTM A 82,coating class as required by referenced unit
masonry standard for application indicated.
1. Wire Diameter: As indicated.
C. Galvanized Steel Sheet: As follows:
1. AST'M A 526(commercial quality),Coating Designation G60, steel sheet zinc-coated by
hot-dip process on continuous lines prior to fabrication, for sheet meta.l ties and anchors
completely embedded in mortar.
2. ASTM A 366(commercial quality)cold-rolled cazbon steel sheet hot-dip galvanized after
fabrication to comply with ASTM A 153,Class B2 (for unit lengths over 15 inches) and
Class B3(for unit lengths under 15 inches�for sheet metal ties and anchors exposed to the
weather and not completely embedded in mortar and grout.
D. Steel Plates and Bars: ASTM A 36,hot-dip galvanized to comply with ASTM A 123 or
ASTM A 153,Class B3,as applicable to siz�and form indicated.
E. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements
2.6 MISCELLANEOUS ANCHORS
C. Anchor Bolts: Steel bolts complying with A 307,Gr�de A;with AS'I'M A 563 hex nuts and,
where indicated,flat washers;hot-dip galvanized to comply with ASTM A 153,Class C;of diameter and
length indicated and in the following configurations:
1. Headed bolts.
2. Nonheaded bolts,straight.
3. Nonheaded bolts,bent in manner indicated.
2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES
A. Nonmetallic Expansion Joint Strips: Premolded filler strips complying with ASTM D 1056,\
Type 2(closed cell),Class A(cellular rubber and rubber-like materials with specific resistance to petroleum
base oils),Grade 1 (compression-deflection range of 2-5 psi),compressible up to 35 percent,of width and
thickness indicated,formulated from the following material:
1. Neoprene.
2. Urethane.
3. Polyvinyl chloride.
B. Preformed Control Joint Gaskets: Material as indicated below,designed to fit standard sash
Page 4 of 6
block and to maintain lateral stability in masonry wall;size and configuration as indica.ted.
1. Styrene-Butadiene Rubber Compound: ASTM D 2000,Designation 2AA-805.
2. Polyvinyl Chloride: ASTM D 2287,General Purpose Grade, Type PVC-65406.
2.8 MORTAR AND GROUT NIII�S
A. General: Do not add admixtures including coloring pigments,air-entraining agents,
accelerators,retarders,water repellent agents,antifreeze compounds,or other admixtures,unless otherwise
indicated.
1. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout.
B. Mortar for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270,Proportion Specification,for types of
mortar indicated below:
C. Mortar for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270,Property Specification for job-mixed
mortar and ASTM C 1142 for ready-mixed mortar,of types indicated below:
D. Grout for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 476 and referenced unit masonry standard.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 EXA11�iATION
A. Examine conditions,with Installer present,for compliance with requirements for installation
tolerances and other specific conditions,and other conditions affecting performance of unit masonry.
3.2 LAYING MASONRY WALLS
A. Lay out walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns with uniform joint
widths and for accurate locating of openings,movement-type joints,returns,and offsets. Avoid the use of
less-than-half-size units at comers,jambs,and where possible at other locations.
B. Lay up wa11s to comply with specified construction tolerances,with courses accurately spaced
and coordinated with other construction.
C. Lay concealed masonry with all units in a wythe in ninning bond or bonded by lapping not
' less than 2 inches. Bond and interlock each course of each wythe at comers. Do not use units with less than
nominal 4-inch horizontal face dimensions at comers or jambs.
D. Stopping and Resuming Work: In each course,rack back 1/2-unit length for one-half running
bond or 1/3-unit length for one-third running bond;do not tooth. Clean exposed swfaces of set masonry,if
required),and remove loose masonry units and mortar prior to laying fresh masonry.
E. Support masonry solidly with mortar,unless otherwise indicated.
� 3.3 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING
A. Lay hollow concrete masonry units as follows:
1. With full mortar coverage on horizontal and vertical face shells.
2. Bed webs in mortar in starting course on footings and in all courses of piers,columns,and
pilasters,and where adjacent to cells or cavities to be filled with grout.
3. For starting cowse on footings where cells are not grouted, spread out full mortar bed
including areas under cells.
Page 5 of 6
3.4 INSTALLATION OF REINFORCED UN1T MASONRY
A. General: Install reinforced unit masonry to comply with requirements of referenced unit
masonry standard.
B. Temporary Formwork: Construct formwork and shores to support reinforced masonry
elements during construction.
1. Construct formwork to conform to shape,line,and dimensions shown. Make sufficiently
tight to prevent leakage of mortar and grout. Brace, tie, and support forms to maintain
position and shape during constcuction and curing of reinforced masonry.
C. Do not place grout until entire height of masonry to be grouted has atta.ined sufficient strength
to resist grout pressure.
D. Do not remove forms and shores until reinforced masonry members have hardened
sufficiently to carry their own weight and other temporary loads that may be placed on them during
construction.
3.5 REPAIRING,POINTING,AND CLEANING
A. Remove and replace masonry units that are loose,chipped,broken, stained,or otherwise
damaged or if units do not match adjoining units. Install new units to match adjoining units and in fresh
mortar or grout,pointed to eliminate evidence of replacement.
B. Pointing: During the tooling of joints,enlarge any voids or holes,except weep holes,and
completely fill with mortar. Point-up all joints including comers,openings, and adjacent construction to
provide a neat,uniform appearance,prepared for application of sealants.
C. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured,clean exposed masonry as follows:
1. Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and nonmetallic scrape hoes
or chisels.
2. Protect adjacent stone and non-masonry surfaces from contact with cleaner by covering
them with liquid strippable masking agent,polyethylene film,or waterproof masking ta.pe.
3. Clean concrete masonry by means of cleaning method indicated in NCMA T'EK 45
applica.ble to type of stain present on exposed surFaces.
D. Protection: Provide fmal protection and maintain conditions,in a manner acceptable to `
Installer,that ensure unit masonry is without damage and deterioration at time of Substantial
Completion.
END OF SECTION 04200
UNiT MASONRY
Page 6 of 6
STUCCO
SECTION 04300
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SiTMMARY
�
A. Section Description: Portland Cement Plaster over conventionally framed and sheathed
substrates.NOTE: Stucco system shall match stucco system on ezisting house.
B. Section Includes:
- 1. Water-Resistive Barrier
2. Lath and accessories
� 3. Plaster materials
' 4. Optional acrylic primer
C. Products installed by others but not supplied under this section
� 1. Flashing Papers/Membranes: Rough window sills shall b e properly covered with
reinforced coated vapor barrier,grade A or B product under the direct supervision of
the general contractor..
2. Flashing and Sheet Metal: Refer to Section 07600. Fabrication and installation of
related flashing and sheet metal components shall be under direct supervision of
� general contractor. Mechanic sha11 be experienced and competent in sheet metal
trade.
3. Joint Sealers: Refer to Section 07900. Installation of joint sealant sha11 be under
direct supervision of the general contractor. Joint sealant installer shall be
experienced and competent in the installation of elastomeric construction sealants.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01330- Submittal Procedures
B. Section 06110- Wood Framing
C. Section 06160- Sheathing
D. Section 07600-Flashing and Sheet Meta1
E. Section 07900-Joint Sealers
F. Section 08500- Windows
G. Section 08550-Wood Windows
� H. Section 09250-Gypsum Board
, 13 REFERENCES
A. American Society for Testing and Materials(AST'1�
Standards. Most current version.
1. ASTMC 79: Standard Specification for Treated Core and Nontreated Core Gypsum
� Sheathing
Page 1 of 6
2. ASTM C 91: Standard Specification for Masonry Cement
3. ASTM C 150: Standards Specification for Portland Cement ,
4. AST'M C 206: Standard Specification for Finishing Hydrated Lime
5. ASTM C 260: Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete
6. ASTM C 847: Standard Specification for Meta1 Lath
7. ASTM C 897:Standard Specification for Aggregate for Job-Mi�ced Portland Cement-
Based Plasters. '
8. ASTM C 926:Standard Specification Application Portland Cement-Based Plaster
9. ASTM C 979: Standard Specification for Pigments for Integrally Colored Concrete.
10. ASTM C 1063:Standard Specification for Installation of Lathing and Furring to
Receive Interior and Exterior Portland Cement-Based Plaster
11. ASTM D 578: Standard Specification for Glass Fiber Strands
B. Portland Cement Plaster(Stucco)Manual: Portland Cement Association �
C UBC Standard 14-1: Kraft Waterproof Building Paper
1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
r
A. Portland Cement Plaster(Stucco): A proportioned field mi�ced blend of Portland cement,
masonry cement, sand,glass fibers,acrylic admixture and potable water.
B. Finish Options.
1. Stucco Finish Coat: A proportioned field mixed blend of white portland cement,
hydrated lime, silica sand,acrylic admixture and water.
C. Functional Criteria.
1. General: System shall be applied to vertically oriented substrates and sha11 be
protected from wea.ther exposure hannful to coating performance. Horizontally
oriented surfaces shall be sloped for positive drainage.
2. Substrate Conditions.
a. Substrates sha11 be sound, dry and frce of dust,latence and contaminants.
b. Substrate dimensional tolerances: Flat within 1/4(0.25)inch in any
4 foot surface radius.
3. Expansion and Control Joints: Continuous expansion and control joints shall be
installed at locations noted on the drawings.
1.5 SUBMIITALS
A. Submit in accordance with Section 01330:
1. Samples:(Indicate quantity)24 inch square samples of portland cement plaster with
(stucco)in each color and texiure specified,for preliminary approval. Each sample _
shall be prepared using the same tools and techniques proposed for Project
application.
Page 2 of 6
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A Plastering Contractor Qualifications
1. Contractor shall provide a list of completed work of equal scope.
B. Field Mock-Ups: Prepare field mock-ups to match preliminary samples approved by the
Architect.
1. The Architect shall deternune location and size.
2. Mock-up(s) shall accurately represent the products to be installed on the project,
� utilizing the same tools, and techniques proposed for Project application.
3. The approved mock-up(s) shall be available and maintained at the job site for
reference.
C. Pre-Installation Conference: Schedule a pre-installation conference with the Owner andlor
Architect and General Contractor,to review the work of this Section.
_ 1.7 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING
� A. Deliver materials in original containers with labels intact and legible. Store and protect
materials in cool, dry location, out of sunlight, protected from weather and other harmful
environment,and at a temperature above 40°F and below 110°F in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions.
1.8 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS
A. Protect adjacent construction materials that are likely to be soiled by the application
process.
B. Environmental Requirements
1. Cement Plaster
a. Cold Weather
� 1)Do not use frozen materials or materials that have been previously frozen.
' 2)Do not apply cement plaster to frozen surfaces or surfaces containing frost.
3) Installation Ambient Air Temperature: Do not mix materials or apply
cement plaster when ambient temperaiure is less than 40° F. Ambient air
temperature must remain at 40° F and rising, and remain so for a minimum
24 hours thereafter.
b. Hot Weather
1)Protect cement plaster from uneven and excessive evaporation during hot,
windy, or dry weather.Avoid application in direct sunlight.
2)In hot,windy or dry weather,the cement plaster should be spray misted
with potable water and then covered with a single sheet of clear polyethylene
plastic.
Page 3 of 6
PART 2 PRODUCTS
NOTE: WOOD BASED SHEA'THINGS REQUIRE TWO LAYERS OF GRADE D BUILDING
PAPER.
ACCEPTABLE ACRYLIC FINLSHES
2.1 MA'I'ERIALS
A Building Paper: Minnesota State Building Code, Type I, Grade D, Style 2.
l. Tyvek Stucco Wrap
2. Moisture Vapor Transmission: 35 grams/square meter/24 hours.
3. Water Resistance: 10 minutes minimum.
B. Asphalt Felt:International Building Code,International Residential Code,No. 15 asphalt felt
complying with ASTM D 226 for Type 1 felt.
C. Meta1 Lath:ASTM C847,self-furring, expanded galvanized steel lath,not less than 3.4
pounds per square yard. .
1. Shapes used as grounds shall be sized and dimensioned to provide required plaster
thicknesses.
2. Weather-exposed accessories shall be fabricated of galvanized steel or zinc alloy
materials.
3. Profile of casing beads and control joints shall provide screed flange and/or
embedment section
4. Corner reinforcing shall be galvanized welded wire "Corneraid" (Stockton Wire
Products)or equal and be fabricated for fu11 embedment in the "brown" coat.
5. Provide standard trim items including control joints, casing beads and base screeds.
D Plaster Materials
1. Portland Cement:ASTM C 150,Type I. Fresh and free of lumps.
2. Masonry Cement:ASTM C91. Fresh and free of lumps.
3. Hydrated Lime:ASTM C206, Type S. �
4. Sand:ASTM C897.Moist and loose.
5. Water: Clean and potable.
6. Fiber: ASTM D578. 0.5 inch long chopped fiberglass, polypropylene or nylon
strands,alkali-resistant.
7. Admixtures:Acrylic liquid admix Acry160(Thoro Systems Products,Inc.)or equal.
2.2 NIIXES
A. General
1. Accurately proportion materials for each batch using measuring devices of known
volume.
Page 4 of 6
2. Size batches for complete use within one hour after mixing.
3. Withhold 10 percent mixing water until mixing is nearly complete, then add as
needed to produce necessary consistency. Keep water to a minimum.
B. Mechanical Mixing
1. Mix each batch separately.
2. Maintain mixer in clean condition before,during and after plaster preparation.
3. Maintain mixer in continuous operation while charging mi�cer.
C. Mix Proportions by Volume
1. Dry Materials—Scratch Coat
a. 1 cubic foot portland cement
b. 1 cubic foot masonry cement.
c. 1.5 to 2.5 pounds of 1/2 inch chopped fiber.
d. 4 cubic feet sand.
2. Dry Materials—Brown Coat
a. 1 cubic foot portland cement.
b. 1 cubic foot masonry cement.
c. 1.5 to 2.5 pounds of 1/2 inch chopped fiber.
d. 5 to 6 cubic feet sand.
3. Dry Materials—Stucco Finish Coat
a. 1 cubic foot white portland cement
b. 3/4 cubic foot lime.
c. Pigments as required.
d. 3 cubic feet silica sand
4. Mixing Liquid: 3 parts water and 1 part acrylic admi�cture.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine the areas and conditions under which the work is to be performed and notify the
General Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the
work.
B. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A Building Paper Asphalt Felt
1. Sha11 be free from holes and breaks other than those created by fasteners.
2. Apply horizontally with the upper layer lapped over the lower layer not less than 2
inches.where vertical joints occur,paper sha11 be lapped not less than 6 inches.
*NOTE: NIINNESOTA STATE BUII,DING CODE REQUIRES TWO LAYERS
OF BUII.,DING PAPER ON WOOD BASED SHEATHINGS.
Page 5 of 6
B. Lath: Attach to framing or substrate in accordance with ASTM C 1063, lapping sides not
less than 1/2 inch and ends not less than 1 inch.
C. Accessories
1. Attach level, plumb and true to create a proper screed and depth for the cement
plaster.
2. Install control joints to create panels relatively square,not larger than 144 square feet,
and with no dimension exceeding 18 feet or a length to width ratio of 2-1/2:1,unless
otherwise shown on the Drawings.
D. Access Panels and Vents:Install accurately located and secured to substrate with appropriate
fasteners as per sections 08310 and 10200.
E. Portland Cement Plaster
1. Total tluckness to meet code requirements.
2. Nominal plaster base coat thicknesses
a. First coat"scratch: 3/8 inch.
b. Second "brown": 3/8 inch.
3. Apply the scratch coat of cement plaster with sufficient force(by hand or machine)
to fill solidly openings in the lath.
4. Horizontally cross rake the scratch coat slightly to provide key for second base coat.
Coat must be uniform in thickness.
5. The double-back method of application(first and second coats are applied and cured
as one system)may be used.
a. Apply the second coat(brown)as soon as the scratch coat is rigid.
6. Apply second coat to provide the required total thiclrness. Coat must be uniform in
thickness.Rod off level to screeds,to provide a hue flat plane. Follow this by wood
floating or darbying the surface. Fill voids and dress surface for finish.
7. Completed second coat of cement plaster shall cure a minimum 7 days, prior to
application of the finish coat.
F. Stucco Finish Coat
1. Stucco finish coat shall be applied with su�cient material and pressure to bond to
and cover the brown coa�
3.3 CLE.�NING
A. Remove spattering of plaster from other finished surfaces,paving and Walks.
B. Remove and legally dispose of plaster system installation debris materiai from project site.
END OF SECTION 04300
STUCCO
Page 6 of 6
STRUCTURAL STEEL
SECTION 05120
THIS SECTION USES TI-�E TERM"ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER."
PART 1-GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions
and Division 1 Specification Sections(GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES),apply to this Section.
1.2 SLTMMARY
A. This Section includes fabricarion and erection of structural steel work,as shown on drawings
including schedules,notes,and details showing size and location of inembers,typical connections,and
types of steel required.
1. Structural steel is that work defined in American Institute of Steel Construction(AISC)
"Code of Standard Practice"and as offierwise shown on drawings.
2. Miscellaneous Metal Fabrications are specified elsewhere in Division 5.
1.3 SUBNIITTALS
A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1
Specification Sections.
1. Structural steel(each type).
2. High-strength bolts(each type), including nuts and washers.
3. Structural steel primer paint.
4. Shrinkage-resistant grout.
B. Shop drawings prepazed under supervision of a licensed Structural Engineer,including complete
details and schedules for fabrication and assembly of structural steel members,procedures,and diagrams.
1. Include details of cuts,connections,camber,holes,and other pertinent data.
Indicate welds by standard AWS symbols and show size, length,and type of each
weld.
2. Provide setting drawings,templates,and directions for installation of anchor bolts and
other anchorages to be installed as work of other sections.
1.4 QUALTTY ASSURANCE
A. Codes and Standards: Comply with provisions of following,except as otherwise indicated:
1. American Institute of Steel Construction(AISC)"Code of Standard Practice for Steel
Buildings and Bridges." -
2. AISC "Specifications for Structural Steel Buildings,"including"Commentary."
3. "Specifications for Structural 7oints using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts"approved by the
Reseazch Council on Structural Connections.
4. American Welding Society(AWS)Dl.l "Structural Welding Code-Steel."
Page 1 of 5
i
5. ASTM A 6"General Requirements for Delivery of Rolled Steel Plates, Shapes,Sheet
Piling and Bars for Structwal Use."
1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials to site at such intervals to ensw�e uninterrupted progress of work.
COORDINATE BELOW WITH DIV.1 REQUIREMENTS.
B. Deliver anchor bolts and anchorage devices,which are to be embedded in cast-in-place concrete
or masonry,in ample time to not to delay work.
C. Store materials to permit easy access for inspection and identification. Keep steel members off
ground by using pallets,platforms,or other supports. Protect steel members and packaged materials
from erosion and deterioration. If bolts and nuts become dry or rusty,clean and relubricate before use.
1. Do not store materials on structure in a manner that might cause distortion or damage to
members or supporting structures. Repair or replace damaged materials or struchues as
directed.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Metal Surfaces,General: For fabrication of work that will be exposed to view,use only
materials that aze smooth and free of surface blemishes including pitting,rust and scale seam marks,
roller marks,rolled trade names,and roughness. Remove such blemishes by grinding,or by welding and
grinding,prior to cleaning,treating,and applying surface finishes.
B. Structural Steel Shapes,Plates,and Bars: ASTM A572 and ASTM A36.
C. Rectangular Steel Tubing: ASTM A 530,Fy=46KSI.
1. Finish: Black,except where indicated to be galvanized.
D. Anchor Bolts: ASTM A 307,nonheaded type unless otherwise indicated.
1. Provide heuagonal heads and nuts for all connections.
E. High-Strength Threaded Fasteners: Heavy hexagon structural bolts,heavy hexagon nuts,and
hardened washers,as follows:
1. Quenched and tempered medium-carbon steel bolts,nuts,and washers,complying
with ASTM A 325.
F. Structural Steel Primer Paint: SSPC-Paint 2;red lead-iron oxide,oil alkyd.
G. Cement Grout: Portland cement(ASTM C 150,Type I or Type IIn and clean,uniformly graded,
natural sand(ASTM C 404, Size No.2). Mix at a ratio of 1.0 part cement to 3.0 parts sand,by volume,
with minimum water required for placement and hydration.
H. Metallic Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: Premixed factory-packaged ferrous aggregate gouting
compound.
Page 2 of 5
2.2 FABRICATION
A. Shop Fabrication and Assembly: Fabricate and assemble structural assemblies in shop to
greatest extent possible. Fabricate items of structural steel in accordance with AISC Specifications and
as indicated on fmal shop drawings. Provide camber in structural members where indicated.
1. Properly mark and match-mark materials for field assembly. Fabricate for delivery
sequence that will expedite erection and minimize field handling of materials.
2. Provide unfmished threaded fastcners for only bolted connections of secondary framing
members to primary members(including blocking,and other framing members taking
only nominal stresses)and for temporary bracing to facilitate erection.
B. High-Strength Bolted Construction: Install high-strength threaded fasteners in accordance with
AISC "Specifications for Struct�u�al Joints using ASTM A325."
C. Welded Construction: Comply with AWS Code for procedures,appearance and quality of welds,
and methods used in correcting welding work.
D. Holes for Other Work: Provide holes required for securing other work to structural steel framing
and for passage of other work through steel framing members,as shown on fmal shop drawings.
E. Cut,drill,or punch holes perpendiculaz to metal surfaces. Do not flame-cut holes or enlarge
holes by burning unless by written approval of the Architect. Drill holes in bearing plates.
F. Painting: Provide a one-coat,shop-applied paint system complying with Steel Struchu�es
Painting Council(SSPC)Paint System Guide No. 7.00.
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. General: Materials and fabrica.tion procedures are subject to inspection and tests in mill,shop,
and field,conducted by a qualified inspection agency. Such inspections and tests will not relieve
Contractor of responsibility for providing materials and fabrication procedures in compliance with
specified requirements.
1. Promptly remove and replace materials or fabricated components that do not comply.
B. Design of Members and Connections: Details shown are typical;similar details apply to similar
conditions,unless otherwise indicated. Verify dimensions at site whenever possible without causing
delay in the work.
1. Promptly notify Architect or Engineer whenever design of inembers and connections for
any portion of structure are not clearly indicated.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 ERECT'ION
A. Temporary Shoring and Bracing: Provide temporary shoring and bracing members with
connections of sui�icient strength to bear imposed loads. Remove temporary members and connections
when permanent members are in place and fmal connections are made. Provide temporary guy lines to
achieve proper alignment of structures as erection proceeds.
B. Temporary Planking: Provide temporary planking and working platforms as necessary to
Page 3 of 5
effectively complete work.
C. Setting Bases and Bearing Plates: Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of
bond-reducing materials and roughen to imgrove bond to surfaces. Clean bottom surface of base and
bearing plates.
1. Set loose and attached base plates and bearing plates for slructural members on
wedges or other adjusting devices.
2. Tighten anchor bolts after supported members have been positioned and plumbed. Do
not remove wedges or shims,but if protruding,c,ut off flush with edge of base or bearing
plate prior to packing with grout.
3. Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and bases or plates to ensure that no voids
remain. Finish exposed surfaces,protect installed materials,and allow to cure.
4. For proprietary grout materials,comply with manufacturer's instructions.
D. Field Assembly: Set structural frames accurately to lines and elevations indicated. Bolt blocking
members to flanges as detailed. Align and adjust various members forming part of complete frame or
structure before permanendy fastening. Clean bearing surfaces and other surfaces that will be in
permanent contact before assembly. Perform necessary adjustments to compensate for discrepancies in
elevations and alignment
E. Level and plumb individual members of s�ucture within specified AISC tolerances.
F. Splice members only where indicatecl and accepted on shop drawings.
G. Erection Bolts: On exposed welded construction,remove erection bolts,fill holes with plug
welds,and grind smooth at exposed surfaces.
1. Comply with AISC Specifications for bearing,adequacy of temporary
connections,alignment,and removal of paint on surfaces adjacent to field welds.
2. Do not enlazge unfair holes in members by burning or by using drift pins,except in
secondary bracing members. Ream holes that must be enlazged to admit bolts.
H. Gas Cutting: Do not use gas cutting torches in field for correcting fabrication errors in primary
structural framing. Cutting will be permitted only on secondary members that are not under stress, as
acceptable to Architect. Finish gas-cut sections equal to a sheared appearance when permitted.
3.2 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Owner will engage an independent testing and inspection agency to inspect high-strength bolted
connections and welded connections and to perform tests and prepaze test reports if required by the
Engineer..
B. Testing agency shall conduct and interpret tests,state in each report whether test specimens
comply with requirements,and specifically state any deviations therefrom.
C. Provide access for testing agency to places where structural steel work is being fabricated or
produced so that required inspection and testing can be accomplished.
D. Testing agency may inspect structural steel at plant before slupment.
E. Correct deficiencies in structural steel work that inspections and laboratory test reports have
indicated to be not in compliance with requirements. Perform additional tests,at Contractor's expense,as
Page 4 of 5
necessary to reconfirm any noncompliance of original work and to show compliance of conected work.
F. Shop-Bolted Connections: Engineer shall decide if Inspections or tests be conducted in
accordance with AISC specifications.
G. Shop Welding: Engineer sha11 decide if Inspections or tests be conducted in accordance with
AISC specifications.
END OF SECTION 05120
STRUCTURAL STEEL
Page 5 of 5
06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY
�ECT`�Dl�11�1OD
PAR`I' 1-GENEItAL
1.1 I�ELATED DU��P�i'I'�u
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions
ans�Di�isiQn 1 Speci€icat�Qn S�t�Qns,apply tt�t�is SecttQn,
1.2 �uifHIlV�ARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. �raming wit#�dim�nsiQn luml�er,
2. Framing with engineered wood products.
3. �Nc�s}gmc�ds,��iiers,an�i bls�ki�g.
4. Wood furring.
5. Sh�a,t�in�.
6. Subflooring.
7, Under�a;�u�nt.
8. I��latsd S�tions: ThE�ilQwing S�ti�ns�flntain r�uirements tfia�r��a�ts�t�is SectiQn;
1. Division 6 Section"Finish Carpentry" for nonstructural carpentry items exposed
ts�viEw ans�nn�sg�if��s�in anQ�r Sec�i�r�.
1.3 DEI+'I1��TOlV�
A. Rough carpentry includes carpentry work not specified as part of other Sections and generally
not�xpos�,xi�l�ss nt�erwise sp�if ed.
1.4 �ITBMI'f�'AI.s
A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1
Sp��if�ca�ion S��ions.
B. Product data for the following products:
. i. Engirt�resi vw�osi pro�iucts,
2. Underlayment.
3, Insulating s�a�ing.
4. Air infiltration barrier.
3. Metal framing anchQrs,
- • ---
6. Constt�iction ad�esrves. -
C. Material certificates for dimensiona�lumber specified to comply with minimum allowable unit
st�ess�s. �tdi�ate sp�i�s arni grade select��r��us�e as w�ll as s#�sign va,�ues appr�v�si by ti��Bo�rd
of Review o€American I=amber�andar�s Com�i�ee.
D. Wood treatment data as follows including chemical treatment manufacturer's instructions for
handling,stvring,installaflfln,and�nishing o€tr�a�i ma,�rial;
1. For each type of preservative treated wood product inol�de certification by treating plant
st��ing�Q€pr�rvaHve solttti�n�d pr�sstu�pm�ess t�,tt�t-araQun��€
Pag��'I u� 1Q
preservative retained,and compliance with applicable standards.
2, For w��r=bQrriE�produ�ts incit�st�t�m�nt t�a��nis�v�n�nt o�tr�at�d
materials was reduced to levels indicated prior to shipment to project site.
3. FQr€'ire=retars�an�tr�at�vtros�si ptx�siucts include r,�t�ifcat'rQn b����ing plant t�at
�ate�ma�riai�inpli�s r�i�s�if�stantlard a�d pth�r reqtrire��ts.
E. Research reports or evaluation reports of the model code organization accepta.ble to authorities
having jurisdic�ion Evic�en�ing r,rjmpli�nce o€���nllQwing v►r�rcxi prr�duc�s witfi sp�i�i�si r�uir�menis
atisi brrii�ing�d�in�f��f�r Proj�ct:
1. Engineered wood products.
2. Air in�ttra�ion barriers.
3. Metal framing anchors.
4. Power driven fasteners.
5. Tr��,tesi w�d prc�siu�ts,
i.5 Q�JA�,�ASS�T�AN�E
A. Single-Source Responsibility for Engineered Wood Products: Obtain each type of engineered
�fl�3 pmducts£rom vne sc>uurs�€mm a single manu€�cturer,
�. Singl�-�nt�rce REsp�nsi�i}ity f�r Treat��Vv�: E?b�irt fieai�wnQd prsxiu��s fiom Qne s��.
i.f DELIVERY,STfJ1tAGE,AtYD HAI�II�LIIYG
A. Delivery and Storage: Keep materials under cover and dry. Protect against exposure to weather
an�i�nta�t vvi�s�amp�r r�sw�a�s. Sta�k lu�ab�r as weii as pl�ws�nsi and otfi�r gansls;prs�vi��nr
air circulation within and around stacks and under temporary coverings including polyethylene and
- . .. ._
simi ar ma�ena s.
1. For lumber and plywood pressure treated with waterbome chemicals,place
s�rs betvw�n�acl�br.ui�dl�t�prow�s�a�ir�i�uiatic�n.
PAR�2-PRODitC'�
2.i L�JN�E�,�ENERA�,
A. Lumber Standards: Fumish lumber manufactured to comply with PS 20 "American Softwood
Luxniaer��ndat�i"atrd wi�appli�able graading ntles�€inspec�iQn ag�ncies r.e�i€res#fi�y�m�ri�a�
Lum�er Stan�ards Cnnamif,�'s(A�.��j Boar�o�Revi�w.
1. SPIB-Southern Pine Inspection Bureau.
2. W�L�B=�V�s��vas�Lumber Insgect�n Bur�au,
3. �PA-�estem�ood Pro�nc�s Associa�ion.
B. Grade Stamps: Provide lumber with each piece factory-marked with grade stamp of inspection
ag�n�y ev��ien�ing s�mpliansae wi�gra�iing nil�r�quirem�nts azrd icien�ifying ge�iing ag�ncy,gratl�,
s�i�s,mois��a�be�t�a�Hme n€sur€�ing,a�mill.
1. For exposed lumber furnish pieces with grade stamps applied to ends or back of each
pi�e;�r�mi�grade stamps�ntir�ly and prAvide�e�if�tes s�f grasis cs>mpii�n�e issu�b�
insp�t-it�tt agen�y:
Pag�2 of 1 b
C. Nominal sizes are indicated,except as shown by detail dimensions. Provide actual sizes as
r�q�b�PS 2U,fur ms�ist��ont�n�sp�ci€��fvr�ch t�,
1. Provide dressed lumber, S4S,unless otherwise indicated.
2. 1'ro�icie s�asor�#lumber v�ith 19 perc�n�ma�i�mum ra�isture cvnbent at t-ime o€dr�ssing
�shipm�nt-f�r si�s 2 in�6Es nr less i��ntir��i t�i�k�ss,unless n��erwis�i�i�a�.
2.2 HIlVI�1�T�It�1��.itN�BER
A. For light framing provide"Stud," "No.3,"or"Standard"grade lumber for stud framing(2 to 4
in���s t�ick;2�n 4 i��b�s vvi�, 14 f�t and str9rt�r)ari�"S�"nr"N�.3"grad�€flr nt�r�ig��£raming
�2�i!4 tAC�IES�It�IC,2��lltCflES VVft��,an�spe�i�s,
B. For light framing(2 to 4 inches thick,2 to 4 inches wide)provide the following grade and
sp�ies:
1. "Construction"grade.
2. Soutfiem Pine gr�sied under S�nal�es,
�. Spruc�-P�Fir gra�urni�r N�.,�'iA nt1Es.
C. For structural light framing(2 to 4 inches thick,2 to 4 inches wide),provide the following grade
and speci�s;
i, "i�Tp.2" gr�de or b�r:
D. For structural framing(2 to 4 inches thick, 5 inches and wider),provide the following grade and
sgeci�s:
1. "No.2"grade or better.
�. DQug��s Fir=�.ar�ch g�raded un�r W�I,�$s�r�b'PA rtrl�s.
3. Hem-Fir graded under WWPA rules.
4. Sc�u�hern Pin�gcad�d under SP}B rules,
5. Sprtic�=P�Fir graYi�t�der Nf.,�'rA nrles.
2.3 �OARD�
�. Expps�Bvar�s: Wli�re l�aGrsls r�viil bs�xp��in��is�cl wnrky provid�t��e fnil�vwing:
1. Moisture Content: 19 percent maximum, "S-DRY"or KD-19.
2. Wh�er��ransparent or na#�ra�€nish or nv�nish is ind'rcated,prowiY#e�re
following:
�. �VhEre paint��inish is i�i�cat�,prs���"N�a. f Bnards"psr S�'�B r�rlss,"Seiect
Merchantable Boazds"per WCLIB rules,or"No.2 Common Boards&Better"
per'W'W��n�les,
B. Concealed Boards: Where boards will be concealed by other work,provide lumber of 19 percent
max�mr�m mnis�r�co��en�(S=L)R��r K�k 1�)and af f�ilnwi��g sp�ies a�gc�d�:
C. Board Sizes: Provide sizes indicated or,if not indicated(for sheathing,subflooring and similaz
uses),Pmwide 1=inch b��=inch b�ards,
2.4 h��aC��.����JN�LR
Page 3 Q:� lb
A. General: Provide lumber for support or attachment of other construction including curbs and
s�ppo�basEs,r,ant s�rips,bt�ks,aailers,blocking,€turing,grs�u�s,s&�ipping,a�simiiar m�mi�rs.
B. Fabricate miscellaneous lumber from dimension lumber of sizes indicated and into shapes
sliouwn.
C. Moisture content: 19 percent maximum for lumber items not specified to receive wood
pr�sErv�t�v�t��&�A�
D. Grade: "Standard"grade light-framing-size lumber of any species or board-size lumber as
r�uiresi. "Nv.3 Common"or"S�an�"�bQards�r VVC�..IB or VV`VVPA ncles s�r"No.2 Bs�ars�sr,
p�r SP�B rules.
Z.5 �UN5TRUCTI�i1T PAlYEL5,GENERAL
A. Construction Panel Standards: Comply with PS 1 "U.S.Product Standard for Construction and
Indt�strial Plyw�si"f�r P�yv►'���s�ru�tiAn pa��ls an�,fQr prs.xlucts not mac3tr€act�u�und�r PS 1
pro�isions, vwit3�,AP'A P�P`-1Q�,
B. Trademark: Fumish construction panels that are each factory-marked with APA trademark
��i�n�cing cs�mpiia��+i�gra��r�rrir�meats.
C. SubAot�ring: �PA�TEI?SHEATHINt'x.
1. Exposure Durability Classification: EXTERIOR.
�. Span Rati�g: i�s r�tt�irr�b�srtit jpis�spa�i�g i�ii�at�.
I?. �Vall Sheathing: AP���'EI?S�iE��-IlN�,
1. Exposure Durability Classification: EXT'ERIOR
2. Span Rati�g; 12/4, 16/4,24N4}�r Wal1=1f n�f�vr stut�spa�ing Qf 16 inches pr l�ss.
E, Ruo€Sheat�ing: t�i��t,�'1'EI?Si�E�I'�'HIN�'r,
1. Exposure Durability Classifica.tion: EXTERIOR.
2. Span Ra�ing: �►s r�q�tir�si tn suit ra�r spa�ing i�sii�at�.
F. Construction Panel Underlayment for Ceramic Tile: Provide APA RATED STURD-I-FLOOR
EXP i pan�ls�ith�4 in�hes o.e.sp�n raHng, 19/32 inch minimum t�i�iaiess,fvr ceranaic�ii�se�in
��x��mrt�,r:
2.6 AI�fl+�g,TRATIt�I��AR�R
A. Polyethylene sheet,0.0061 inch thick,formed by spinning continuous strands of fine high
�i�nsity ps�ly��y�ic�tiers,�nn��fibsrs aas�bont�ir�g th�m�gs�r by h�a�arn�pr�sstu�;vyith a
moisture vapor transmission rate of 400 grams/sq.meter/24 hrs.per ASTM E 96,procedure B; flame
sgr�as#and srnokE ci�v�h>p�d ra�ittgs Q€3 anci 14 psr ASTI1�E�4,
2.'1 FA�T�I�IL�
A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in
this articte for materiat and manu�ac�dre.
F���Q� IQ
l. Where rough carpentry is e�cposed to weather,in ground contact,or in area of high
r���t���htuttis�i�+,PrQ�i�€ast�r�rs wi���mt-dip zi�s�ating per�S`£1�A 1 S3 s�r o€
AISI T�re 344 stainlEss steel,
�. Nails,V�ire,Br�s,an�StaplEs: FS F�=I'�T=105.
�. P��r I.?ri�n Fasteners: Na�ic�nal Ew�luatir►n I�pc�r�I�EIt.-272.
D. �1Vood�crews: AN�I�18.�.1.
2.a 11�E�AL F'RAN�H►i�ANCHOR�
A. General: Provide metal framing anchors of type,size,metal,and finish indicated that comply
vw�t�i r�quirem�n�s sp�i��i.r�ltrs�ing t��Hvwing;
1. Current Evaluation/Research Reports: Provide products for which model code
Evalua�ion/r�sear�h r�por�s e�is�t�at are�c�p�able tv authori�i�s h��ing juri�ciiction�nc�
that evidence compliance of inetal framing anchors for application indicated with the
b�rilc�ing�i�e��f�r t�iis Proj�t.
2. Allowable Design Loads: Pmvide products for which manufacturer publishes allowable
si�sign 1Qads t�at are dei�nninEd£rom erapiri�al t�a�Qr by rat�Qnal engin�ering anal��s
and that are demonstrated by comprehensive testing performed by a qualified
irn�gEtt�nt tes�g laboratory;
B. Galvanized Steel Sheet: Steel sheet zinc-coated by hot-dip process on continuous lines prior to
€abri�a�iQn tv cs�mply�tfi AS'I'�I A 525 fvr Coa�ing D�sign��ivn G54 attd vt�i�h.�ST1YI.A 44�i,�rad�?4
(structural quality);ASTM A 526(commercial quality);or ASTM A 527(lock-forming quality);as
s��t�a�ith mau�factur�r fx�r ty�pe of�hs�r i�i�al�.
1. Use galvanized steel framing anchors for rough carpentry exposed to weather, in ground
�nt���s�r in area o€high r�lati�e humidit�,and vvhere indi�a,t�,
2.9 1t����t.AN�O�T�'u 11�A?�I�.�
A. Sill Sealer Gaskets: Glass fiber resilient insulation fabricated in strip form for use as a sill
s�a.ler; 1 ineh ns�minal t�ickn�ss cr►mpressible tp 1/32 in�h;selectEs�€rom manu€a�tur�r's sta�a�iard�vidtfis
xS?St#1�-ljVit��l Q�SiH 1TIEIR�TS lri�l��;i�rQ�ls u€54}fe�t Dr 1 U�J��in l�ng�fh.
B. Adhesives for Field Gluing Panels to Framing: Formulation complying with APA AFG-O 1 that
is appro�ed fnr us�vvi��o€con���ion panel ittdieated by bs�tfi�hEsiwe and panei naanufacturer,
C. Water Repellent Preservative: NWWDA-tested and-accepted formulation containing
�=i�2=P�P3�3�}but�+l ca�rbflnate(�P$C)as its�tive i�gr�i�n�:
2.10 PItE�EI��ATI�E�ODD TREA�IVV�NT B�PRE�'�i7�E PRO�E��
A. General: Where lumber or plywood is indicated as preservative-treated wood or is specified
h�in tn f�trea�t�,cflinp�}+wi#h app�i�able r�qttirern��ts u�AVVP�Stans�ars�s�2(Lrr�nbsr)arrd�3
f�ZY�). iViark�h treatEs�i�m witb th��WP$nr S1�IB Qualii�NJaz�k Requirement�,
B. Pressure-treat above-ground items with water-bome preservatives to a minimum retention of 0.25
p�€ Fvr interinr r�s,a�r�a�t��lcilu--dry�lumb�r a�pl�+w��tfl a maici�nut�a r�tuisturs sx�nt�nt;
res�tiv�iy,0€19 perr�n�and 15 g�m,�n�. Tr�t intiicat�xi i�m�and tfi�fplh��ing;
F�g�S v€ �0
1. Wood cants,decking,nailers,curbs,equipment support bases,blocking,stripping,and
si�ilar mEin�rs in�nn�tiun wi�h roofag,flasking,vaps�r barrisrs,arn��+aterprs�€'ing.
2. Wood sills,sleepers,blocking,furring,stripping,and similar concealed members in
conta���vi�h masQnr�Qr s.Qncr�tE.
�. W�d€ramir�g�mb�rs Iess�a.� ��i�hes abs�v��.
C. Pressure-treat wood members in contact with the ground or fresh water with water-borne
pre��rr�at��es tv a minimum r�ten�ivn A�Q.4Q pcf.
D. Complete fabrication of treated items prior to treatment,where possible. ffcut after treatment,
�u�t�u�surfa�s tp cnmpiq with A�VP�11�4. �sp�t��t pi�o€lu�ab�r or p�yv�si�r dryi�g antl
dis�ar�dam�g�s��r d�f+ectiwe pi�s.PA��'3=E�£E�UTIQIY
PAR'f 3 Il�TAI�I.ATIOIY
3.1 �EI�ItAI,
A. Discard units of material with defects that impair quality of rough carpentry construction and that
�tc�u sm��l tv u�i�fabri�ating rQug��arpsntr}+wi#�ininim�tt joints vr nptimnm jni��arrang�men�
B. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines,with members plumb and true to line and cut and
��ted.
C. Fit rough carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as required for accurate fit. Correlate
�D��ti41T���71JTfiig,I111IET3,blvcking,grs�t�s#s,an�i similar suppnrts tv aHnw-at#,a�b�m�nt Q€oth�r
cons�uction.
�. Ss�►:u�lq at#a�h rangh c���+�ric tn substrat�bq a�c��ri�g a�€a�t�ning as indi�at�.
E. Count�rsinl�nail h�ads on e�s�i carpen��ork arni CIl hpl�s.
F. Use common wire nails,unless otherwise indicated. Use finishing nails for finish work. Select
€astEners s�€six�tl�at v�ill r►fl�penetra.te m�mb�rs�+h��re vppQsit�sid�wi��be ex�t�vie�Qr wifl
receive finish materials. Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting of
wwvs�;predrill as r�quir�t�,
3.2 Wflf)D�Rfl�JNDS,N:�II.ERS,BI.U�i�N�,AND S�.EEPERS
A. Install wood grounds,nailers,blocking,and sleepers where shown and where required for
scre9eding or at#achmen�o€othsr vworle. �onai ta shapes as shs�w+n and ct�as requined f�or�line ant#
le"vet o�woi�C to be a�act�ed. Coorc�'inate toca�ion witti o�tier worl"c invotve�.
B. Attach to substrates as required to support applied loading. Countersink bolts and nuts flush with
sur€as�s,unl�ss otfi�r�i��indicatEsi. BUI�tlltfl A18SSfA1'��U17fig ttlS�&�IS�tDri t)�Al8SQA1'�t�Vi)TIC. Wherg
�}L?SSI�?IEi an�h�r tn€ormv�rk�fvre rA�ret�pla��m�n�
C. Install permanent grounds of dressed,preservative treated,key-bevelled lumber not less than
1=1/2 in�h�s wide and o€tfiicicness req�ir�si tn bring fas�s�€grounti tA exac�thick�ss n€finish m�.�eria.i
i�d�lv�. R�mia�+s t�mPQrary�gflc�wl�n�IvAgsr r�quir�.
3.3 �V�OOH 1�`�Il��
�. Ins�H pivmb ansi l�q��with clns�strips a��s a�s�p�nni.ngs. Shim�vil�w�as r�uiresi
Pag�b Qf 1Q
�or�oterance of�nishe�wock.
3.4 WUUD FRAMIN�,�EIYERAL
A. Framing Standard: Comply with N.F.P.A. "Manual for Wood Frame Construction,"unless
otlierwise indicated.
B. Framing with Engineered Wood Products: Install fra.ming composed of engineered wood
prs�ducts tn cQmpt��itfi manufac�ur�r's dire.�tiQ�s;
�. Insfi�k�framing meinb�rs of si��sp�ing in�i��t�.
I). Aneh�r and nail as sho�n,and tv s.�mpl�vvit�t��fvliuv►�ing:
1. National Evaluation Report No.NER-272 for pneumatic or mechanical driven
staples,P=N�ils,and a�ki�fasten�rs.
2. Pciblis#��r�quiremen#s�€manufa�turer o€m�t�l fr�ming anchprs,
�. I?n nQt spli�stru�tura�m�rnbsrs�tw�a snppQrts.
F. Firestop concealed spaces of wood framed walls and partitions at each floor level and at the
r,�i#ing line o€�he tnp story. VVh�re�resiops are nvt automa�all�pr��ided b�tfie fr�ming systEm us�,
us�clns�}��i�ws�ns�b�ks o€�aminak 2=ir�h=t�i�k lumb�r n���v�is#t�a�s frami.�ng m�nbsrs.
3.5 �T�D FRAIVIIl�T�
A. General: Arrange studs so that wide face of stud is perpendicular to direction of wall or partition
�z��rirow f�is paraliel. �n�al�singl�bs�ttvrn p1atE a�s��l�tvp p�at�s usi�tg 2=ii�h=t�i�k na�mb�rs
whose widths equal that of studs;except single top plate may be used for non-load-bearing paztitions.
Nail Qr anchar platEs tv supp4�4�ng eons&��ivn,
1. For exterior walls insta112-inch by 6-inch wood studs spaced 1 b inches o.c.
2. �or int�riur partitipns a�tsl wa��s instal�2=ia�h bq 4iin�h wsxx�stu�s spaos� 16 iu�hes n.c.
ansi 2�6 in�h wnfld stt�ds�s nnt��n drawing�.
B. Construct corners and intersections with not less than 3 studs. Install miscellaneous blocking and
fra,m,mittg�s shAt�a�a�r�rxirEd fs�r stxpps�rt o�€a�i�g m�ria}s,fix�s,sg�i�l�-it�ns,aa�f�iin.
1. Install continuous horizontal blocking row at mid-height of single-story partitions over 8
�E�t 111g}1�Ilt�8t A11S��?QYiI�A�tritll�Sft??T��ifi�1AA3,using 2=in�h t�icl�m�nbers o€same
�idt�as wa��or parti�ivas.
C. Frame openings with multiple studs and headers. Install nailed header members of thickness
�qual tv�idt�Q€stt�sis. Set h�aad�srs t�n edge ant�supp��f s�n jam#�st��.
1. For nonbearing partitions,install double-jaxnb studs and headers not less than 4 inches
�i�p fnr op�ning�3 f�atts#l�ss i�vwi�,ansk n��less t�b i.r�ches�eep fvr wis�r
openings.
2. ��r ls>�=bearing partitit�ns,inst�ll dfluble jamb st�tsis€or�penings 6 feet ant�less in
width,and tripleyamb studs for wider openings. Install headers of depth shown,or if not
shnvwn,�s r�man�n�b�-1'�.�.P.A. "il�anua�k fnr Hous��rarning."
�. Insfi�ll�iagonal bracing in s�uci framing D€ea�terivr v�a�lls,��ep�as nther�wise indir,sit�si. Bra��
I'��o� lE}
bv�h�v�}}s at�a�h��ma1 sx.�rn�r,�u11 stv�h�ight,at a 4S sl�gr+�angl�,nsing ei�r a
let-in 1 by 4 or 2 by 4 blocking or metal diagonal bracing. Omit bracing where following types of
she�thing axe indicatesi,
1. P��wvs�sh�at�'tng or sx�rn�r bra�ing,4f��=wis�pan�ls vErti��}�y.
3.6 FLO�It JOI�T'FRAI►�i�
A. General: Install floor joists with crown edge up and support ends of each member with not less
�an 1=1/2 in�hEs s��b�aring nn�vs�nr m�tal,rar 3 in�h�s Qn masQnry. Atta�h€ts�r joists�.s fs>I}s�vrs:
1. To wood bearing members by toe nailing or metal framing anchors.
2. To vfrood suggorting m�ml�rs�vith�ledg�rs�s shs��vn,vr i�ns�t shQ�vn,v�itfi
metal joist hangers.
3. To St��as shown�a dravrings.
B. Frame openings with headers and trimmers supported by metal joist hangers;double headers and
�rimm�rs v�h�r�span Qf header exc�d�4 f�t,
C. Do not notch in middle third of joists; limit notches to 1/6-depth of joist, 1/3 at ends. Do not
�r+e ht�l�s}�r than 1l3�iepth Q€jnis�pr ln�at��1Qs�r th�n 2 i�h�s frnm tvp nr bs�tts�m. �sta.��sc�li�
bh�k-ing(2 in�h�s ti�i�k b�tiept3�p�jois�)�t�nds of joists unles�nailed ts>h�sier vr bearing m�mb�r.
D. Lap members framing from opposite sides of beams,girders or partitions not less than 4 inches
�r s�►�relq tiE Qppnsiag trt�tnbers t�gether. �stak}ss�1i�block�g�2 in�l�s t�ick by-si�pth n€jvis�)ov�r
suggQrts,
E. Under jamb studs at openings, install solid blocking between joist.
�. IJn�r rrarnls�a�=t�aring par�i�iv�s, insta#1�uble jQis�separat�si bq so�id blsxking�qt�tn
sieptfi Qf stusis abo�,
G. Install bridging of type indicated below between joists where nominal depth to-thickness ratio
�xceeds b,at int�rvals of$feet.
1. Diagonal wood bridging formed from bevel cut nominal 1-inch by 4inch lumber,
doubl��rossed and nailed l�t�sns�s tv joists.
H. Ceiling Joists: Install ceiling joists with crown up and to comply with requirements specified
�1��+E fvr fls�r jvists. Fas�nai�tv�nsis o€paraHE}ra�rs.
1. Where principal ceiling joists are at right angles to rafters,frame as indicated with
addi�nal short joist�frQm tWall plate tfl f�rst joist;nail to ends Q€raftErs and tv
top plate and nail to long joists or anchor with framing anchors or metal straps. Install 1
bq�Qr 2 b}�4 stritig�rs spa�si 4 f�o.�.crs�sswise over prin�ipa}s�i}ing j4ists.
I. Rafters: Notch to fit exterior wall plates and toe nail or use special metal framing anchors.
I?Qubls ra�rs tv fvrnn hea�rs ans�tsimm�rs at 4p�nings in rs�€framing(i€�.n�),aasi supgo��witfi met�l
hangers. Where rafters abut at ridge,place directly opposite each other and nail to ridge member or use
mEt�.�ricige ha�g�rs.
1. At valleys,install valley rafter of size shown,or if not shown,twice the thickness of
r�gular ra�rs ansi 2 in�h�s�p�r. �e�el�ns�s�f ja�k raftErs fnr full b�aring�gains�
Fag��p� k�
valley rafter.
2, ��l�ips, iust��k hip r���o�si�sl�v�,nr'r��ot s��Q�n,o�s�t�i�kn�ss�r�g��.r
_
r�rs�s�� in�h�s c�p�r, ���k Ensis Q�j��l��ers fx�r full be�r��g�gains�h�p r���s,
J. Install collar beams(ties)as shown,or if not shown,install 1-inch by 6-inch boazds between
�qer�-t�u�#g�i�o�raft�rs. �,c�at�b�ls��+ris�g�m�mb�r,on��iir�i Qf s�ist�nsx t��iking jvists, �u��
t��i�slap��n�z��il to�f#�r�,
�. I13��}}5�21}�IT1JIl��S�IQS'VIl�QT�t1Yg.gi QbEi'M�lt$S,clorm�rs a�xus�simil�rr�om�itiuns,i€anq:
L. Where built-up beams or girders of nominal2-inch dimension lumber on edge are shown, fasten
tug�tfi�r t�it�2 rQws Q�2�n�.ils spa��s}ns�t l�ss t#�.n��in�h�s Q,�. I.c���Qn�ro�n��r tt�g Esig�ans#
other near bottom edge. Locate end joints in members over supports;for continuous members,stagger
�s�s at qu�rt�r goixnts b�tva�n supput#g.
l�. Inst�,il w�s�p��t�using m�t�l an�hQring ans�ai#��hm�nt si�v�i��s inc�is�t�.
�i, Sea}Ensis o€bsasns ans�ps�s�s�a�pQSEsi�n�ti�er�th�wat�r�r�p�li�n�pr�s��aEivE.
3.7 �'I'AtR F`1tAMIN�
A. Install stair framing members of size,space,and co�guration indicated or,if not otherwise
ins�is��,tp�mplq witfi t��fnllowing t�uitt�mEnts:
1. Stringer Size: 2 inches by 12 inches minimum.
2. NQk�hing: NQt�h stringers t�a r�i�tt�as�s,ri�rs�.nnc�supps�rts; l��v�a��lEas�3=if�
inches of effective depth.
�, String�r Sp��ing. No�l�ss�ha�n 3 st�ing�rs fnr�h 3'=4}"cl�ar vwisith o€sfau~.
B. Fabricate stair framing not to exceed the following variations between treads and risers within
��h�light Q€st�.i�s;
1. Adjacent Treads and Risers: 1/16 inch.
�. BE�+�en L�rgss�an�3 Smallest Tr�ads�ns�Risers: �/B i��h.
3.S fl►T�'PAI.I.AgT�01�0�'CO1�TR�T�TI�I�f PA1�E�
A. General: Comply with applicable recommendations contained in Form No.E30, "APA
�xignl�pns�u�t�n�uis#�=1�sid�a�ia1��vm.m�r�ia.l,"fs�r�s s��r.�nst�tii�a p�nsls aas�
appli�atiQns indicat�,
S. Fastening Metbs�s: Fasken pan�fs ass ins�ica.t�d belov�+:
1. Sub€ltx�ring: �lue ansi nail�€r�ming t�rQughQu�.
3.� 1�Il�Fg.`TRAT'IOI�EA�R
�, �Q�r sh�athing vwith air in�ltra�i�n b�rri�r�ss fs�lic�ws:
1. �PPk�'Pfa�s�sh��t��mply�wi�m�nufa�l�r's grint�t s�ir�tis�ns,
END OF SECTION 06100
ROU�I�CARPE��
P��o� �o
STRUCTURAL GLUED LAMINATED TIlVIBER
SECTION 06185
PART 1-GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this S�tion.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes structural glued laminated timber elements.
B. Structural glued laminated(glulam)timber is defined to include wood members fabricated from
1-inch or 2-inch nominal thickness lumber,glued face-to-face to a depth of five or more laminations.
l. Provide connectors,anchors,and accessories necessary to interconnect and secure
glulam members to building structure.
C. The types of structural glued laminated units specified include the following:
1. Straight beams,including girders and purlins,and cambered members.
2. Columns,including posts and standuds.
3. Laminated wood decking.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit the following according to Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification
Sections.
B. Product data including specifications and installation instructions covering lumber,adhesives,
fabrication process,preservative treatment,accessories,and protection.
C. Shop drawings showing full dimensions of each member and layout of entire structural system.
Show lazge-scale details of connections,connectors,and other accessories. Indicate species and
laminating combination,adhesive type,and other variables in required Work.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Standards: Comply with ANSUATTC A 190.1,"Structural Glued Laminated Timber."
1. For laminated decking,form units from lumber graded by a recognized agency,
complying with requirements of American Lumber Standazds Committee and PS 20,
American Soflwood Lumber Standard.
B. Manufacturer Qualification: Provide factory-glued structural.�s,produced by an
AITC-licensed fiim qualified to apply the AITC Quality Inspected ma�c.
Page 1 of 4
C. Factory-mark each piece of glued laminated structural units with AITC Quality Inspected mark.
1. Place AITC mark on timber surfaces which will not be exposed in completed Work.
D. Installer: Firm that has demonstrated competence specializing in installing glued laminated
timber for at least 5 years.
1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING
A. General: Comply with provisions of AITC 111, "Recommended Practice for Protection of
Structural Glued Laminated Timber During Transit, Storage,and Erection."
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 STRUCrURAL GLUED LAMINATED UNITS
A. Lumber: Comply with ANSUATTC A190.1 and applicable lumber association standards cited
therein for grades required to achieve glulam requirements for design values,appearance,fabrication
limitations,and species.
B. Lumber Species: Douglas Fir-Larch.
C. Adhesive: ANSUAITC A190.1,wet-use type.
D. End Sealer: Manufacturer's standard,transparent,colorless wood sealer,effective in retarding
transmission of moisture at cross-grain cuts.
E. Penetrating Sealer: Manufacturer's standard,translucent,penetrating wood sealer,that will not
interfere with application of wood stain and traaspazent finish,or paint fmish.
1. Refer to Division 9 Sections for required field-applied fmishes.
F. Connectors,Anchors,and Accessories: Provide fabricatsd steel(ASTM A 36)shapes,plates,
and bars,welded into assemblies of types and sizes indicated. Provide steel bolts(ASTM A 307), lag
bolts,nails,and other standard fasteners as required for installation.
1. Finish: Finish fabricated assemblies with rust-inhibitive primer.
2. Wet-Use Finish: Where wet-use glulatn work is indicated,finish fabricated assemblies
with hot-dip zinc coating(ASTM A 153),including bolts and other fasteners.
2.2 FABRICATION
A. General: Comply with ANSUAITC A190.1 in providing units indicated;where dimensions are
not completely documented,provide manufacturer's standard sizes and shapes required to fulfill indicated
performances.
B. Appearance Grade: Provide Architectural appearance grade units complying with AITC 110.
C. Preservative Treatment: Laminate members from preservative-treated lumber. After dressing
and end-cutting each member to final size and shape,apply a heavy brush coat of same(or compatible)
preservative treatment(in a light petroleum solvent)to surfaces cut to a depth of more than 1/16 inch.
Apply according to AWPA M4.
Page 2 of 4
1. Provide preservative-treatment solution free of water repellents and other substances that
might interfere when applying finishes.
D. End-Cut Sealing: Immediately after end-cutting each member to final length,and after wood
treatment(if any),apply a saturation coat of end sealer to ends and other cross-cut surfaces,keeping
surfaces flood-coated for not less than 10 minutes.
E. Seal Coat: After fabricating and sanding each unit,and end-coat sealing,apply a heavy
saturation coat of penetrating sealer on surfaces of each unit,except for treated wood where treatment
has included a water repellent.
2.3 DECKING
A. General: Provide T&G wood decking,sized as indicated,with following characteristics:
1. Face Grade: Decorative.
2. Edge Pattem: Standard Vee.
3. Provide color matching Architect's sample.
4. M.C. 10-12%.
5. Adhesive-Resorcinal waterproof.
A. General: Before shipping or exposing to outdoor conditions,bundle-wrap or individually wrap
with manufacturer's standard,opaque,durable,water-resistant,plastic-coated paper covering with
water-resistant seams.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. General: Insta.11 miscellaneous steel connectors,anchors,and accessories.
B. Plan and execute erection procedures so that close fit and neat appearance of joints and structure
as a whole will not be impaired. When hoisting members into place,use padded or nonmarring slings,
and protect corners with wood blocking.
C. Adequately brace members as they aze placed to maintain safe position until full stability is
provided.
D. Cutting: Avoid cutting glulam members during erection. Except for fastener drilling and other
minor cutting,coat cuts with end sealer.
1. Where treated members must be cut during erection,apply a heavy brush coat of the
same preservative treatment,complying with AWPA Standard M4.
E. Handle and temporarily support members to prevent visible surface damage.
F. Do not remove wrapping on individually wrapped members until it will serve no useful purpose,
including protection from weather,soiling and damage from work of other trades.
1. Coordinate wrapping removal wit.h fmishing work specified in Division 9. Retain
wrapping wherever it can serve as a painting shield.
Page 3 of 4
G. Nail decking to supports according to ATTC recommendations and details. Provide temporary
waterproof covering to protect exposed decking prior to applying finished roofmg.
H. Repair damaged surfaces and finishes after completing erection and removing wrappings,or
replace damaged members as directed where damage is beyond acceptable repair.
3.2 PROTECTION
A. General: Control heating,ventilating,and air conditioning in building to avoid damage to or
deterioration of glulam work.
END OF SECTION 06185
STRUCTURAL GLUED LAD�IINATED TIlVIBER
Page 4 of 4
FINISH CARPENTRY
SECTION 06200
PART 1-GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions
and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Exterior standing and running trim and rails.
2. Interior staading and running trim and rails.
B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section:
1. Division 6 Section"Rough Carpentry"for fiuring,blocking,and other carpentry w ork
that is not exposed to view.
2. Division 6 Section"Structural Glued Laminated Timber".
3. Division 7 Section"Flashing and Sheet Metal"for flashing and other sheet metal work
4. Division 7 Section"Joint Sealants" for sealants.
5. Division 8 Section"Wood Doors","Wood Sliding Glass Doors","Wood
Windows"
13 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Arrange for installation of fmish carpentry by a fum that can
demonstrate successful ercperience in installing fmish carpentry items similar in type and quality to those
required for this Project
1.4 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND AANDLING
A. Delivery and Storage: Keep materials under cover and dry. Protect against exposure to
weather and contact with damp or wet surfaces. Stack lumber as well as plywood and other panels.
Provide for air circulation within and around stacks and under temporary coverings including
polyethylene and similaz materials.
B. Do not deliver interior finish carpentry until environmental conditions meet requirements
specified for installation areas. If fmish carpentry must be stored in other than installation areas,store
only in areas where environmental conditions meet requirements specified for installation areas.
1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Conditions: Obtain and comply w3th finish carpenhy manufacturer's and
insta.11er's coordinated advice for optimum temperature and humidity conditions for finish carpentry
during its storage and installation.
B. Weather Conditions: Proceed with finish carpentry only when eausting and forecasted weather
conditions will permit exterior finish carpentry to be installed in compliance with manufacturer's
recotnmendations and when substrate is completely dry.
Page 1 of 4
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS,GENERAL
A. Lumber Standards: Comply with PS 20 "American Softwood Lumber Standard" for lumber and
with applicable grading rules of inspection agencies certified by American Lumber Standards Committee
Board of Review.
B. Plywood Standards: Comply with PS 1 "U.S.Product Standard for Construction and Industrial
Plywood"for plywood and,for products not manufactured under PS 1,with APA PRP-108.
2.2 FABRICATION
A. Wood Moisture Content: Comply with requirements of specified inspection agencies and
manufacturer's recommendations for moisture content of finish carpentry in relation to relative humidity
conditions existing during time of fabrication and in installation areas. Provide finish carpentry with
moisture content that is compatible with Project requirements.
B. Fabricate fmish carpentry to dimensions,profiles and details indicated. Ease edges to radius
indicated for the following:
1. Lumber less than 1 inch in nominal thickness: 1/16 inch.
2. Lumber 1 inch or more in nominal thickness: 1/8 inch.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 EXAA�IINATION
A. Examine substrates for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other
conditions affecting installation and performance of finish carpentry. Do not proceed with installation
until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Clean substrates of projections and substances detrimental to applicarion.
B. Condition fmish carpentry to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation azeas before
installation for a minimum of 24 hours unless longer conditioning recommended by manufacturer.
C. Backprime lumber for painted finish exposed on the exterior. Comply with requirements for
surface preparation and application in Section"Painting."
3.3 INSTALLATION,GENERAL
A. Do not use fmish carpentry materials that are u.nsound,warped,bowed,twisted,improperly
treated or finished,not adequately seasoned,or too small to fabricate with proper jointing airangements.
1. Do not use manufactured units with defective surfaces,sizes,or pattems.
B. Install finish carpentry plumb,level,true,and aligned with adjacent materials. Use concealed
shims where required for alignmen�
1. Scribe and cut finish cazpentry to fit adjoining work.Refinish and seal cuts as
Page 2 of 4
recommended by manufacture.
2. Install to tolerance of 1/8 inch in 8 feet for plumb and level. Install adjoining fmish
carpentry with 1/16 inch maximum offset for flush installation and 1/8 inch mauimum
offset for reveal installation.
3. Coordinate fmish carpentry with materials and systems that may be in or adjacent to
standing and running trim and rails. Provide cutouts for mechanical and electrical items
that penetrate exposed surfaces of trim and rails.
C. Finish in accordance with specified requirements.
D. Refer to Division 9 Sections for fmal finishing of finish carpentry.
3.4 ADJiJSTING
A. Repair damaged or defective finish carpentry where possible to eliminate functional or visual
defects. Where not possible to repair,replace fmish carpentry. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance.
3.5 CLEANING
A. Clean fmish carpentry on exposed and semiexposed surfaces. Touch up factory-applied finishes
to restore damaged or soiled areas.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS,GENERAL
A. Lumber Standatds: Comply with PS 20 "American Softwood Lumber Sta.ndard"for
lumber and with applicable grading rules of inspection agencies certified by American Lumber
Standards Committee Board of Review.
B. Plywood Standards: Comply with PS 1 "U.S.Product Standard for Construction and
Industrial Plywood"for plywood and,for products not manufactured under PS 1,with APA PRP-
108.
2.2 FABRICATION
A Wood Moisture Content: Comply with requirements of specified inspection agencies
and manufacturer's recommendations for moisture content of fmish carpentry in reladon to
relative humidity conditions existing during time of fabrication and in installation areas. Provide
finish carpentry with moisture content that is compatible with Project requirements.
B. Fabricate finish carpentry to dimensions,profiles and details indicated. Ease edges to
radius indicated for the following:
1. Lumber less than 1 inch in nominal thickness: 1/16 inch.
2. Lumber 1 inch or more in nominal thickness: 1/8 inch.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and
other conditions affecting installation and performance of finish carpentry. Do not proceed with
Page 3 of 4
installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Clean substrates of projections and substances detrime,ntal to application.
B. Condition fmish carpentry to average prevailing humidity condirions in installation
areas before installation for a minimum of 24 hours unless longer conditioning recommended by
manufacturer.
C. Backprime lumber for painted finish exposed on the e�erior. Comply with
requirements for surface preparation and application in Secti�"Painting."
3.3 INSTALLATION,GENERAL
A. Do not use fmish carpeniry materials that are unsound,warped,bowed,twisted,
improperly treated or finished,not adequately seasoned,or too small to fabricate with proper
jointing arrangements.
1. Do not use manufactured units with defec;tive surfaces,sizes,or patterns.
B. Install finish carpentry plumb, level,true,and aligned with adjacent materials. Use
concealed shims where required for alignment.
1. Scribe and cut finish carpentry to fit adjoining work. Refinish and seal cuts as
recommended by manufacturer.
2. Install to tolerance of 1/8 inch in 8 feet for plumb and level. Install adjoining
fmish carpentry with 1/16 inch maximum offset for flush installation and 1/8
inch maximum offset for reveal installation.
3. Coordinate finish carpentry with materials and systems that may be in or
adjacent to standing and running trim and rails. Provide cutouts for mechanical
and electrical items that penetrate exposed surfaces of trim and rails.
C. Finish in accordance with specified requirements.
D. Refer to Division 9 Sections for fmal fmishing of finish carpentry.
3.4 ADJUSTING
A. Repair damaged or defective finish carpentry where possible to eliminate functional or visual
defects. Where not possible to repair,replace finish carpentry. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance.
3.5 CLEANING
A. Clean finish carpentry on exposed and semiexposed surfaces. Touch up factory-applied
fmishes to restore damaged or soiled areas.
END OF SECTION 06200
FINISH CARPENTRY
Page 4 of 4
IIYTEBI�B A1��HITECTURAL WOUDWORK
SECTION 06402
TffiS SECTION USES THE TERM"ARCHTTECT."
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
STOCK CASEWORK, ETC, IN OTHER SECTIONS, WORDS NOT WIT'HIN PARENTI�SES
CONFORM TO AWI TERMINOLOGY AND THOSE WTTHIN PARENTI�SES,WIC TERMINOLOGY.
1. Wood cabinets(casework).
2. Laminate clad cabinets(plastic-covered casework).
3. Interior vs��d base
4. Door and Window frames
5. Exposed wood stair parts
B. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section:
1. Division 6 Section"Rough Carpentry"for funing,blockin,g,and other carpentry work that
is not exposed to view.
2. Division 6 Section"Finish CarQentry"for carQeniry exp�sed to vieyv that is nnt specifi,ed in
this section.
3. Division 6 Section "Exterior Architectural Woodwork"for exterior woodwork.
4. Division 8 Section "Flush Wood Doors" for doors specified by reference to architectural
woodwork standards.
5. Division 8 Section"Wood Windows"and"Wood sliding Glass Doors"for stock windows.
6. Division 9 Section "Painting"for fmal finishing of installed architectural woodwork.
1.3 SUBMTTTALS
A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1
Specification Sections.
B. Product data for each type of product and process specified in this section and incorporated into
items of architectural woodwork during fabrication,fmishing,and installation.
1. Apply WIC Certified Compliance Label or AWI Compliance to first page of shop drawings.
C. Samples for initial selection purposes of the following in form of manufacturer's color charts
consisting of actual units or sections of units showing full range of colors,textures,and pattems available
for each type of material indicated.
1. Plastic laminate.
2. Factory-applied opaque finishes.
Page 1 of 10
D. Samples for verification purposes of the following:
1. Lumber with or for transparent finish,50 square inches,for each species and cut,finished
on one side and one edge.
2. Yeneer leaves represenialive ofand selected from flitches to be used for transparsnt finish�i
woodwork.
3. Wood veneer faced panel products;,with or for transparent finish,8-1/2 inches by 11 inches,
for each species and cut wi�one half of exposed surface finished,with separate samples
of unfaced panel product used for core.
4. Lumber and panel products with factory-applied opaque finish,8- 1/2 inches by 11 inches
for panels and 50 square inches for lumber,for each fmish system and color,with one half
of exposed surface fmished.
5. Laminate clad panel products,8-1/2 inches,by 11 inches for each type,color,pattern,and
surface finish,with separate saznples of unfaced panel product used for core.
6. Corner pieces as follows:
a. Cabinet front frame joints between stiles and rail as well as exposed end pieces, 18
inches high by 18 inches wide by 6 inches deep.
b. Miter joints for standing trim.
7. Exposed cabinet hardware,one unit of each type and fmish.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Firm experienced in successfully producing architectural woodwork
similar to that indicated for this Proj ect,with sufficient production capacity to produce required units without
causing delay in the Work.
B. Single-Source Manufacturing and Installation Responsibility: Engage a qualified Manufacturer to
assume undivided responsibility for woodwork specified in this section,including fabrication,finishing,and
installation.
a. Casework.
b. Plastic laminate countertops.
c. Other types of countertops.
d. Stairs
C. Hardware Coordination: Distribute copies of approved scheduled for cabinet hardware specified in
Division 8 Section"Finish Hardware"to manufacturer of architectural woodwork;coordinate cabinet shop
drawings and fabrication with hardware requirements.
1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING
A. Prnteci vs+oodvvnrk during transit,delivery,storage,and handling to prevent damage,soilage,and
deterioration.
B. Do not deliver woodwork until painting,wet work,grinding,and similar operations that could
damage, soil, or deteriorate woodwork have been completed in installation areas. If woodwork must be
stored in other than installafion areas,store only in areas whose environmental conditions meet requirements
specified in"Project Conditions."
1.6 PROJECT CONDTTIONS
A. Environmental Conditions: Obtain and comply with Woodwork Manufacturer's and Installer's
coordinated advice for optimum temperature and humidity conditions for woodwork during its storage and
installation. Do not install woodwork until these conditions have been attained and stabilized so that
Page 2 of 10
woodwork is within plus or minus 1.0 percent of optimum moisture content from date of installation through
remainder of construction period.
B. Field Measurements: Where woodwork is indicated to be fitted to other construction,check actual
d'unensions of other construction by accurate field measurements before manufacturing woodwork; show
recorded measurements on fmal shop drawings. Coordinate manufacturing schedule with construction
progress to avoid delay of Work.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1. COMPANIES
1. Formica Curp.
2. Laminart.
3. Micaita Div.,Westinghouse Electric Corp.
4. Nevamar Corp.
5. Ralph Wilson Plastics Co.
6. Sterling Engineered Products,Inc.
' 7. Other companies that meet the conditions described in this specification
2.2 MATERIALS
A. General: Provide materials that comply with requirements of the WIC woodworking standard for
each type of woodwork and WIC qua.lity grade indicated,unless otherwise indicated.
1. Formaldehyde Emission Levels: Comply with formaldehyde emission requirements of each
voluntary standard referenced below:
a. Particleboard: NPA 8.
b. Medium Density Fiberboard: NPA 9.
c. Hardwood Plywood: HPMA FE.
2.3 FABRICATION,GENERAL
A. Wood Moisture Content: Comply with requirements of referenced quality standard for moisture
content of lumber in relation to relative humidity conditions existing during time of fabrication and in
installation areas.
B. Fabricate woodwork to dimensions,profiles,and details indicated.Ease edges to radius indicated
" for the following:
1. Comers of cabinets and edges of solid wood(lumber)members less than 1 inch in nominal
thickness: 1/16 inch.
2. Edges of rails and similaz members more than 1 inch in nominal thiclmess: 1/8 inch.
C. Complete fabrication,including assembly,finishing,and hardware application,before shipment to
project site to maximum extent possible. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and
installation. Where necessary for fitting at site,provide ample allowance for scribing,trimming,and fitting.
D. Factory-cut openings,to maximum extent possible,to receive hazdware,appliances,plumbing
fi�ctures,electrical work, and similar items. Locate openings accurately and use templates or roughing-in
diagrams to produce accurately sized and shaped openin�s. Smooth edges of cutouts and,where located in
countertops and similaz exposures,seal edges of cutouts with a water-resistant coating.
Page 3 of 10
E. Grade: Premium.
1. Lumber Species: Match species and cut indicated for other types of tra.nsparent fmished
architectural woodwork located in same azea of building unless otherwise indicated.
2.4 WOOD CABINETS(CASEWORI�FOR TRANSPARENT FINISH
A. Quality Standard: Comply with AWI Section 400 and its Division 400A"Wood Cabinets."
B. Grade: Premium.
1. Dimensions: As indicated.
C. Wood Species for Exposed Surfaces: Natwal birch,plain sawn/sliced.
1. Grain Matching: Run and match grain vertically for drawer fronts,doors,and fixed panels.
2. Matching of Veneer Leaves: Random match.
3. Veneer Matching Within Panel Face: Running match.
2.5 WOOD CABINETS(CASEWORI�FOR OPAQUE FINISH
A. Quality Standard: AWI Section 400 and its Division 400A"Wood Cabinets."
B. Grade: Premium.
1. Reveal Dimension: 1/2 inch.
2. Reveal Dimension: As indicated.
C. Species for Exposed Lumber Surfacs: Any close-grained hardwood listed in teferenced
woodworking standard.
2.6 LAMINATE CLAD CABINETS(PLASTIC-COVERED CASEWORI�
A. Grade: Premium.
1. Reveal Dimension: 1/2 inch.
B. Laminate Cladding: High pressure decorative laminate complying with the following requirements: ,
1. Colors, Patterns, and Finishes: Provide materials and products that result in colors and
te�ct�u+es of exposed laminate surfaces complying with the following requirements:
C. Provide selections made by Architect from laminate manufacturer's full range of standard colors and
fmishes in the following categories:
1 . Solid colors.
2. Laminate Grade for Exposed Surfaces: Provide laminate cladding complying with the
following requirements for type of surface and grade.
AWI AND WIC STANDARDS.REQUIItE 1ViIN.THICKNESS OF 0.028 INCH REGARDLESS OF
SURFACE TYPE.
a. Horizontal Surfaces Other Than Tops: GP-50(0.050-inch nominal thickness).
Page 4 of 10
b Postformed Surfaces: PF-42(0.042-inch nommal thiclrness).
c. Vertical Surfaces: GP-50(0.050-inch nominal thickness).
d. Edges: PVC matching laminate in color,pattern,and fmish.
2.7 CABINET HARDWARE AND ACCESSORY MATERIALS
A. General:Owner tp provide cabinet hardwaze and accessory materials associated with architectural
cabinets,except for items specified in Division 8 Section"Finish Hardware."
B. Cabinet Hardwaze selected by Owner.
C. Hardware Standard: Comply with ANSUBHMA A156.9"American National Standard for Cabinet
Hazdware"for items indicated by reference to BHMA numbers or referenced to this standard.
D. Exposed Hardware Finishes: For exposed hazdware,provide finish that complies with ANSUBHMA
A156.18 for BHMA code number indicated.
1. Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze,Oil Rubbed,on Bronze Base: BHMA 613
2. Satin Chromium Plated,Brass or Bmnze Base: BHMA 626.
3. Satin Chromium Plated, Steel Base: BHMA 652.
4. Satin Stainless Steel, Stainless Steel Base: BHMA 630.
E. For concealed hardware provide manufacturer's standard fmish that complies with product class
requirements of ANSUBHMA A 156.9.
2.8 ARCAITECTURAL CABINET TOPS(COUNTERTOPS)
A. Quality Standard: Comply with applicable WIC Section indicated below:
1. WIC Section 16-"Laminated Plastic Countertops, Splashes and Wall Paneling."
B. Type of Top: Solid wood for transpazent finish(lumber boards, edged-glued where required to
produce widths indicated)as follows:
1. Grade: Premium.
C. Type of Top: Solid laminated for transparent fmish(nanow strips of lumber glued together)as
follows:
1. Grade: Premium.
D. Type of Top: High pressure decorative laminate complying with the following:
L Grade: Premium.
a. Colors,Patterns,and Finishes: Provide materials and products that result
in colors and textures of exposed laminate surfaces complying with the
following requirements:
2. Provide selections made by Architect from manufacturer's full range of standard colors and
finishes in the following categories:
' a) Solid colors.
b) Wood grains.
c) Patterns.
Page 5 of 10
d.) Grain Direction: Paiallel to longest dimension.
3. Edge Treatment: Same as laminate cladding on horizontal surfaces.
4. Edge Treatment: Lumber edge for transparent fmish matching wood species and cut on
cabinet surfaces.
2.13 FLUSH WOOD PANELING FOR TRANSPARENT FIlVISH
A. Quality Standard: Comply with AWI S�500 and its Division SOOA.
B. Grade: Premium.
C. Veneer Species: Red oak,rift cut or Natw�l birch,plain sliced,orAfrican mahogany,quarter sliced.
Verify with Owner
D. For all Matching,verify with Owner
2.14 INTERIOR NIISCELLANEOUS ORNAMENTAL TTEMS FOR TRANSPARENT FINISH
A. Quality Standard: Comply with AWI Section 700.
B. Grade: Premium.
C. Lumber Species: Match species and cut indicated for othertypes oftranspazent finished architectural
woodwork located in same areas of building unless Owner chooses otherwise.
2.15 INTERIOR MISCELLANEOU5 ORNAMENTAL 1TEMS FOR OPAQUE FINISH
A. Quality Standard: Comply with AWI Section 700.
B. Lumber Species: Eastem white pine,sug�pine,or ldaho white pine.
2.16 INTERIOR DOOR FRAMES FOR TRANSPARENT FINISH
A. Quality Standazd: Comply with AWI Section 900B.
B. Lumber Species: Match species and cut indicated for other types of transpazent fmished
architectural woodwork located in same areas of bniWing unless otherwise indicated.
2.17 INTERIOR DOOR FRAMES FOR OPAQUE FINISH
A. Quality Standard: Comply with AWI Section 900B.
B. Lumber Species: Any closed-grain hardwood listed in referenced woodworking standard.
2.18 FASTENERS AND ANCHORS
A. Screws: Select material,type,size,and finish required for each use. Comply with FS FF-S-111 for
applicable requirements.
B. Anchors: Select material,type,size,and finish required by each substrate for secure anchorage.
Provide nonfenous metal or hot-dip galvanized anchrns and inserts on inside face of exterior walls and
elsewhere as required for corrosion resistance. Provide toothed steel or lead expansion bolt devices for
Page 6 of 10
drilled-in-place anchors.Furnish inserts and anchors,as required,to be set into concrete or masonry work
for subsequent woodwork anchorage.
2.19 FACTORY FINISHING OF INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
A. Quality Standard: Comply with WIC Section 25,"Factory Finishing of Architectural Woodwork,"
unless otherwise indicated.
B. General: The primary and prefinishing(if any)of interior architectural woodwork required to be
performed at factory is specified in this section. Refer to Division 9 Section"Painting"for fmal finishing
of installed architechual woodwork and for material and application requirements of prime coats for
woodwork not specified to receive final fmish in this section.
C. Preparations for Finishing: Comply with referenced quality standard for sanding,filling countersunk
fasteners, sealing concealed surfaces and similaz preparations for finishing of azchitectural woodwork, as
applicable to each unit of work.
E. Transparent Finish for Open-Grain Woods: Comply with requirements indicated below for grade,
finish system, sta.ining,effect,and sheen,with sheen measured on 60 deg gloss meter per ASTM D 523.
1. Grade: Premium.
2.. Staining: Match approved sample for color.
3. Effect: Closed grain(filled fmish).
RETAIN 1 SHEEN FROM 5 CHOICES BELOW,CORRELATED FOR COMPATIBILITY WITH EFFECT
AND FINISH SYSTEM SELECTED. NUMERICAL VALUES FOR GLOSS RATINGS ARE THOSE
PUBLISHED IN AWI STANDARD. RETAIN FLAT-DULL RUBBED SHEEN WITH OIL FIrTISH
EFFECT. REFER TO AWI QUALITY STANDARD FOR SHEENS AVAILABLE FOR EACH FINISH
SYSTEM. Supply samples.ARCHITECT AND OWNER WII.L CHOOSE FROM SAMPLES
1. Sheen: Flat-dull rubbed effect 5-10 deg.
2. Sheen: Dull satin 15-20 deg.
3. Sheen: Medium-gloss rubbed effect 35-45 deg.
4. Sheen: Semigloss bright rubbed effect 55-60 deg.
5. Sheen: Futl gloss 85-100 deg.
F. Transparent Finish for Closed-Grain Woods: Comply with requirements indicated below for grade,
finish system,staining,effect,and sheen.
RETAIN 1 GRADE FROM 2 BELOW. NO PRENIIUM GRADE AVAILABLE FOR AWI FIl�]ISH
SYSTEMS #7 AND #8. ECONOMY GRADE AVAII,ABLE WITH WIC STANDARD; INSERT IF
REQUIRED. ARCffiTECT AND OWNER WII,L CHOOSE FROM SAMPLES
1. AWI Finish System#1: Standard lacquer.
2. AWI Finish System#2: Catalyzed lacquer.
3. AWI Finish System#3: Conversion varnish.
4. AWI Finish System#4: Catalyzed vinyl lacquer.
5. AWI Finish System#5: Catalyzed polyurethane.
6. AWI Finish System#6: Synthetic penetrating oil.
7. AWI Finish System#7: Water-reducible synthetic lacquer.
8. AWI Finish System#8: Clear polyester.
RETAIN 1 FIlVISH SYSTEM FROM 8 ABOVE IF AWI STANDARD REFERENCED OR 1 FROM 9
Page 7 of 10
BELOW IF WIC STANDARD REFERENCED. STANDARD LACQUERS AND CATALYZED
LACQUERS CAN AFFECT SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS.ARCHTTECT AND OWNER
WII.,L CHOOSE FROM SAMPLES
1. WIC Finish System#1: I.acquer.
2.. WIC Finish System#1: Catalyzed lacquer.
3. WIC Finish System#2: Varnish.
4. WIC Finish System#2: Conversion vainishes.
5. WIC Finish System#3: Polyurethane.
6. WIC Finish System#3: Catalyzed poly�u�ethane.
7. WIC Finish System#4: Epoxy.
8. WIC Finish System#5: Penetrating oil.
9. WIC Finish System#7: Vinyl lacquer(catalyzed).
10. Staining: Match approved sample for color.
11. Effect: Closed grain.
RET�II�T 1 SHEEI�t FItDM 5 C�-IDIL'�S BELO�N,�O�EL,t�TED FO��-OII�ATTBILITY�lJITH EFFECT
AND FINISH SYSTEM SELECTED. NUMERICAL VALUES FOR GLOSS RATINGS ARE THOSE
PUBLISHED IN AWI STANDARD. RETAIN FLAT-DULL RUBBED SHEEN WITH OIL FINISH
EFFECT. REFER TO AWI QUALITY STANDARD FOR SHEENS AVAILABLE FOR EACH FINISH
SYSTEM.ARCHITECT AND OWNER WII.L CHOOSE FROM SAMPLES
12. Sheen: Dull satin 15-20 deg.
G. Opaque Finish: Comply with requirements indicated below for grade,f�nish s3�stem,color,effeci,
and sheen:
1. Grade: Premium.
1. AWI Finish System#9: Catalyzecl lacquer.
2. AWI Finish System#9: Standard lacquer.
3. AWI Finish System#10: Conversion varnish.
4. AWI Finish System#11: Catalyzed poiyurethane.
5. AWI Finish System#12: Polyester pigmented.
6. AWI Finish System#13: Polyester polyurethane pigmented.
,....--�---
RETAIN 1 FINISH SYSTEM FROM S ABOVE IF AWI STANDARD REFERENCED O 1 FRQM 9
BELOW IF WIC STANDARD REFERENCED. STANDARD LACQUERS AND CA
LACQUERS CAN AFFECT SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS.ARCHITECT AND OWNEB
WILL CHOOSE FROM SAMPLES
9. WIC Finish System#1: Lacquer.
10. WIC Finish System#1: Catalyz,ed lacquer.
1 l. WIC Finish System#2: Conversion varnish.
12. WIC Finish System#3: Catalyzed polyurethane.
13. WIC Finish System#6: Synthetic enameL
14. WIC Finish System#7: Vuryl lacquer(catalyzed).
5. Color: Provide selections made by Architect from full range of standard colors available in finish
system specified.
RETAIN 1 SHEEN FROM 5 CHOICES BELOW,CORRELATED FOR COMPATIBILITY WITH EFFECT
Page 8 of 10
AND FINISH SYSTEM SELECTED. NUMERICAL VALUES FOR GLOSS RATINGS ARE THOSE
PUBLISHED IN AWI STANDARD. REFER TO AWI QUALITY STANDARD FOR SHEENS
AVAII,ABLE FOR EACI�FINISH SYSTEIVI. ARCHITECT AND OW1�1EI��ILI.L"`$DDSE FI�OM
SAMPLES
16. Sheen: Dull sa.tin 15-20 deg.
17. Sheen: Medium-gloss rubbed effect 35-45 deg.
18. Sheen: Semigloss bright rubbed effect 55-60 deg.
19. Sheen: Full gloss 85-100 deg.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Condition woodwork to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas before installing.
B. Deliver concrete inserts and similar a�choring devices to be builY into substra�es�vell inadvance-of
time substrates are to be built.
C. Before installing architectural woodwork,examine shop-fabricated work for completion and
complete work as required, including back priming and removal of packing.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Quality Standard: Install woodwork to comply with AWI Section 1700 for same grade spec�ed in
Part 2 of this section for type of woodwork involved.
B. Quality Standard: Install woodwork to comply with WIC Section 26 for same_grade specified in Part
2 of this section for type of woodwork involved.
C. Install woodwork plumb,level,true,and straight with no distortions. Shim as required with
concealed shims. �nsta,ll to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 8'-0"for plumb and level(including tops)and with no
variations in flushness of adjoining surfaces.
D. Scribe and cut woodwork to frt adjoining work and refinish cut surfaces or repair damaged finish at cuts.
E. '1. Standing and Running Trim and Rails: Install with minimum number of joints pass�ble,using
full-length pieces(from maximum length of lumber available)to the greatest extent.possible.
Stagger joints in adjacent and related members. Cope at retums and miter at corners.
2. Handrails must be one piece until they change direction. No splices are permitted. (See
drawings)
3. Stringers must be one piece until they change direction. No splices are permitted. (See
drawings.)
F. Cabinets: Install without distortion so that doors and drawers fit openings properly and are accurately
aligned. Adjust hardware to center doors and drawers in openings and to provide unencumbered operation.
Complete the installation of hardware and accessory items as indicated. Maintain veneer sequence matching
(if any)of cabinets with transparent finish.
G. Tops: Anchor securely to base units and other support systems as indicated.
H. Paneling: Anchor paneling to supporting substrate with concealed panel-hanger cli,ps anci by blind
nailing on backup strips,splined-connection strips,and similar associated trim and framing.Do not face nail
Page 9 of 10
unless otherwise indicated.
I. Complete the finishing work specified in this section to whatever extent not completed at shop or before
installation of woodwork.
3.3 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING
A. Repair damaged and defective woodwork where.possible to eliminate defects functionally and visually;
where not possible to repair,replace woodwork. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance.
B. Clean, lubricate,and adjust hazdware.
C. Clean woodwork on exposed and semiexposed surfaces. Touch up factory-applied finishes to restore
damaged or soiled azeas.
3.4 . PROTECTION
A. Provide final.protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and I
staller,that ensures that woodwork is being without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
END UF SECTI011T�b402
INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
Page 10 of 10
BITUMiNOUS DAMPPROOFING
SECTION 07160
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. T'his Section includes the following:
1. Cold-applied,cut-back asphalt dampproofing.
13 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and
Division 1 Specification Sections.
B. Product data for each type of product specified,including data substantiating that materials
comply with requirements for each dampproofing material specified. Include recommended method of
application,recommended primer,number of coats,coverage or thickness,and recommended protection
course.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has completed bituminous
dampproofmg similar in material,design,and extent to that indicated for this Project and with a record of
successful in-service performance.
B. Single-Source Responsibility: Obtain primary dampproofing materials and primers from one
source and by a single manufacturer. Provide secondary materials only as recommended by manufacturer
' of primary materials.
1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Substrate: Proceed with dampproofing only after substrate construction and penetrating work
have been completed.
B. Weather Limita.tions: Proceed with dampproofing only when existing and forecasted weather
conditions will pemut work to be performed according to manufacturer's recommendations and warranty
requirements.
C. Ventilation: Provide adequate ventilation during application of dampproofmg in enclosed
spaces. Maintain ventilation until dampproofing has thoroughly cured.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by one of the
following:
1. Cold-Applied,Cut-Back Asphalt Dampproofing:
a. ChemRex,Inc.;Sonnebom Building Products Div.
b. Karnak Chemical Corporation.
c. Meadows: W.R Meadows,Inc.
Page 1 of 3
2.2 BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING
A. General: Provide products recommended by manufacturer for designated application.
1. Odor Elimination: For interior and concealed-in-wall uses,provide type of bituminous
dampproofmg material warranted by manufacturer to be substantially odor free after
drying for 24 hours under normal conditions.
B. Cold-Applied,Cut-Back Asphalt Dampproofing: Asphalt and solvent compound mixed to a
smooth,uniform consistency to provide a firm,moisture-resistant,vapor-resistant,elastic coating
recommended by the manufacturer for dampproofing use when applied according to the manufacturer's
instructions.
1. Trowel Grade: Asphalt roof cement,consisting of an asphalt base with petroleum
solvents and mineral stabilizers,complying with ASTM D 4586,Type I.
2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Frimer: Asphalt primer complying with ASTM D 41,for asphalt-based dampproofing.
B. Glass Fabric: Woven glass fabric,treated with asphalt,complying with ASTM D 1668,Type I.
C. Protection Course,Roll Roofing Type: Smooth-surfaced roll roofing,complying with
ASTM D 224,Type II.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Clean substrate of projections and substances detrimental to work;comply with
recommendations of prime materials manufacturer.
B. Install cant strips and similar accessories as shown and as rec;ommended by prime materials
manufacturer even though not shown.
C. Fill voids,seal joints,and apply bond breakers,if any,as recommended by prime materials
manufacturer,with particular attention at construction joints.
D. Install separate flashings and comer protection stripping,as recommended by prime materials
manufacturer,where indicated to precede application of dampproofing. Comply with details shown and
with manufacturer's recommendations. Pay pazticular attention to requirements at building expansion
joints, if any.
E. Prime substrate as recommended by prime materials manufacturer.
F. Protection of Other Work: Do not a11ow liquid and mastic compounds to enter and clog drains
and conductors. Prevent spillage and migration onto other surfaces of work by masking or otherwise
protecting adjoining work.
3.2 INSTALLATION,GENERAL
A. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations except where more stringent requirements are
indicated and where Proj�t conditions require extra precautions to ensure satisfactory performance of
work.
B. Application: Apply dampproofing to the following surfaces.
1. Exterior,below-grade surfaces of exterior concrete and CMLJ walls and footings that are
below lower level finished floor elevation and the elevator pit as indicated on the Drawings.
Page 2 of 3
r
C. Cold-Applied Asphalt Dampproofmg: For exterior surfaces,provide either emulsified or cut-back,
� asphalt dampproofing materials,at Contractor's option.
D. Reinforcement: At changes in plane or where otherwise shown as"reinforced,"install lapped course
of glass fabric in first coat of dampproofing compound before it thickens.
E. Bituminous Cant Strips: Install 2-by-2-inch(50-by-50.mm)cant strip of bituminous grout at base
of vertical dampproofmg where it meets horizontal surface.
F. Apply vertical dampproofmg down walls from finished-slab to top of footing,extend over top of
footing,and down a minimum of 6 inches(150 mm)over outside face of footing. Extend 12 inches(300
mm)onto intersecting walls and footings.
3.3 COLD-APPLIED,CUT-BACK ASPHALT DAMPPROOFING
A. Trowel Grade: Trowel apply a coat of mastic asphalt dampproofing onto substrate at a minimum
rate of 7 gal./100 sq.ft.(2.8 L/sq.m),to produce an average,dry-film thickness of 70 mils(1.8 mm)but not
less than 30 mils(0.8 mm)at any point.
3.4 PROTECTION AND CLEANING
A. Protect exterior, below-grade dampproofing membrane from damage until backfill is completed.
Remove overspray and spilled materials from surfaces not intended to receive dampproofmg.
3.5 INSTALLATION OF PROTECTION COURSE
A. General: Where indicated, install protection course of type indicated over completed-and-cured
dampproofing treatment. Comply with dampproofing materials manufacturer's recommendations for method
of support or attaching of protection materials. Support with spot application of trowel-grade mastic where
not otherwise indicated.
END OF SECTION 07160
BITUIVIINOUS DAMPPROOFING �
Page 3 of 3
BUII..DING INSULATION
SECTION 07210
PART 1-GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1Z SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Insulation under slabs-on-grade.
2. Foundation wall insulation(supporting bacicfill).
3. Concealed building insulation in board form.
4. Exposed building insulation in board form.
5. Building insulation in batt form. .
B. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section:
' 1. Division 6 Section"Rough Carpentry"for foam plasfic board sheathing.
2. Division 7 Section indicated below for foam piastic insulation specified as part of these
systems:
a. "Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems-Class PB."
b. "Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems-Class PM."
3. Division 7 Roofmg Section indicated below for roof insulation specified as part of
roofmg construction:
a "Gypsum Drywall."
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Thermal Resistivity: Where the thermal resistivity of insulation products are designated
by"r-values,"they represent the reciprocal of thermal conductivity(k-values). Thermal conductivity is
the rate of heat flow through a homogenous material exactly 1 inch thick. Thermal resistivities are
expressed by the temperature difference in degrees F between the two exposed faces required to cause
one BTIJ to flow through one square foot per hour at mean temperatwes indicated.
1.4 SUBNIITTALS
A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1
Specification Sections.
B. Product data for each type of insulation product specified
1.5 QUALTTY ASSURANCE
A. Fire Performance Characteristics: Provide insulation materials identical to those whose
indicated fire performance characteristics have been determined per the ASTM test method indicated
below,by UL or other testing and inspecting organizations acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting organization.
1. Surface Burning Characteristic: ASTM E 84.
2. Fire Resistance Ratings: ASTM E 119.
3. Combustion Characteristics: AST'M E 136.
Page 1 of 6
B. Singl�Source Responsibility for Insulation Products: Obtain each type of building
insulation from a single source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and
physical properties without delaying progress of the Work.
1.6 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING
A. Protect insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by moisture,
soiling,and other sources. Store inside and in a dry location. Comply with manufacturer's
recommendations for handling,storage,and protection during installation.
B. Protect plastic insulation as follows:
1. Do not expose to sunlight,except to extent necessary for period of installation and
concealment.
2. Protect against ignition at all times. Do not deliver plastic insulating materials to project
site ahead of installation time.
3. Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each
area of construction.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTITRERS
`
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,manufacturers
offering insulation products that may be incorporated in the work include,but aze not limited to,the
following:
B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance wi�requirements,provide insulation products of
one of the following:
1. Extruded Polystyrene Boazd Insulation:
a. Amoco Foam Products Co.
b. DiversiFoam Products.
c. Dow: The Dow Chemical Company.
d. UC Industries,Inc.
2. Molded Polystyrene Board Insulation:
a. AFM Corporation.
b. DiversiFoam Products.
c. Grace Construction Products Div.,W.R.Grace&Co.
d. Manufacturers with a third party certification program satisfying mandatory
requirements for foam plastics of model building codes.
3. Phenolic Board Insulation:
a. Manville: Building Insulation Div.,Manville Sales Corp.
4. Polyisocyanurate Board Insulation:
a. Hunter H-Shield-NB
5. Cellular Glass Block Insulation:
a. Pittsburgh Corning Corp.
6. Manufacturers of Glass Fiber Insulation:
a. CertainTeed Corp.
b. Knauf Fiber Glass GmbH.
c. Manville: Building Insulations Div.,Manville Sales Corp.
d. Owens/Coming Fiberglas Corp.
7. Manufacturers of Semi-Refractory Fiber Insulation:
a. Cafco Industries Ltd.
b. Fibrex Lnc.
c. USG: T'hermafiber Div.,USG Interiors,Inc.
8. Manufacturer of Loose Granular Perlite Insulation:
a. Producer Members of Perlite Institute Inc.
Page 2 of 6
2.2 INSULATING MATERIALS
A. General: Provide insulating materials that comply with requirements and with referenced
standards. .
1. Preformed Units: Sizes to fit applications indicated,selected from manufacturer's
standard thicknesses,widths,and lengths.
B. Extruded Polystyrene Boazd Insulation: Rigid,cellular polystyrene thermal insulation
with closed-cells and integral high density skin,formed by the expansion of polystyrene base resin in an
extrusion process to comply with ASTM C 578 for type indicated;with 5-year aged r-values of 5.4 and 5
at 40 and 75 deg F(4.4 and 23.9 deg C),respectively;and as follows:
1. Type N, 1.6 pcf min.density,unless otherwise indicated.
C. Fabric-Faced Extruded Polystyrene Boazd Insulation: Rigid,cellular polystyrene thermal
insulation with closed-cells and integral high density skin,formed by the expansion of polystyrene base
resin in an extrusion process to comply with ASTM C 578 for type indicated;fabricated with tongue and
groove edges and with one side having a matrix of vertical and horizontal drainage channels faced with
manufacturer's standard spunbonded filtration fabric;with 5-year aged r-value of 4.4 at 75 deg F(23.9
deg C).
1. Type VI, 1.8 pcf min.density.
D. Molded Polystyrene Board Insulafion: Rigid,cellular thermal insulafion formed by the
e�pansion of polystyrene resin beads or granules in a closed mold to comply with ASTM C 578 for type
indicated;and as follows:
1. Type VIII, 1.15 pcf min.density,aged r-values of 4.2 and 3.8 at 40 and 75 deg F(4.4 and
23.9 deg C),respectively.
2. Surface Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame spread and smoke developed values
of 75 and 450,respectively.
E. Phenolic Board Insulation: Rigid,cellular thermal insulation with thermoset
phenolic-based closed-cell foam core and 2-ply foil-la�aft-iiner facing lazninated to both sides,in board
form complying with ASTM C 1126 for Type II,Grade 1;with r-value of 833 at 75 deg F(23.9 deg C).
1. Surface Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame spread and smoke developed values
of 25 and 35,respectively.
F. Polyisocyanurate Board Insulation: Rigid,cellulaz thermal insulation with
glass-fiber-reinforced polyisocyanurate closed�ell foam core and aluminum foil facing laminated to both
sides;complying with FS HH-I-1972/1,Class 2;aged r-values of 8 and 7.2 at 40 and 75 deg F(4.4 and
23.9 deg C),respectively;and as follows:
1. Surface Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame spread and smoke developed values
_ of 20 and 200,respectively.
G. Cellular Glass Block Insulation: Rigid cellular glass thermal insulation with closed-cell
structure,passing ASTM E 136 for testing of combustion characteristics,in flat or tapered block form
complying with ASTM C 552 for Type I;with r-values of 3.03 and 2.86 at 50 and 75 deg F(10 and 23.9
deg C),respectively.
1. Rigid Board: Class 1 and 2,nominal density of 6.0 pcf,r-value of 4.3 at 75 deg F(23.9
deg C).
H. Unfaced Mineral Fiber BlanketBatt Insulation: Thermal insulation produced by
combining mineral fibers of type described below with thermosetting resins to comply with ASTM C 665
for Type I(blankets without membrane facing);and as follows:
Page 3 of 6
.
1. Mineral Fiber Type: Fibers manufactured from glass or slag.
2. Surface Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame spread and smoke developed values _
of 25 and 50,respectively.
I. Faced Mineral Fiber BlanketBatt Insulation: Tfiermal insulation produced by combining
mineral fibers of type described below with thermosetting resins to comply with AST'M C 665 for Type
III,Class A(blankets with reflective vapor-retarder membrane facing with flame spread of 25 or less);
foil-scrim-kraft or foil-scrim-polyethylene vapor-retarder membrane on one face,and as follows:
1. Mineral Fiber Type: Fibers manufactured from glass or slag.
2. Surface Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame spread and smoke developed values
of 25 and 50,respectively.
J. "RX-2 Reflective Aluminum Foil Insulafion,"R-Fax Technologies,Inc.
VAPOR RETARDERS
A. Polyethylene Vapor Retarder: ASTM D 4397,6.0 mils thick,with a maximum
permeance rating of 0.13 perms.
B. Tape for Vapor Retarder: Pressure sensitive tape of type recommended by vapor retarder
manufacturer for sealing joints and penetrations in vapor retazder.
C. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements.
D. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide one of the following:
1. Foil-Polyester Film Vapor Retarder:
a. "Alumiseal Zero Perm,"Alumiseal Corp.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMII�TATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions with Installe,r present,for compliance with
requirements of the Sections in which substrates and related work are specified and to determine if other
conditions affecting performance of insulation are satisfactory. Do not proceed with installation of
insulation until unsatisfactory conditions have bcen cornected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Clean substrates of substances harmful to insulations or vapor retarders, including
removal of projections that might puncture vapor retarde�s.
33 INSTALLATION,GENERAL
A. Comply with insulation manufacture�'s instrudia�ns applicable to products and application
indicated. If printed instructions are not available or do not apply to project conditions,consult
manufacturer's technica.l representative for specific recommendations before proceeding with installation ,
of insulation. See drawings.
B. Extend insulation full thickness as indicated to envelop entire area to be insulated. Cut
and fit tightly around obstructions,and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that interfere with
placement.
C. Apply two layers of insulation to mcet required thickness,unless otherwise shown.
3.4 INSTALLATION OF PERIlVIETER AND UNDER SLAB INSULATION
Page 4 of 6
A. Protect below-grade insulation on vertical surfaces(from damage during back-filling)by
application of protection board. Set in adhesive in accordance with recommendations of manufacturer of
insulation.
1. Supplement adhesive attachment of insulation by securing boards with two-piece wall
ties designed for this purpose and specified under Division 4 "Unit Masonry."
B. On units of cellular glass insulation,apply insulation with closely fitting joints using
method indicated below:
1. Gob Method: Insta.11 four gobs of adhesive per unit and apply firmly against inside
wythe of masonry or other construction as shown. Apply gobs at each corner; spread
gobs to form pads 4 inches in diameter by 1/4 inch thick.
3.5 INSTALLATION OF GENERAL BUII.DING INSULATION
A. Apply insulation units to substrate by method indicated,complying with manufacturer's
recommendations. If no specific method is indicated,bond units to substrate with adhesive or use
mechanical anchorage to provide permanent placement and support of units.Overlap the layers of rigid
insulation boazd on roof deck
B. Seal joints between closed-cell(nonbreathing)insulation units by applying adhesive,
mastic,or sealant to edges of each unit to form a tight seal as units are shoved into place. Fill voids in
completed installation with adhesive,mastic,or sealant as recommended by insulation manufacturer.
C. Set vapor retarder faced units with vapor retarder to warm side of construction,except as
otherwise indicated.
D. Set reflective,foil-faced units accurately with not less than 0.75-inch air space in front of
foil as indicated.
E. Stuff glass fiber loose fill insulation into miscellaneous voids and cavity spaces where
r shown. Compact to approximately 40 percent of normal maximum volume(to a density of
approaumately 2.5 pc�.
3.6 INSTALLATION OF VAPOR RETARDERS
A. Gen$ral: Extend vapor retarder to extremities of areas to be protected&om vapor
transmission. Secure in place with adhesives or other anchorage system as indicated. Extend vapor
retarder to cover miscellaneous voids in insulated substrates.
B. Seal vertical joints in vapor retarders over framing by lapping not less than 2 wall studs.
Fasten vapor retarders to framing at top,end,and bottom edges,at perimeter of wall openings,and at lap
joints; space fasteners 16 inches o.c.
C. Seal overlapping joints in vapor retarders with adhesives or tape per vapor retarder
manufacturer's printed directions. Seal butt joints and fastener penetrations with tap�of type
recommended by vapor retarder manufacturer. Locate all joints over framing members or other solid
substrates.
D. Firmly attach vapor retarders to substrates with mechanical fasteners or adhesives as
recommended by vapor retarder manufacturer.
- E. Seal joints caused by pipes,conduits,electrical boxes,and similar items penetrating
vapor retarders with tape of type recommended by vapor retarder manufacturer to create an airtight seal
between penetrating objects and vapor retarder.
F. Repair any tears or punctures in vapor retarders immediately before concealment by other
work. Cover with tape or another layer of vapor retarder.
3.7 PROTECTION
Page 5 of 6
A. General: Protect installed insulation and vapor retarders from damage due to harmful _
weather exposures,physical abuse,and other causes. Provide temporary coverings or enclosures where
insulation will be subject to abuse and cannot be concealed and protected by permanent construction
immediately after installation.
END OF SECTION 07210
BUILDING INSULATION
,
Page 6 of 6
WOOD SHAKES
_ SECTION 07314
PART 1-GENERAL
THIS SECTION USES THE TERM"ARCHITECT."
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general pmvisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Divisional Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes wood shakes and required flashing.
B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section:
1. Division 6 Section"Rough Carpentry" for underlayment and wood framing.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Divisional
Specification Sections.
B. Product data for each type of product specified,including details of construction relative to
materials,dimensions of individual components,profiles,textures,and colors.
C. Samples for initial selection purposes in form of manufacturer's sa.mple finishes showing full
range of colors and profiles available.
D. Samples for verification purposes in form of two full-size units of each type of shingles
required.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fire Performance Characteristics: Provide products that are identical to those tested for tlie
specified fire performance characteristics by UL or other testing and inspecting organizations acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing and
inspecting organization.
l. Fire Resistance Ratings: As indicated by reference to design designations in UL "Fire
Resistance Directory."
1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HAATDLING
" A. Deliver materials to Project site in manufacturer's unopened bundles or containers with labels
intact.
B. Handle and store materials at Project site to prevent water damage,staining,or other physical
damage. Store roll goods on end. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for job site storage,
handling,and protection.
� Page 1 of 4
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Weather Conditions: Proceed with Work only when existing and forecasted weather
conditions will permit Work to be installed in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations and when
substrate is completely dry. ,
1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Deliver extra materials to Owner. Furnish extra materials matching products installed as -� '
described below,packaged with protective covering for storage and idenfified with labels clearly describing
contents.
1. Furnish quantity of full-size wood shakes equal to 2 percent of amount insta.11ed.
1.8 WA,RRANTY
A. Special Project Warranty: Submit a written warraiity,executed by manufacturer,agreeing
to repair or replace wood shingles that fail in materials orworkmanship within the specified warranty period.
Failures include,but are not limited to,deformation or deterioration of shakes beyond normal weathering.
This warranty shall be in addifion to,and not a limitation of,other rights the Owner may have against the
Contractor under the Contract Documents.
1. Wazranty period shall be 20 years after date of Substantial Completion.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,manufacturers offering
wood shakes that may be incorporated in the Work include,but are not limited to,the following:
B. Manufacturer. Subject to compliance with requirements,provide wood shakes by following:
l. CERTI-LABLE
2.2 WOOD SHAKES
A Use Certi-Lable Cedar Shakes type Certi-Split Handsplit Shakes,Blue Label,(Number 1
Grade)24"x 1/2"installal by a Shingle Bureau("CSSB'�approved installer.Proper application plays a large
role in determining roof system integrity.
Fasteners: Two nails (only) for each Certi-label shake-approximately 3/4 from edge and
approximately 1-1/2" above exposure line. Each Certi=label shake should be applied with two
corrosion-resistant fasteners, such as stainless steel(type 304 or 316), hot-dipped zinc coated, or
aluminum nails or other fastener as accepted by your local building of�'icial.
Fasteners shall be long enough to penetrate into the sheathing at least 3/4"or a11 the way through the
driven flush with the surFace of the Certi-label shake.
Felt:The bottom edge of the felt should be positioned above the butt of the shake at a distance equal
to twice the weather e�cposure. Felt interlay is shown in Figure 1.
Underdriving or overdriviag any fasteneer will affect the integrity of the roofing system.
Certi-Gaard (fire-retardant-treated) or Certi-Last (preservative-treated) shak�: Ask the
Page 2 of 4 �`
treatrnent company which fasteners aze recommended for use with their pressure-treated Certi-label
_ shakes. Some fasteners are not compatible with treated material.
S�acing: Spacing between adjacent shakes should be a minimum of 3/8"and a maximum of 5/8".
Shakes shall be laid with a side lap of not less than 1-1/2"between joints in adjacent courses.
, Refer to the CSSB's New Roof Constraction Maeual for the proper applicatiod method of
sotid deck installation. Low slope application is also detailed in the New Roof Construction
Manual.
Roof Ex�osure: The maximum recommended weather explosure for Certi-Split and Certi-
Sawn shakes with an interwoven felt or a rubberized membrane system shall be 10".
B. Hip and Ridge Shakes: Manufacturer's standard factory precut units to match shakes.
C. Colors,Blends and Patterns: Where manufacturer's standard products are indicated,provide
wood shakes with the following requirements:
l. Provide selections made by Architect from manufacturer's full range of standard colors,
textures,and pattems for wood shakes of type indicated.
23 ACCESSORIES
A. Felt Underlayment: No. 15;unperforated organic felt complying with ASTMaDa226,Type
I;36 inches wide.
B. Perimeter Underlayment: Polyethylene-sheet-backed rubberized wood membrane,40 mils
thick. Provide primer when recommended by underlayment manufacturer.
1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that shall be
incorporated in the Work include,but are not limited to,the following:
a. "Bituthene Ice&Water Shield,"W.R Grace&Co.
C. Wood Plastic Cement: Nonasbestos fibrated wood cement complying with ASTMaDa4586,
• ' designed for trowel application.
i
D. Nails: Only those fasteners recommended by the shingle manufacture to penetrate 3/4 inch
through plywood roof sheathing. Note: Material of nails in contact with flashing shall match materials
selected for flashing to prevent galvanic action.
- E. Metal Drip Edge: Minimum 0.024-inch mill fmish white fmish aluminum continuous sheet,
brake-formed to provide 3-inch roof deck flange and 1-1/2-inch fascia flange with 3/8-inch drip at lower
edge.
F. Prefinished Metal Flashing: 0.024-inch mill white finish sheet aluminum,job�ut to sizes
and configurations required.
1. Each valley flashing piece shall be a continuous preformed piece with inverted v profile at
center of valley and shall match color of shakes.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 EXAIVIINATION
Page 3 of 4
A. Eacamine substrate for compliance with requirements for substrates,installation tolerances,
and other conditions affecting performance of Work of this Section. Do not proceed with installation until
unsatisfactory conditions have been comected. `
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Clean substrates of projections and substances detrimental to application. Cover knotholes
or other minor voids in substrate with sheet metal flashing secured with noncorrosive roofing nails.
B. Coordinate installation with flashings and other adjoining work to ensure proper sequencing.
Do not install roofmg materials until all vent stacks and other penetrations through roof sheathing have been
installed and are securely fastened against movement.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations,but not
less than recommended by"The CSSB Roofing Manual."
B. Felt Underlayment: Apply one layer of felt underlayment horizontally over entire surface to
receive wood shakes,lapping succeeding cowses a minimum of 2 inches,end laps a minimum of 4 inches,
and hips and valleys a minimum of 6 inches. Fasten felt with su�icient number of roofing nails or
noncorrosive staples to hold underlayment in place until wood shingle application.
C. Perimeter Underlayment: Apply minimum 36-inch-wide layer of perimeter underlayment
at eaves. Extend perimeter underlayment at eaves a minimum of 24 inches inside exterior wall line.
1. In addition to eaves,apply perimeter underlayment at entire perimeter of surfaces to receive
wood shakes, including ridges,valleys,and rakes.
D. Install wood shakes beginning at lower end wi�a starter strip of roll roofing. Fasten shakes
in pattern, with weather e�cposure, and using number of fasteners per shingle as recommended by
manufacturer. Use vertical and horizontal chalk lines or premarked underlayment to ensure stra ight coursing.
1. Cut and fit wood ridge shakes at ridges and edges to provide maximum weather protection. ,
Provide same weather exposure at ridges as specified for roof. Lap shakes at ridges to shed
�
water away from direction of prevailing wind. Fasteners at ridges shall be of sufficient '
length to penetrate sheathing as specified.
E. Flashing:Install metal flashing as indicated and in accordance with details and
recommendations of the"Wood Roofmg"section of"The CSSB Roofing Manual."
F. CSSB specifications/notes,shall take precedence over similar notes in this specification.
3.4 ADJUSTING
A. Replace any damaged materials installed under this Section with new materials meeting
specified requirements.
END OF SECTION 07314
WOOD SHAKES
Page 4 of 4
SINGLE-PLY MEMBRANE ROOFING
, SECTION 07530
PART 1-GENERAL
, 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Dra.wings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
, 1.2 SUMMARY
�
A. This Section includes single-ply membrane roofmg systems.
B. Types of roofmg systems specified in this Section using single-ply roofmg membranes include
_ the following:
1. Loosely laid and ballasted systems.
,`
C. Single-ply roofmg membranes include the following:
1. Ethylene propylene diene monomer(EPDI�.
D. Roof insulation related to single-ply membrane roofing is specified in this Section.
- E. Wood nailers,blocking,and other related items are specified in Division 6.
F. Similar membranes concealed by a wearing surface are excluded by defmition and, if required,
are specified elsewhere in another Division 7 Section.
G. Copings,sheet metal drainage items and gravel stops are specified in another Division 7 Section.
1.3 SUBNIITTALS
A. General: Submit the following according to Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification
Sections.
B. Product data,installation instructions,and general recommendations from manufacturer of
single-ply membrane system for types of roofing required. Include data substantiating that materials
comply with requirements.
C. Samples of fmished roofmg sheets,including T-shaped side%nd-lap seam. Also include the
following:
1. Aggregate ballast to show type,shape,color.
D. Shop drawings show�g roof configuration,sheet layout,seam locations,colors(as applicable),
details at perimeter,and�spe�ial conditions.
J
1. Indicate layout of tapered insulation materials.
E. Pre-roofm�co„t}f�t �ce records.
Page 1 of 6
.
F. Test data for pullout resistance of fastening systems.
G. Certification that materials comply with local VOC limitations.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer: Obtain primary single-ply membrane roofmg from a single manufacturer. Provide
secondary materials as recommended by manufacturer of primary materials.
B. Installer: Engage an experienced Installer that has specialized in installing roofmg systems
similar to those required for this Project. Installer must be acceptable to or licensed by manufacturer of �
primary roofmg material. `-
1. Work associated with single-ply membrane roofing,including(but not limited to)
insulation,flashing,and membrane sheet joint sealers,is to be performed by Installer of this
Work. -
C. Pre-Roofin�Conference: Before installing roofing and associated Work,meet on site with
Installer,roofing manufacturer,installers of related work,and other entities concemed with roofing
performance, including governing authorities,Architect,and Owner. Record discussions and agreements ,
and furnish copy to each participant. Provide at least 72 hours advance notice to participants prior to
convening pre-roofmg conference.
D. iTL Listing: Provide labeled materials that have been tested and listed by UL in"Building
Materials Directory"or by other nationally recognized testing laboratory for Class A rated
materials/system.
1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Weather: Proceed with roofmg work when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit
work to be performed in accordance with manufacturers'recommendations and warranty requirements.
B. Substrate Conditions: Do not begin roofing installation until substrates have been inspected and
are determined to be in satisfactory condition.
1.6 WARRANTY
A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Submit executed copy of singl�ply membrane manufacturer's
"Limited Service Warranty"agreement including flashing endorsement,signed by an authorized
representative of manufacturer. Provide form that was published with product literature as of date of �
Contract Documents.
B. Wamanty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion.
C. The Warranty shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other
provisions of the Contract Documents and will be in addition to and run concurrent with other warranties
made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents.
PART 2-PRODUCTS `
2.1 GENERAL
A. Performance: Provide roofing materials identified to be of generic type indicated and tested to
Page 2 of 6
show compliance with required performances.
B. Compatibility: Provide products recommended by manufacturers to be fully compatible with
indicated substrates. Pmvide separation materials as required to eliminate contact bet�ween incompatible
materials.
2.2 EPDM MEMBRANE
A. General: Ethylene propylene diene monomers formed into uniform,flexible sheets,complying
with ASTM D 4637,Type 1.
1. Class U: Unreinforced.
2. Thickness: 45 mils,nominal.
3. Exposed Face Color: Manufacturer's standard. Submit to Architect for approval.
B. Loose-Laid and Ballasted EPDM Membrane: Manufacturer's standard installation.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products of one
of the following:
a. Carlisle Syntec Systems.
b. Celotex Corp.
c. ERACORP.
d. Firestone Building Products Co.
e. GenFlex Roofing Systems,GenCorp Polymer Products.
f. Kelly Energy Systems,Inc.
g. Manville Building Materials Corp.
h. Versico Inc.
2.3 AUXILIARY MATERIALS
A. Sheet Seaming System: Manufacture�'s standard materials for sealing lapped joints,including
edge sealer to cover exposed spliced edges as recommended by membrane manafacturer.
B. Cant Strips,Tapered Edge Strips,Base Flashing and Flashing Accessories: Types recommended
by membrane manufacturer, including adhesive tapes,flashing cements,and sealants.
C. Flashing Material: Manufacturer's standard system compatible with single-ply membrane.
D. Aggregate Surface Ballast: Washed,rounded,riverbed gravel or other acceptable
smooth-faced stone ranging in size from 1/2 to 1 inches in diameter. Provide aggregate
that will withstand weather exposure without significant deterioration and will not contribute to
membrane degradation.Provide within 8 days of completion of the laying of inembrane.
E. Membrane Adhesive: As recommended by membrane manufacturer for particular
substrate and project conditions,formulated to withstand minimum 60-psf uplift force.
2.4 INSIJLATING MATERIALS
A. General: Provide insulating materials to comply with requirements indicated for materials and
with referenced standards in sizes to fit applications indicated,selected from manufacturer's standard
thicknesses,widths,and lengths.
Page 3 of 6
1. Provide tapered boards where indicated for sloping to drain. Fabricate with taper of 1/4
inch per foot,unless otherwise indicated.
B. Isocyanurate Insulation: Rigid cellular themial insulation.
1. Surface Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed
values of 5 and 165,respectively.
C. Perlite Board Roof Insulation: Rigid boards produced by combining expanded perlite and fibers
with binders,coated or impregnated one side,to comply with ASTM C 728;r-value of 2.78 at 75 deg F
(23.9 deg C). ,
2.5 AUI�IIL�ARY INSULATION MATERIALS
A. Adhesive for Bonding Insulation: Type recommended by insulation manufacturer and complying
with fire-resistance requirements.
B. Mastic Sealer: Type recommended by insulation manufacturer for bonding edge joints and
filling voids.
C. Mechanical Anchors: Corrosion-resistant type as recommended by insulation
manufacturer for deck type and complying with fire and insurance wind-uplift rating requirements.
1. Provide system tested and approved for I-60 wind-uplift rating.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARING SUBSTRATE
A. General:
Comply with manufactiue's instructions to prepare substrate to receive single-ply membrane system.
1. Verify that penetrations,expansion joints and blocking are in place and secured and that
roof drains aze properly clamped in position.
B. Clean substrate of dust,debris and other substances detrimental to single-ply system
insulation. Remove sharp projections.
C. Install cant strips,flashings,and accessory items as shown and as recommended by
manufacture.
D. Prime substrate where recommended by manufacture of materials being installed.
E. Prevent compounds&om entering and clogging drains and conductors and from spilling
or migrating onto surfaces of other work.
3.2. INSTALLING INSULATION
A. General:Extend insulation full thickness in two layers,or in multiple layers over entire surface to
be insulated,cutting and fitting tightly around obstructions. Form cant strips,crickets saddles
and tampered areas with additional material as shown and as required for proper drainage of
membrane.
Page 4 of 6
make a final inspection of roofmg and prepare a written report to Architect,describing nature and extent
of deterioration or damage found.
B. Repair or replace(as required)deteriorated or defective work found at the time of final
inspection to a condition free of damage and deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion and
according to the requirements of the specified warranty.
END OF SECTION 07530
SINGLE-PLY MEMBRANE ROOFING
Page 6 of 6
FLASHIl�IG AND SHEET METAL
SECTION 07600
THIS SECTION USES THE T'ERM"ARCHITECT."
PART 1-GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract,including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to work of this Section.
1.2 Si:fNIlVIARY
A. This Section includes the following
1. Built-in metal valleys,gutters,and scuppers.
2. Gutters and downspouts(rain drainage).
3. Exposed metal trim/fascia units.
4. Miscellaneous sheet meta.l accessories.
B. Roofmg accessories installed integral with roofmg membrane are specified in roofing
system sections as roofmg work.
13 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1
Specification Sections.
B. Product data,Flashing,Sheet Metal,and Accessories: Manufacturer's technical product
data, installation instructions and general recommendations for each specified sheet material and
fabricated product.
C. Samples of the following flashing,sheet metal,and accessory items:
1. 8-inch-square samples of spec�ed sheet materials to be exposed as fmished surfaces.
D. Shop drawings showing layout,profiles,methods of joining,and anchorages details,
including major counter�lashings,trim/fascia nnits,gutters,downspouts,scappers,and eapansion
joint systems. Provide layoats at 1/4-inch scale and details at 3-inch scale.
1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Coordinate work of this section with interfacing and adjoining work for proper
sequencing of each installation. Ensure best possible weather resistance and durability of work and
protection of materials and finishes.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 SHEET METAL FI.ASHING AND TRIM MATERIALS
A. Extruded Aluminum: Manufacturer's standard extrusions of sizes and profiles indicated,
60063-T52,AA-C22A41 cleaz anodized fmish;0.080-inch minimum thickness for primary legs of
Page 1 of 4
extrusions.
B. Fascia gravelstops,gutters and downspouts shall be of continuous,single piece
construction and shall match existing profiles of such items used on eausting house.
C. Valley flashing shall be of continuous,single piece construction and the scuppers on the
Cabana shall be part of the valley flashing and shall extend 3"past the adjacent fascias. The flashing
shall be 10 inches wide and run up 8"under the shingles on each side of the valley. See drawings.
D. Fasteners: Same metal as flashing/sheet metal or other non-conosive metal as
recommended by sheet manufacturer. Match fmish of exposed heads with material being fastened.
E. Mastic Sealant: Polyisobutylene; non-hardening,non-skinning,non-drying,non-migrating
sealant.
F. Elastomeric Sealant: Generic type recommended by manufacturer of inetal and fabricator
of components being sealed and complying with requirements for joint sealants as specified in Division 7
Section"Joint Sealers."
G. Epolcy Seam Sealer: 2-part nonconosive metal seam cementing compound,
recommended by metal manufacturer for exterior/interior nonmoving joints including riveted joints.
H. Adhesives:Type recommended by flashing sheet manufacturer for
waterproof/weather-resistant seaming and adhesive application of flashing sheet.
I. Paper Slip Sheet: 5-lb.rosin-sized building paper.
J. Polyethylene Underlayment: Minimum 6-mil carbonated polyethylene film resistant to
decay when tested in accordance with ASTM E 154.
K. Reglets: Metal or plastic units of type and profile indicated,compatible with flashing
indicated,non-conosive.
L. Metal Accessories: Provide sheet metal clips,sheet metal crickets as shown on drawings,
shingle tins, straps,anchoring devices,and similar accessory units as required for installation of work,
matching or compatible with material being installed,non-corrosive,size and gage required for
performance.
M. Gutter and Conductor-Head Guards: 20-gage bronze or nonmagnetic stainless steel mesh
or fabricated units,with selvaged edges and non-corrosive fasteners. Select materials for compatibility
with gutters and downspouts. All gutters shall have a continuous top screen.
N. Elastic Flashing Filler: Closed-cell polyethylene or other soft closed-cell material
recommended by elastic flashing manufacturer as filler under flashing loops to ensure movement with
minimum stress on flashing sheet.
O. Roofmg Cement: ASTM D 2822,asphaltic.
2.2 FABRICATED IJNITS
A. General Metai Fabrication: Shop-fabricate work to greatest extent possible. Comply with details
shown and with applicable requirements of SMACNA"Architectural Sheet Meta1 Manual"and other
Page 2 of 4
recognized industry practices. Fabricate for waterproof and weather-resistant performance,with
expansion provisions for running work, su�cient to permanently prevent leakage,damage,or deterioration
of the work. Form work to fit substrates. Comply with material manufacturer instructions and
recommendations for forming material. Form exposed sheet metal work without excessive oil-canning,
buckling,and tool marks,true to line and levels indicated,with exposed edges folded back to form hetns.
B. Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams in sheet metal with flat-lock seams. For metal other
than aluminum,tin edges to be seamed,form seams,and solder. Form aluminum seams with epoary seam
sealer.
C. Expansion Provisions: Where lapped or bayonet-type expansion provisions in work
cannot be used or would not be sufficiently water/weatherproof,form expansion joints of intermeshing
hooked flanges,not less than 1 inch deep,filled with mastic sealant(concealed within joints).
D. Sealant Joints: Where movable,non-expansion type joints are indicated or required for
proper performance of work,form metal to provide for proper installation of elastomeric sealant, in
compliance with SMACNA standazds.
E. Separations: Provide for separation of ineta.l from non-compatible metal or corrosive
substrates by coating concealed surfaces at locations of contact,with bituminous coating or other permanent
separation as recommended by manufacturer/fabricator.
F. Aluminum Extrusion Units: Fabricate extruded aluminum running units with formed or
extruded aluminum joint covers for installation behind main members where possible. Fabricate mitered and
welded corner units.
G. Shop Finish,Rain Dra.inage: Provide mauufacturer's standard baked-0n white acrylic
shop finish on sheet metal rain drainage units(gutters,downspouts,and similaz exposed units); 1.0-mil dry
film thickness.
H. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. General: Except as otherwise indicated,comply with manufacturer's installation
instructions and recommendations and with SMACNA"Architectur�tl Sheet Metal Manual."Anchor units of
work securely in place by methods indicated,providing for thermal expansion of inetal units;conceal
fasteners where possible,and set units true to line and level as indicated Install work with laps,joints,and
seams that will be permanently watertight and weatherproof.
B. Underlayment: Where stainless steel or aluminum is to be installed directly on cementitious or wood
substrates, install a slip sheet of red rosin paper and a course of polyethylene underlayment
C. Bed flanges of work in a thick coat of bituminous roofing cement where required for
waterproof performance.
3.2 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Clean exposed metal surfaces,removing substances that might cause corrosion of inetal
or deterioration of finishes.
Page 3 of 4
B. Protection: Advise Contractor of required procedures for surveillance and protection of
flashings and sheet metal work during construction to ensure that work will be without damage or deterioration
other than natural weathering at time of Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION 0760(1
FLASAING AND SHEET METAL
Page 4 of 4
JOINT SEALANTS
SECTION 07901
THIS SECTION USES'TI�TERM"ARCHITECT."
PART 1-GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Dra.wings and general provisions of Contrac�including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division�l Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes joint sealants for the following locations:
1. Exterior joints in vertical surfaces and nontraffic horizontal surfaces as indicated below:
a. Control and expansion joints in cast-in-place concrete.
b. Joints between dii�erent materials listed above.
c. Perimeter joints between materials listed above and frames of doors
and windows.
d. Other joints as indicated.
2. Interior joints in vertical surfaces a.nd non-tr�c horizontal surfaces as indicated below:
a. Perimeter joints of elcterior openings where indicated.
b. Perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors,
windows,
c. Other joints as indicated.
B. Related Sections: T'he following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section:
1. Division 7 Section"Flashing and Sheet Metal"for sealing joints related to flashing and sheet
metal for roofing.
2. Division 8 "Glass and Glazing"for sealants used in glazing.
1.3 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide elastomeric joint sealants that have been produced and installed to establish and to
maintain watertight and airtight continuous seals without causing staining or deterioration of joint substrates.
1.4 SUBNIITTALS
A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Divisional
Specifica.tion Sections.
B. Product data from manufacturers for each joint sealant product required.
C. Certificates from manufacturers of joint sealants attesting that their products comply with
specification requirements and are suitable for the use indicated.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Single Source Responsibility for Joint Sealant Materials: Obtain joint sealant materials from
a single manufacturer for each different product required.
Page 1 of 5
1. Testing will not be required when joint sealant manufacturer is able to submit joint preparation
data required above that are acceptable to Architect and are based on previous testing of current
sealant products for adhesion to,and compatibility with,joint substrates and other materials
matching those submitted.
1.6 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials to Project site in original unopened containers or bundles with labels
indicating manufacturer,product name and designation,color,expiration period for use,pot life,curing time,
and mixing instructions for multicomponent materials.
B. Store and handle materials in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations to prevent
their deterioration or damage due to moistwe,lugh or low temperatures,contaminants,or other causes.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the
following conditions:
1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside the limits permitted by joint
sealant manufacturer.
2. When joint substrates are we�
B. Joint Width Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants where joint widths
are less than allowed by joint sealant manufacturer for application indicated.
C. Joint Substrate Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants until
contaminants capable of interfering with their adhesion are removed from joint substrates.
1.8 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS,GENERAL
A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants,joint fillers,and other related materials that aze
compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as
demonstra.ted by sealant manufactiuer based on testing and field experience.
B. Colors: Provide color of exposed joint sealants to comply with the following:
1. Provide custom colors to match Architect's samples.
2.2 ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS
A. Elastomeric Sealant Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard chemically curing
elastomeric sealants that comply with ASTMaC�920 and other requirements indicated on each Elastomeric Joint
Sealant Data Sheet at end ofthis Section,includingthose requirements referencing ASTMaCa920 classifications
for Type,Grade,Class,and Uses.
1. Additional Movement Capability: Where additional movement capability is specified in
Elastomeric Joint Sealant Data Sheet,provide products with the capability, when tested for
adhesion and cohesion under maximum cyclic movement per ASTMaC�719,to withstand the
Page 2 of 5
specified percentage change in the joint width existing at time of installation and remain in
compliance with other requirements of AST'MaCa920 for Uses indicated.
B. Pigmented Narrow Joint Sealant: Manufacturer's standard,solvent-release-curing,
pigmented synthetic rubber sealant complying with AAMAa803.3 and formulated for sealing joints 3/16 inch
or smaller in width.
C. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements.
D. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements.
1. Acrylic Sealant: •
2. Butyyl Sealant:
3. Pigmented Nanow Joint Sealant:
a. "PTI 200,"Protective Treatments,Inc.
2.3 LATEX JOINT SEALANTS
A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard one-part,nonsag,mildew-resistant,paintable latex
sealant of formulation indicated that is recommended for exposed applications on interior and protected exterior
locations and that accommodates indicated percentage change in joint width existing at time of installation
without failing either adhesively or cohesively.
B. Acrylic-Emulsion Sealant: Provide product complying with ASTMaC�834 that
accommodates joint movement of not more than 5 percent in both extension and compression for a total of 10
percent.
C. Silicone Emulsion Sealant: Provide product complying with AST'M�Ca834 and,except for
weight loss measured per ASTMaCa792,with ASTMaCa920 that accommodates joint movement of not more
than 25 percent in both extension and compression for a total of 50 percent.
D. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements.
1. Acrylic-Emulsion Sealant:
2. Silicone-Emulsion Sealant:
2.4 TAPE SEALANTS
A. Tape Sealant: Manufacturer's standard,solvent-free,butyl-based tape sealant with a solids
content of 100 percent formulated to be nonstaining,paintable,and nonmigrating in contact with nonporous
surfaces with or without reinforcement thread to prevent stretch and packaged on rolls with a release paper on
one side.
2.5 PREFORMED FOAM SEALANTS
A. Preformed Foam Sealants: Manufacturer's standard preformed,precompressed, impregnated
open-cell foam sealant manufactured from high-density urethane foam impregnated with a nondrying,water
repellent agent;factory-produced in precompressed sizes and in roll or stick form to fit joint widths indicated
and to develop a watertight and airtight seal when compressed to the degree specified by manufacturer; and
complying with the following requirements:
l. elastic,mildew-resistant,nonmigratory,nonsta.ining,and compatible with joint substrates and
other joint sealants.
Page 3 of 5
2.6 JOINT SEALANr BACI�NNG
A. General: Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining;aze compatible
with joint substrates,sealants, primers and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by
sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing.
B. Plastic Foam Joint Fillers: Preformed,compressible,resilient,nonstaining,nonwa�cing,
nonextruding strips of flexible plastic foam ofmaterial indicated below and of size,shape,and density to control
sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance:
1. Open-cell polyurethane foam.
2. Closed-cell polyethylene foam, nonabsorbent to liquid water and gas, nonoutgassing in
unruptured state.
2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Primer: Material recommended by joint sealant manufacturer
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants,with Installer present,for compliance with
requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting joint sealant
performance. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sea.lants to
comply with recommendations of joint sealant manufacbu�er and the following requirements:
1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint
sealant,including dust,paints(except for permanent,protective coatings tested and approved
for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufachuer),old joint sealants,oil,grease,
waterproofing,water repellents,water,surface dirt,and frost.
2. Remove laitance and form release agents from concrete.
3. Clean metal, glass, porcelain enamel, glazed surfaces of ceramic tile, and other nonporous
surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave
residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants.
B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where indicated or where recommended by joint
sealant manufacturer based on preconstruction joint sealant-substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer
to comply with joint sealant manufacturer's recommendations. Confine primers to areas of joint sealant bond;
do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS
A. General: Comply with joint sealant manufacture�'s printed installation instructions
applicable to products and applications indicated,except where more stringent requirements apply.
B. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations of ASTMaC 1193 for use of
Page 4 of 5
joint sealants as applicable to materials,applications,and conditions indicated.
C. Installation of Sealant Backings: Install sealant backings to comply with the following
requirements:
1. Install joint fillers of type indicated to provide support of sealants during application and at
position required to produce the cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative
to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability.
D. Installation of Sealants: Install sealants by proven techniques that result in sealants directly
contacting and fully wetting joint substrates,completely filling recesses provided for each joint configuration,
and providing uniform,cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant
movement capability. Install sealants at the same time sealant backings are installed.
E. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and prior to time skinning
or curing begins, tool sealants to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated, to eliminate air
pockets,and to ensure contact and adhesion of sea.lant with sides of join� Remove excess sealants from surfaces
adjacent to joint. Do not use tooling agents that discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces or are not approved by
sealant manufacturer.
1. Provide concave joint configuration per Figure SA in ASTM�Ca1193, unless otherwise �
indicated.
a. Use masking tape to protect adjacent surfaces of recessed tooled joints.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as work progresses by methods
and with cleaning materials approved by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur.
3.5 PROTECTION
A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from co�act with contaminating
substances or from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so that they are without
deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If,despite such protection,damage or deterioration
occurs,cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so that and installations with
repaired areas are indistinguishable from original work.
END OF SECTION 07901
JOINT SEALANTS
Page 5 of 5
FLUSH WOOD DOORS
SECTION 08211
THIS SECTION USES'TI-�TERM ARCHITECT.
PART 1-GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including tlie General and Supplementary
Conditions and Divisional Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Solid core doors with wood veneer faces.
2. Hollow core doors with wood veneer faces.
3. Factory fitting flush wood doors to frames and factory machining for hardware.
B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section:
1. Division 6 Section"Interior Architectural Woodwork"for requirements relating to custom
veneers from the same flitches for both wood doors and architectural woodwork items.
2. Division 6 Section"Finish Carpentry"for wood door frames.
13 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and
Division 1 Specification Sections.
B. Product data for each type of door,including details of core and edge construction,trim for
openings and louvers,and factory-fmishing specifications.
1. For factory-machined doors,indicate dimensions and locations of cutouts for locksets and
other cutouts adjacent to light and louver openings.
C. Samples for initial selection in the form of color charts consisting of actual materials in small
sections for the following:
1. Faces of factory-fmished doors with transparent finish. Show the full range of colors
available for stained fmishes.
2. Faces of factory-fmished doors with opaque finish. Show the full range of colors available.
D. Samples for verification in the form and size indicated below:
l. Comer sections of doors approximately 12 inches (300 mm) square with door faces and
edgings representingthe typical rang�pfcolor and grain for each species of veneer and solid
lumber required. Finish sample with same materials proposed for factory-finished doors.
2. Frames for light openings, 6 inches (1�0 mm) lon� for each material, type, and finish
required.
Page 1 of 5
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Quality Standard: Comply with the following standard:
l. NWWDA Quality Standard: I.S.1-A, "Architectural Wood Flush Doors,"of the National
Wood Window and Door Association.
2. AWI Quality Standazd: "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards"of the Architectural
Woodwork Institute for grade of door,core,construction, fmish,and other requirements.
B. Single-Source Responsibility: Obta.in doors from one sow�ce and by a single manufacturer.
1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING
A. Protect doors during transit,storage,and handling to prevent damage, soiling,and
deterioration. Comply with requirements of referenced standard and manufacture�'s instructions.
1. Comply with WIC Technical Bulletin 420-R for delivery, storage,and handling of doors.
B. Identify each door with individual opening numbers as designated on shop drawings,using
temporary,removable,or concealed markings.
1.6 PROJECT CONDTI'IONS
A. Conditioning: Do not deliver or install doors until building is enclosed,wet work is
complete,and HVAC system is operating and will maintain temperature and relative humidity at occupancy
levels during the remainder of the construction period.
1.7 WARRANTY
A. General Warranty: Door manufacturer's warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive
the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall
be in addition to,and run concurrent with,other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of
the Contract Documents.
B. Door Manufacturer's Warranty: Submit written agreement on door manufacturer's standard
form signed by manufacturer,Installer,and Contractor,agrceing to repair or replace defective doors that have
warped(bow,cup,or twist)more than 1/4 inch(6.35 mm)in a 42-by-84inch(1067-by-2134-mm)section
or tt►at show telegraphing of core construction in face veneers exceeding 0.01 inch in a 3-inch(0.25 mm in
a 75-mm)span,or do not conform to tolerance limitations of referenced quality standards.
1. Wairanty sha11 also include installation and finishing that may be required due to repair or
replacement of defective doors where defect was not appazent prior to hanging.
2. Warranty shall be in effect during the following period of time after date of Substantial
Completion.
a Solid Core Exterior poors: Two years.
b. Solid Core Interior poors: Life of installation.
a Hollow Core Interior poors: Two years.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
Page 2 of 5
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements.
1. Solid Core Doors:
2. Hollow Core Doors:
2.2 EXTERIOR FLUSH WOOD DOORS
1. Grade: Premium.
2. Grade: Custom.
3. Construction: 7 plies.
4. Core: Glued-block core.
5. Bonding: Stiles and rails bonded to core,then entire unit abrasive planed before veneering.
A.. Solid Core Doors for Opaque Finish on Exterior,Transparent Finish on Interior: Comply
with the following requirements:
1. Exterior Face: Medium-density overlay over standard thickness,hardwood face veneers.
2. Interior Face: White ash,plain sliced.
3. Crrade: Premium.
4. Construction: 7 plies.
5. Core: Glued-block core.
6. Bonding: Stiles and rails bonded to core,then entire unit abrasive planed before veneering.
2.3 INTERIOR FLUSH WOOD DOOR5
A. Solid Core Doors for Transparent Finish: Comply with the following requirements:
1. Faces: White birch,plain sliced.
2. Grade: Premium.
3. Grade: Custom.
4. Construction: 7 plies.
5. Core: Glued-block core.
6. Bonding: Stiles and rails bonded to core,then entire unit abrasive planed before veneering.
B. Pairs and Sets: Provide pair matching and set matching for pairs of doors and for doors hung
in adjacent sets.
1. Continuous matching.
2.4 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate flush wood doors to comply with following requirements:
1. In sizes indicated for job-site fitting.
2. Factory fit doors to suit frame-opening sizes indicated, with the following uniform
clearances and bevels:
a. Comply with clearance requirements of referenced quality standard for fitting.
Comply with requirements of NFPAa80 for fire-resistance-rated doors.
B. Factory machine doors for hardwaze that is not surface applied. Locate hardware to comply
with DHI-WDHS-3. Comply with final hardware schedules,door frame shop drawings,DHIaA 115-W series
standards,and hardwaze templates.
Page 3 of 5
C. Exterior poors: Treat exterior doors at factory with water repellent after manufachuing has
been completed.
1. Provide metal flashing at top of out swinging units.
2.5 SHOP PRIlVIING
A. Doors for Opaque Finish: Shop prime exposed portions of doors for paint finish with one
coat of wood primer specified in Divisiona9 Section"Painting."
B. Transparent Finish: Shop-seal faces and edges of doors for transparent finish with stain(if
required),other required pre-treatments,and first coat of finish as specified in the following:
1. Division 9 Section"Painting."
2. Color: Match Architect's sample.
PART 3-EXECUTION
31 EXANIINATION
A. Examine installed door frames prior to hanging door:
l. Verify that frames comply with indicated requirements for type,size, location,and swing
characteristics and have been installed with plumb jambs and level heads.
2. Reject doors with defects.
B. Do not proceed vrith installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Hardware: For installation see Division 8 Section"Door Hardware."
B. Manufactwer's Instructions: Install wood doors to comply with manufacture�'s instructions
and referenced quality standard and as indicated.
C. Job-Fit Doors: Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels as indicated
below;do not trim stiles and rails in excess of limits set by manufacturer or permitted with fire-rated doors.
Machine doors for hardware. Sea.l cut surfaces after fitting and machining.
1. Fitting Clearances for Non-Fire-Rated Doors: Provide 1/8 inch(3.2 mm) at jambs and
heads, l/16 inch(1.6 mm)per leaf at meeting stiles for pairs of doors,and 1/8 inch(3.2 mm)
from bottom of door to top of decorative floor fmish or covering. Where threshold is shown
or scheduled,provide 1/4inch(6.4mm)clearance from bottom of door to top of threshold.
D. Field-Finished Doors: Refer to the following for finishing requirements:
1. Division 9 Section"Painting."
3.3 ADJUSTING AND PROTECTION
A. Operation: Rehang or replace doors that do not operate freely when swinging or sliding.
B. Finished Doors: Refmish or replace doors damaged during installation.
Page 4 of 5
J
C. Protect doors as recommended by door manufacture to ensure that wood doors will be
without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION 08211
FLUSH WOOD DOORS
Page 5 of 5
ACCESS PANELS
SECTION 08305
PART 1-GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUNIlIZARY
A. This Section includes the following types of access doors:
1. Wall access doors.
2. Fire-rated wall access doors.
3. Ceiling access doors.
B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section:
1. Division 9 Section"Gypsum Board Assemblies" for gypsum boazd walls and ceilings.
2. Division 9 Section"Tile"for ceramic tile walls.
3. Division 15 Section"Duct Accessories"for duct access doors.
1.3 5UBMITTALS
A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of Contract and Division 1
Specification Sections.
B. Product data for each type of access door assembly specified,including details of construction
relative to materials, individual components,profiles, fmishes,and fire-protection ratings(if required).
1. Include complete schedule,including types,general locations,sizes,wall and
ceiling construction details,latching or locking provisions,and other data
pertinent to installation.
1.4 QUALTTY ASSURANCE
A. Single-Source Responsibility: Obtain access doors for entire Project from one source and by a
single manufacturer.
B. Fire-Rated Door Assemblies: Units that comply with NFPA 80,are identical to door and
frame assemblies tested for fir�test-response characteristics per test method as indicated below,and are
labeled and listed by UL,Warnock Hersey,or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction.
� 1. Test Method for Vertical Installations: ASTM E 152.
2. Test Method for Horizontal Installations: ASTM E 119.
C. Size Variations: Obtain Architect's acceptance of manufacturer's standard size units,which may
vary slightly from sizes indicated.
1.5 COORDINATION
A. Verification: Determine specific locations and sizes fo�access doors needed to gain access to
concealed equipment,and indicate on schedule specified under'"Submittals"Article.
. *
PART 2-PRODUCTS �
Page 1 of 3
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by one of the
following:
1. Acudor Products Inc.
2. Bar-Co,Inc.Div.,Alfab,Inc.
3. Cesco Products.
4. Elnndor Manufacturing Co.
5. J.L.Industries.
6. Karp Associates,Inc.
7. Larsen's Manufacturing Co.
8. Milcor,Inc.
9. Nystrom,Inc.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Steel Sheet: ASTM A 366/A 366M commercial-quality,cold-rolled steel sheet with baked-on,
rust-inhibitive primer.
2.3 ACCESS DOORS
A. Noninsulated,Fire-Ra.ted Doors for Walls: Self-latching units consisting of frame,trim,
door,and hardware,including automatic closer,interior latch release,and complying with the following
requirements:
1. Frame: 0.0598-inch-(1.52-mm-)thick steel sheet.
2. Door. 0.0598-inch-(1.52-mm-)thick steel sheet.
3. Hinge: Continuous type.
4. Latches: Bolt type,operated by either a ring turn or flush key device(keyed alike).
5. Fire-Protection Rating for Walls: 1-1/2 hours.
B. Flush Access Doors with Exposed Trim: Units consisting of frame with exposed trim,door,
hardware,and complying with the following requirements:
1. Frame: 0.0598-inch-(1.52-mm-)thick steel sheet.
2. Door: 0.0747-inch-(1.90-mm-)thick steel sheet.
3. Trim: Flange integral with frame,3/4 inch(19 mm)wide,overlapping surrounding
fmished surface.
4. Hinge: Continuous type.
5. Locks: Flush,screwdriver-operated cam.
2.4 FABRICATION
A. General: Manufacture each access door assembly as an integral unit ready for installation.
B. Steel Access Doors and Frames: Continuous welded construction. Grind welds smooth and
flush with adjacent surfaces. Fucnish attachment devices and fasteners of type required to secure access
panels to types of supports indicated.
1. Exposed Flange: Nominal 1 to 1-1/2 inches(25.4 to 38.1 mm)wide around perimeter of
frame.
PART3-EXECUTION
31 PREPARATION
A. Advise Installers of other work about specific requirements relating to access door installation,
including sizes of openings to receive access door and frame,as well as locations of supports,inserts,and
Page 2 of 3
anchoring devices. Furnish inserts and anchoring devices for access doors that must be built into other
construction. Coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for installing access doors.
B. Set frames accurately in position and attach securely to supports with plane of face panels
aligned with adjacent fmished surFaces.
C. Install concealed-frame access doors flush with adjacent finish surfaces.
3.3 ADJUST AND CLEAN
A. Adjust hardware and panels after installation for proper operation.
B. Remove and replace panels or frames that are warped,bowed,or otherwise damaged.
END OF SECTION 08305
ACCESS DOORS
Page 3 of 3
WOOD SLIDING GLASS DOORS
SECTION 08312
THIS SECTION USES THE TERM ARCHITECT.
PART 1-GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUNIlVIARY
A. This Section includes vinyl-clad wood sliding glass doors provided by the Owner and installed
by the General Contractor.
1. Performance Grade: Provide wood sliding glass doors that comply with requirements of
NWWDA I.S.3 for performance grade 20.
2. Glazing requirements for wood sliding glass doors,including those specified to be
factory glazed,are specified in the Division 8 Section°Glazing."
1.3 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIIZEMENTS
A. Standards: Performance requirements for operating force,structural performance,air infiltration,
and water penetration for wood sliding glass doors are those specified in NWWDA I.S.3 "Wood Sliding
Patio Doors."
B. Testing: Manufacturer's stock units of each grade of required wood sliding glass door shall have
been tested by a recognized testing agency,according to ASTM E 330 for structural performance,ASTM
E 283 for air infiltration,and ASTM E 547 for water penetration. Test samples shall camply with
requirements in NWWDA I.S.3 for test sample sizes and methods.
C. Performance Requirements(Grade 40 Sliding Glass Doors): Each wood sliding glass door unit
shall comply with the following performance requirements:
1. Operating Force: Not more than 301b of force to begin motion,nor more than 15 Ib of
force to sustain motion.
2. Air Infiltration: Not more than 0.25 cfin per sq.ft.of overall frame area at an inward test
pressure of 1.571bf per sq.ft.
3. Water Penetration: No water penetration as defined in the test method at an inward test
pressure of 4.431bf per sq.ft.
4. Structural Performance: No glass breakage,damage to hardware,or permanent
deformation that would impair unit operation or cause residual deflection greater than
0.1 percent of the span at a positive(inward)and negative(outward)test pressure of
401bf per sq.ft.
D. Forced-Enhy Resistance: Comply with requirements for Grade l O level of resistance to forced
entry when tested according to the requirements of ASTM F 842.
1.4 SUBNIITTALS
A. General: Submit the following according to Conditions of the Contract and Division 1
Page 1 of 6
Specification Sections.
B. Product data for each type of wood sliding glass door specified. Include the following:
1. Manufacturer's standard construction details.
2. Profiles and dimensions of individual components.
3. Data on finishes,hazdware,and accessories.
4. Recommendations for maintenance and cleaning of exterior surfaces.
C. Shop drawings for each type of wood sliding glass door unit required. Include information not
fully detailed in the manufacture�'s standazd product data and the following:
1. Layout and installation details, including anchors.
2. Typical unit elevgtions.
3. Glazing details.
4. Full-size details of typical composite members.
5. �Iazdwaze and accessories.
D. Samples for Initial Color Selection: Samples of each required fmish on 12-inch-long typical
door membeL W�►ere finishes involve normal color variations,include sample sets showing the full
range of variations expected.
E. Product certificates signed by the wood sliding glass door manufacturer certifying that door units
comply with specified performance requirements.
F. Product test reports based on tests performed by a qualified independent testing agency showing
evidence of compliance of the wood sliding glass door units with requirements indicated based on
comprehensive testing within the last 5 years.
1.5 QUALTTY ASSURANCE
A. Safety Glass Standard: Where safety glass is indicated or required by authorities having
jurisdiction,provide the type of products indicated t.�at comply with ANSI Z97.1 and testing
requirements of 16 CFR for Category II materials.
1. Subject to compliance with requirements,provide safety glass permanently marked with
the certification label of the Safety Glazing Certification Council(SGCC)or another
cert�cation agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Glazing Standards: Comply with recommendations of the Flat Glass Marketing Association
(FGMA)"Glazing Manual"and"Sealant Manual"except where more stringent requirements are
indicated. Refer to those publications for definitions of glass and glazing terms not otherwise defined in
this Section or referenced standards.
C. Single-Source Responsibility: Provide wood sliding glass doors produced by a single fabricator
who is capable of indicating prior successful production of units similar to those required.
D. Design Concept: The Dra.wings indicate the sizes,profiles,and dimensional requirements of
wood sliding glass door types required and are based on the specific type and model indicated. Wood
sliding glass door units by other manufacturers may be considered provided deviations in dimensions and
profiles are minor and do not change the design concept as judged by the Architect. The burden of proof
of equality is on the proposer.
Page 2 of 6
1.6 PROJECT CONDl1'IONS
A. Field Measurements: Check actual door openings in construction work by accurate field
measurement before fabrication. Show recorded measurements on fmal shop drawings.
1. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delay. Where
necessary,proceed with fabrication without field measurements and coordinate
fabrication tolerances to ensure proper fit of wood sliding glass door units.
1.7 WARRANTY
A. Wood Sliding Glass Door Warranty: Submit a written warranty signed by the manufacturer,
agreeing to repair or replace wood sliding glass door units that fail in materials or workmanship within
the specified warranty period. Failures include,but are not necessarily limited to,the following:
1. Structural failures, including excessive deflection,excessive leakage,air infiltration,or
failure of weatherstripping.
2. Faulty operation of movable panels or hardwaze.
3. Deterioration of inetals,finishes,and other materials beyond normal weathering.
4. Wazranty period for wood sliding glass doors is 3 years after the date of Substantial
Completion.
5. This warranty shall not deprive the Owner of other rights or remedies that the Owner
may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to
and run concurrent with other warranties by the Contractor under requirements of the
Contract Documents.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
21 MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,manufacturers offering
wood sliding glass doors that may be incorporated in the Work include,but are not limited to,the
following:
B. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by one of the
following:
a. Kolbe&Kolbe.
b. Marvin Windows.
c. Rolscreen Co./Pella.
d. Andersen Corp.
e. Ha�eld Windows
f. Weathershield Corp.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. General: Comply with requirements of NWWDA I.S.3.
B. Wood: Clear Ponderosa Pine or another suitable fine-grained lumber,kiln-dried to a moisture
content of 6 to 12 percent at time of fabrication,free from blue stain,knots,pitch pockets,and surface
checks larger than 1/8 inch deep by 2 inches wide.
1. All lumber shall be water-repellent preservative treated after machining according to
NWWDA I.S.4
Page 3 of 6
2. Finger jointed wood members are not acceptable.
3. Color as selected by the Architect from the manufacturer's standard color range.
C. Vinyl Cladding: Provide manufacturer's standard bonded vinyl cladding on exterior exposure of
wood members,consisting of a rigid polyvinyl chloride sheath,complying with requirements of
ASTM D 1784,Class 14344-C,not less than 35 mils average thickness,permanent white paintable fmish.
D. Sill Cap(Track): Provide extruded aluminum track of profile indicated with natural-anodized
fmish.
E. Anchors,Clips,and Accessories: Fabricate anchors,clips,and sliding glass door accessories of
aluminum,nonmagnetic stainless steel,or hot-dip zinc-coated steel complying with ASTM A 123;
provide strength sufficient to withstand design pressure indicated.
F. Compression Weatherstripping: Provide the manufacturer's standard compressible
weatherstripping of molded PVC gaskets complying with ASTM D 2287,or molded expanded EPDM or
neoprene gaskets complying with ASTM C 509,Grade 4,designed for permanent resilient sealing under
bumper or wiper action,concealed when door is closed.
G. Sliding Weatherstripping: Provide woven-pile weatherstripping of wool,polypropylene,or
nylon pile,with resin-impregnated backing fabric,and an aluminum backing strip;comply with AAMA
701.2.
1. Provide weatherstripping with integral center-line barrier fm of semirigid plastic
polypropylene sheet.
H. Insect Screens: Provide a movable insect screen panel for each movable glazed panel. Comply
with requirements of SMA 2005.
1. Screen Fabric: Provide 18-by-14 or 18-by-16 mesh of plastic-coated glass-fiber threads,
woven and fused to form a screen that is resistant to conosion,shrinkage, stretching,
impact damage,and weather deterioration;black or dark grey. Comply with
requirements of FS IrS-125.
2. Insect Screen Frames: Provide the manufacturer's standard extruded aluminum screen
frame with removable vinyl fabric-retainer spline mounted on water-repellent
preservative-treated Western Pine wood frame. Comply with requirements of SMA
1004.
a. Finish: Anodized aluminum or baked-0n organic coating in color selected by
Architect from manufacturer's standards.
I. Glazing Materials: Provide the manufacturer's standard sealed insulating safety glazing material
that complies with the requirements of ANSI Z97.1 and the Division 8 Section"Glazing."
2.3 HARDWARE
A. Hardware: Provide hardware necessary to properly operate,tightly close,and securely lock
doors. Do not use aluminum in firictional contact with other metals. Where exposed,provide white
bronze,cast or wrought aluminum,solid white metal with spacial coating finish,or nonmagnetic stainless
steel.
1. Door Pulls: Provide manufacturer's standard wood pull grips.
2. Locks: Install manufacturer's standard pull and keyless locking device on each movable
panel,lockable from the inside only. Adjust locking device to allow unobstructed
Page 4 of 6
movement of the panel across adjacent panel in the direction indicated.
3. Security Foot Bolt: Provide security foot-operated dead bolt attached to the bottom rail of
movable door panels to lock the panel when fully closed and when partially open to
permit ventilation.
2.4 FABRICATION
A. General: Fabricate wood sliding glass door units to comply with indicated standards. Include a
complete system to assemble components and anchor units.
1. Provide units that are reglazable without dismantling panel framing.
B. Assembly: Assemble components into complete weathertight units with flush,rigid,and hairline
joints. Mill,cope,butt,and miter joints;secure by mechanical devices or other means to ensure
permanently watertight joints. Provide at least two corrosion-resistant,prelubricated or self-lubricating
rollers for each sliding panel,of sufficient capacity to ensure easy,quiet,and smooth operation.
C. Weatherstripping: Provide operable panels with a double row of sliding weatherstripping in
horizontal rails and single-or double-row weatherstripping in meeting or jamb stiles,as required to meet
specified performance requirements. Provide compression-type weatherstripping at the perimeter of each
movable panel where sliding-type weatherstripping is not appropriate.
D. Preglazed Fabrication: Glaze wood sliding glass door units in the factory where practical and
possible for the applications indicated. Comply with requirements of the Division 8 Section "Glazing"
and NWWDA I.S.3.
E. Screens: Provide insect screen unit for each operable panel. Design door units and hardware to
accommodate screens in a tight-fitting removable amangement,on either inside or outside of door unit,
with a minimum of exposed fasteners and latches.
2.5 FINISI3ES
A. Wood Door Finish: Provide the following finish on exposed wood in door units:
1 Shop-Primed Units: Provide the fabricator's standard shop-prime coat on exterior wood
surfaces only. Comply with requirements of the Division 9 Section"Painting"for prime
paint.
2. Shop-Finished Units: Provide fabricator's standard shop fmish,consisting of prime coat
and two coats of alkyd semigloss enamel totaling 3 mils dry film thickness applied to both
exterior and interior wood surfaces.
a. Color. White.
PART 3-EXECUTION
31 INSPECTION
A. Inspect openings before beginning wood sliding glass door installation. Verify that the rough or
masonry opening is correct and that the sill plate is level. Do not install door units until unsatisfactory
conditions have been conected.
1. Wood frame walis shail be dry,clean,sound and well-nailed,free of voids,and without
offsets at joints. Ensure that nail heads are driven flush with surfaces in the opening and
within 3 inches of the opening.
Page 5 of 6
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with manufacture�'s instauctions and recommendations for installing door units,
hardware,accessories,and other components.
B. Set sill members and other frame members in bed of compound or with joint fillers or gaskets,as
indicated,to provide weathertight construction. Coordinate installation with wall flashing and other
components.
1. Refer to Division 7 Section"Joint Sealants"for compounds, fiilers,and gaskets to be
installed concurrently with wood sliding glass door units.
C. Set units plumb,level and true to line,without warp or rack of frames and panels. Provide
proper support,and anchor frames and fixed panels securely in place.
3.3 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust operating panels,screens,and hardware to provide a tight fit at contact points and
weatherstripping for smooth operation and a weathertight closure.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Clean surfaces promptly after installing wood sliding glass doors. Avoid damaging protective
coatings and finishes. Remove excess glazing and sealing compounds,dirt,and other substances.
Lubricate hardware and other moving parts.
B. Clean glass of preglazed units promptly after installing wood sliding giass door units. Wash and
polish glass on both faces not more than 4 days prior to the date scheduled for final inspection. Comply
with manufacturer's recommendations for fmal cleaning and maintenance.
C. Remove and replace glass that is broken,chipped,cracked,abraded,or damaged in any other
way during the construction period,including by natural causes,accidents,or vandalism.
3.5 PROTECTION
A. Institute and maintain protsctive measures and other precautions required tl�rough remainder of
construction period to ensure that,except for normal weathering,wood sliding glass door units will be
without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION 08312
WOOD SLIDING GLASS DOORS
Page 6 of 6
SECTIONAL OVERHEAD DOORS
SECTION 08360
THIS SECTION USES TfIE TERM ARCHITEGT.
PART 1-GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. Door shall match existing doors.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes sectional overhead doors,as follows:
1. Flush wood panels.
2. Aluminum frame and aluminum panels.
3. Aluminum fi�ne and fiberglass panels.
4. Electric motor-operated doors.
13 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit the following according to Conditions of the Contract and Division 1
Specification Sections.
B. Product data,roughing-in diagrams,and installation instructions for each type and size of
overhead door. Include manufacturer's operating instructions and maintenance data.
1.4 QUALITY ASSiTRANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Provide each sectional overhead door as a complete unit
produced by a single manufacturer, including frames, sections, brackets, guides, tracks, counterbalance
mechanisms,hardware,operators,and installation accessories.
B. Inserts and Anchorages: Furnish inserts and anchoring devices that must be set in concrete
or built into masonry for unit installation. Provide setting drawings,templates,and directions for installation of
anchorage devices. Coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay.
C. See concrete and masonry Sections for instruction on installing inserts and anchora.ge devices.
D. Wind Loading: Design and reinforce sectional overhead doors to withstand a 20-psf
wind-loading pressure.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements.
1. Ideal Door Corp.
2. Raynor Garage Door Co.
3. Wayne/Dalton Corp.
4. Overhead Door Corp.
5. Raynor Garage Door Co.
2.3 WOOD SECTIONS
Page 1 of 4
A. Panel-Type Sections: Construct panel-type wood door sections complete with glazing stops and glazing,
as shown on drawings. Fabricate stiles and rails of clear, straight, kiln-dried, Douglas fir, West Coast
hemlock, or Sitka spruce, not less than 1-3/4 inches thick. Form meeting rails to provide a rabbeted
weather seal joint.
1. Panel Inserts: Tempered hardboard, 1/4 inch thick,smooth two sides,exterior grade complying
with ANSI A 135.5.
B. Flush-Type Sections: Construct flush-type wood door sections with top,bottom and end
closures of clear, straight,kiln-dried Douglas fir, West Coast hemlock,or Sitka spruce. Provide wood blocking
to receive hazdware,end stiles and frames for glazing,glued and doweled in place. Form meeting rails to provide
rabbeted weather seal joint.
C. Fabricate sections of either mortise-and-tenon construction with waterproof glue and steel
dowels,or rabbeted construction,doweled and steel-pinned and glued with waterproof glue.
D. Fabricate sections so that finished door assembly is rigid,and free of warp,twist or
deformation.
E. Treat sections with a minimum 3-minute immersion in a water-repellent treatment.
F. Reinforce sections with continuous,galvanized-steel horizontal and diagonal members as
required by door widdi and to meet wind loading.
G. Prime door sections with one coat of exterior primer,compatible with field-applied finish,
applied to provide a minimum 1-mil dry film thickness.
2.3 ALUMINUM SECTIONS
A. Construct door sections with extruded aluminum shapes of 6063-T6 alloy,with wall
thiclrness not less than 0.065 inch for door section 1-3/4 inch deep. Join stiles and rails together with concealed
1/4-inch minimum diameter aluminum or nonmagnetic stainless steel through-bolts, full height of section.
Fabricate panels of aluminum sheet set in continuous vinyl channels and retained with rigid snap-in extruded
moldings.
1. Finish doors with manufacturer's standard mill finish.
2. Finish doors with manufacturer's standard clear anodizing.
3. Finish doors with manufacturer's standard conversion coating and primer for on-site finish
painting.
4. Finish doors with manufacturer's standard thermosetting paint system.
2.4 TRACKS,SUPPORTS,AND ACCESSORIES
A. Tracks: Provide manufacturer's standard,galvanized-steel track system, sized for door size
and weight,and designed for clearances shown. Provide complete track assembly including brackets,bracing and
reinforcing for rigid support of ball-bearing roller guides for required door type and size. Slot vertical sections of
track at 2 inches o.c.for door-drop safety device. Slope tracks at proper angle from vertical,or otherwise design
to ensure tight closure at jambs when door unit is closed. Weld or bolt to track supports.
B. Track Reinforcement and Supports: Provide galvanized-steel track reinforcement and
support members. Secure,reinforce and support tracks as required for size and weight of door to
provide strength and rigidity without sag,sway,and vibration during opening and closing of doors.
C. Support and attach tracks to opening jambs with continuous angle welded to tracks and
attached to wall. Su�ort horizontal (ceiling tracks)with continuous angle welded to track and supported by
laterally braced attachments to overhead structural members at curve and end of tracks.
D. Weather Seals: Provide continuous rubber,neoprene,or flexible vinyl adjustable
weatherstrip gasket at tops and compressible astragal on bottoms of each overhead door.
Page 2 of 4
1. In addition, provide continuous flexible seals at door jamb edges for a fully weathertight
installation.
2. Where door unit is power-operated, provide safety interlock switch to disengage power supply
when pass door is open.
2.5 HARDWARE
A. General: Provide heavy-duty,rust-resistant hardware,with galvanized or cadmium-plated
or stainless steel fasteners,to suit type of door.
B. Hinges: Provide heavy steel hinges at each end stile and at each intermediate stile,per
manufacturer's recommendations for size of door. Attach hinges to door sections through stiles and rails with bolts
and lock nuts or lock washers and nuts. Use rivets or self-ta.pping fasteners where access to nuts is not possible.
Provide double-end hinges,where required,for doors exceeding 16 feet in width,unless otherwise recommended by
door manufacturer.
C. Rollers: Provide heavy-duty rollers,with steel ball bearings in case-hardened steel races,
mounted with varying projections to suit slope of track. Extend roller shaft through both hinges where double hinges
are required. Provide roller tires to suit size of track(3-inch diameter for 3-inch track;2-inch diameter for 2-inch
track)and as follows:
1. Case-hardened steel tires for normal installations.
D. Pull Handles,Locks and Latches: For manually operated doors,furnish lifting handles,
locks,and locking device as follows:
1. Lifting Handles: Galvanized steel.
2. Locking Bars: Single side,operable from inside only.
E. Fabricate locking device assembly with mortise lock,spring-loaded dead bolt,
chromium-plated operating handle,cam plate,and adjustable locking bar to engage through slots in tracks.
1. Lock cylinder
2.6 COUNTERBALANCING MECHANISM
A. Extension Spring: Operation by extension-spring counterbalance mechanism with
aircraft-type steel cable over ball-bearing sheaves. Provide oil-tempered, wired springs with intemal safety rods.
Combine operation with a spring bumper in each horizontal track to cushion door at end of opening operation.
B. Torsion Spring: Operation by torsion-spring counterbalance mechanism,consisting of
adjustable-tension,tempered-steel torsion springs mounted on a cross header tube or steel shaft. Connect to door with
galvanized aircraft-type lift cables. Provide springs calibrated for 10,000 cycles minimum.
C. Provide cast-aluminum or grey-iron casting cable drums,grooved to receive cable. Mount
counterbalance mechanism with manufacturer's standard ball-bearing brackets at each end of shaft. Provide one
additional midpoint bracket for shafts up to 16 feet long and two additional brackets at one-third points to support
shafts over 16 feet long,unless closer spacing recommended by door manufacturer.
D. Include a spring-loaded,steel or bronze cam mounted to bottom door roller assembly on each
side,designed to automatically stop door if either cable breaks.
E. Provide a spring bumper at each horizontal track to cushion door at end of opening operation.
2.7 MANUAL DOOR OPERATION
A. Reduction-Drive Chain Hoist: Side-mounted unit consisting of an endless steel hand chain,
chain pocket wheel with at least 3:1 reduction unit,roller chain-and-sprocket drive,end-mounted on counterbalance
shaft. Operate with not more than 35 lb pull.
2.8 ELECTRIC DOOR OPERATORS
Page 3 of 4
A. General: Fumish electric door-operator assembly of size and capacity recommended and
provided by door manufacturer;complete wi�electric motor and factory-prewired motor controls,gear-reduction unit,
solenoid-operated brake,clutch,remote=control stations and control devices.
B. Provide hand-operated disconnect or mechanism for automafically engaging sprocket-chain
operator and releasing brake for emergency manual operation.Include interlock device to automatically prevent motor
from operating when emergency sprocket is engaged.
C. Design operator so that motor may be removed without disturbing limit-switch adjustment
and without affecting emergency auxiliary operator.
D. Door Operator Type: Provide the following:
1. Trolley or drawbar type,V-belt and roller chain-and-sprocket primary drive,and chain-and-sprocket
secondary drive.
E. Electric Motors: Provide high-starting torque,reversible,constant-duty,Class A-insulated
electric motors with overload protection,sized to move door in either direction,from any position,at not less than 2/3
foot or more than 1 foot per second.
1. Coordinate wiring requirements and current characteristics of motors with building electrical system.
. 2. Provide open-drip-proof type motor and controller with NEMA Type 1 enclosure.
F. Remote Control Station: Provide momentary-contact,three-button control stafion with push
button controls labeled"Open," "Close,"and"Stop."
1. Provide exterior units,full-guarded,standard-duty,surface-mounted,weatherproof type,NEMA Type
4 enclosure,key-operated.
G. Automatic Reversing Co�rol: Furnish each door with automatic safety switch,extending
full width of door bottom,and located within neoprene or rubber astragal mounted to bottom door rail. Contact with
switch will imtnediately reverse downward door travel. Furnish manufacturer's standard take-up reel or self-coiling
cable.
H. Provide 3 hand held operators for Owners use.
l. Provide electrically actuated automatic bottom bar.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. General: Install door,tra�ck,and operating equipment complete with necessary hardwaze,
jamb and head mold stops, anchors, inserts, hangers, and equipment supports according to shop drawings,
manufacturer's instructions,and as spec�ed.
B. Fasten vertical track assembly to framing at not less than 24 inches o.c. Hang horizontal
track from structural overhead framing with angle or channel hangers,welded and bolt-fastened in place. Provide
sway bracing, diagonal bracing, and reinforcing as required for rigid installation of track and door-operating
equipment.
C. After completing installation,including work by other trades,lubricate,test,and adjust doors
to operate easily,free from warp,twist,or distortion and fitting weathertight for entire perimeter.
END OF SECTION 08'360
SECTIONAL OVERHEAD DOORS
Page 4 of 4
WOOD WINDOWS
08610 WOOD WINDOWS
SECTION 08610
TffiS SECTION USES THE TERM"ARCHITECT."
PART 1-GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division5l Specification Sections,apply to this section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. T'his Section includes the following vinyl-clad wood window types including glazing:
1. Operating windows
2. Non-operative(Fixed)Window Units.
B. Related Sections: T'he following sections contain requirements that relate to this section:
1. Joint sealing between wood windows and adjacent materials is specified in Division 7
• Section"Joint Sealers."
2. Trim for exterior wood windows,are specified in Division 6"Finish Carpentry"
3 Owner shall furnish windows and General Contractor will install.
1.3 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Standards: Performance requirements for structural performance,air infiltration,and water
penetration for wood windows are those specified in NW WDAaI.S.a2°Industry Standard for Wood Window
Units."
B. Performance Requirements(Grade 40 Windows): Each required window unit shall comply with the
following performance requirements:
1. Air Infiltra.tion: Not more than 0.25 cfin per sq.ft.of overall frame area at an inward test
pressure of 1.571bf per sq.ft.
2. Water Penetration: No water penetration as defined in the test method at an inward test
pressure of 4.43 lbf per sq.ft.
3. Structural Performance: No glass breakage,da.mage to hardwaze,permanent deformation
that would impair operation of the unit,or residual deflection greater than 0.4 percent of the
span at a positive(inward)and negative(outward)test pressure of 40albf per sq.ft.
4. Forced Entry Resistance: Provide window units that comply with rec�uirements for
Performance Level 10 when tested in accordance with ASTMaFa588.
1.4 SUBMI'T'TALS
A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of the Contract and Divisional
Specification Sections:
1. Product data for each type of wood window required,including:
a. Standard construction details and fabrication methods.
b. Pmfiles and dimensions of individual components.
c. Data on finishes.
d. Recommendations for maintenance and cleaning exterior surfaces.
e. Layout and installation details, including anchors.
f. Giazing details.
Page 1 of 4
B. Samples for color selection
C. Approval by the Architect
1.5 QUALTTY ASSURANCE
A. Wood Window Standard: Comply with NWWDAaI.S.a2 for standards of performance and
fabrication workmanship for wood windows.
B. Safety Glass Standard: Provide the type of products indicated that comply with ANSI Z97.1
and testing requirements of 16 CFR Part 1201 for Category II materials.
1. Provide safety glass permanently marked with the certification label of the Safety Glazing
Certification Council(SGCC)or other certification agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction.
C. Glazing Standards: Comply with recommendations of the Flat Glass Marketing Association
(FGMA)"Glazing Manual"and"Sealant Manual"except where more stringent requirements are indicated.
D. Insulating Glass Certification Program: Provide low e iusulating glass units permanently marked
with the appropriate certification label of the either the Insulating Glass Certification Council(IGCC)or the
Associated Laboratories, Inc. (ALn. Provide the certification label either on spacers or at least one
component pane of each unit.
E. Single Source Responsibility: Provide windows produced by a single fabricator who is capable of '
indicating prior successful production of units similar to those required.
F. Design Concept: The drawings indicate window sizes,profiles,and dimensional requirements.
1.6 PROJECT CONDTI'IONS
A. Field Measurements: Check actual window openings by accurate field measurement before
fabrication. Show recorded measurements on final shop drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with
construction progress to avoid delay.
1. Where necessary, proceed with fabrication without measurements, and coordinate
tolerances with General Contractor to ensure proper fit of window units.
1.7 WA�Z;RANTY
A. Wood Window Warranty: Submit a written warranty,executed by the window manufacturer,
agreeing to repair or replace units that fail in materials or worl�anship within the specified warranty period.
Failures include,but are not necessarily limited to:
1. Structural failures,including excessive deflection,excessive leakage,or air infiltration.
2. Faulty operation of window sash or hardware.
3. Deterioration of wood,metals,finishes,and other materials beyond normal weathering.
B. Warranty Period: 3years after the date of Substantial Completion.
C. The warranty shall not deprive the Owner of other rights or remedies that the Owner may have under
other provisions of the Contract Documents and is in addition to and runs concurrent with other warranties
made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,manufacturers offering window
units that may be incorporated in the Work include,but are nat limited to,the following:
Page 2 of 4
B. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide window units by one of the
following:
1. Clad Wood Windows:
a. Marvin Windows.
b. Rolscreen Co.(Pella).
c. Weather Shield Mfg.,Inc.
d. Kolbe and Kolbe
2.2 MATERIALS
A. General: Comply with requirements of NWWDAaI.S.a2.
B. Wood: Clear Ponderosa Pine or other suitable fine-grain lumber that has been kiln dried to a
moisture content of 6 to 12 percent at time of fabrication and is free of finger joints,blue stain,knots,pitch
pockets and surface checks larger than 1/32 inch wide by 2 inches long.
1. Lumber shall be water-repellent preservative treated after machining in accordance with
NWWDAaI.S.a4.
a. Color: White.
C. Cladding: Manufacture�"s bonded cladding on exterior exposure of wood members,consisting of
a rigid sheath,not less than 35-mil average thickness,in permanent white fmish.
1. Trim Members:Clad exterior wood trim.
2. Trim Members: Stainable interior wood trim to fit windows. Architect to select trim
material.
D. Anchors,Clips,and Accessories: Fabricate anchors,clips and window accessories of aluminum,
nonmagnetic stainless steel, or hot-dip zinc-coated steel or iron complying with the requirements of
ASTMaBa633 for SC 3(severe)service condition;provide strength sufficient to withstand design pressure
indicated.
.
E. Fasteners: Comply with NWWDA I.S.2 for fabrication and with manufacture�'s recommendations
and standard industry practices for type and size of installation fasteners.
1. Use zinc-coated or nonferrous nails and screws for window fabrication and installation.
F. Compression Weatherstripping: Provide compressible weatherstripping,designed for permanently
resilient sealing under bumper or wiper action,completely concealed when sash is closed.
1. Weatherstripping material: Nonferrous spring metal.
2. Weatherstripping material: Molded PVC gaskets complying with ASTMaDa2287.
3. Weatherstripping material: Molded expanded EPDM or neoprene gaskets complying with
ASTM'aC�509,Grade 4.
a. Finish: Anodized aluminum or baked-on organic coating in color selected by
Architect from manufacturer's standards.
G. Glass and Glazing Materials: Provide the manufacturer's standard clear,sealed,insulating safety
glazing material that complies with ANSI Z97.1 and the "Glass and Glazing" Section.
H. Glazing Seal: Provide the manufacturer's standard extruded vinyl or butyl glazing gasket providing
weathertight seal.
2.3 NON-OPERATIVE FII�ED WINDOWS
A. Window Grade: Comply with the requirements of NWWDA Performance Grade 60.
B. Non-rectangular fixed lite sections must be field measured before manufacture.
Page 3 of 4
2.4 FABRICATION
A. General: Provide the manufacturer's standard fabrication ofunits. Comply with indicated standards.
Include a complete system for assembly of components and anchorage of window units.
1. Comply with requirements of referenced standards for moisture content of lumber at time
of fabrication and for relative humidity conditions in the installation areas.
B. Fabricate windows to produce units that aze regla7able without dismantling sash framing. Provide
openings and mortises precut,where possible,to receive hardware and other items.
C. Each window unit includes sash,frame,stops, sill(including undersill or nosing),exterior casing
and moldings, integral mullions and muntins,hardware,and accessories.
2.5 FINISHES
1. Shop-Finished Units: Provide fabricator's standard shop fmish to exterior.
a. Color: White.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION
A. Inspect openings before beginning insta.11ation. Verify that the opening is correct and the sill plate
is level. Do not proceed with installation of window units until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
l. Wood frame walls shall be dry, clean, sound and well-nailed, free of voids, and without
offsets at joints. Ensure that nai(heads are driven flush with surfaces in the opening and
within 3 inches of the comer.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation of window units.
B. Set units plumb,level,true to line,without warp or rack of frames or sash. Provide proper support
and anchor securely in place.
C. Set sill members in a bed of compound or with joint fillers or gaskets as indicated,to provide
weather-tight conshuction.
3.3 CLEANING
A. Clean interior and e�cterior surfaces promptly after installation. Take care to avoid damage to
protective coatings and fmishes. Remove excess glazing and sealants,dirt,and other substances.
3.4 PROTECTION
A. Protect window units from damage or deterioration until time of substantial completion.
END OF SECTION 08610
Page 4 of 4
SKY LIGHTS
' SECTION 08620
THIS SECTION USES THE TERM ARCHITECT.
PART 1-GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Dra.wings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions
. and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes glazing for the following products.
1. Plastic Sky light Units.
B. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this Section.
1. Division 6 Section Rough Carpentry for wood curbs and nailers.
2. Division 7 Section Roof Accessories for curbs,and vents.
3. Division 7 Section Flashing and Sheet Metal for Sky lights
4. Division 7 Wood Shakes
C. Refer to roofmg systems sections for roofing accessories to be built into the roofing system to
accommodate Work of this section.
1.3 DEFINTTIONS
A. Manufacturer is used in this Section to refer to a firm that produces Sky lights
B . Deterioration of Sky light: Defects developed from normal use that are attributed to the
manufacturing process and not to breakage and practices for maintaining and cleaning contrary to
manufacturer's directions. Defects include obstruction of vision through sky light,and blemishes exceeding
�
those allowed by Sky light standards.
1.4 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. General: Provide glazing systems that are produced,fabricated,and installed to withstand normal
thermal movement,wind loading,and impact loading(where applicable),without failure including brealcage
attributable to the following: defective manufacture, fabrication, and installation; failure of sealants or
gaskets to remain watertight and airtight;deterioration of glazing materials;and other defects in const�uction.
1.5 SUBMITTAL5
A. General: Submit the following according to Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification
Sections.
B. Product data for each Sky light product including detail of construction relative to materials,
dimensions of components,profiles,fmishes,glazing and light transmission and thermal characteristics.
C Shop drawings showing fabrication and installation of Sky lights,including plans,elevations,
Page 1 of 4
sections,details of components and attachments to other units of work.
D. Samples for initial selection purposes in the form of color charts showing the full range of colors
available for Sky light glazing,retainer,frame and curb indicated.
1.6 QUALTTY ASSURANCE
A. WARRAIVTY
1. General:WarranNes specified in this section will not deprive the Owner of other rights
the Owner may have nnder other prnvisions of the contract documents and will be in
addition to and run concurrent with other warranties made by the contractor under
requirements of tLe contract documents.
2. Sky light Warrat�ty: Provide a written warranty,signed by manufacture,agreeing to
repair and replace work that eahibit defects in materials or workmanship and
guaranteeing weather tight and leak proof performance. Defects is defined as
uncontrolled leakage of water and abnormal aging or deterioration.
3. Warranty Period: Mannfacterer's standard bnt not less than 5 years after date of
Snbstantial Completion.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTiTRERS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements.
1. Wasco.
2. Naturalite
3 Bristolite
4. TriStar
B. Other Manufactures that meet the requirements of this section:
2.2 MATERIAIS/Sky light PRODUCTS
A. General:Factory-assembled unit consisting of plastic glazing,extruded aluminum glazing retainer,
gasketing, inner frame that may be incorporated into tt►e curb and integral curb with self-contained roof
flashing flanges.
B. Curb: Self-flashing,self-supporting double-wall,formed or e�rtruded(or combination)aluminum
curb, minimum 0.040 inch wall thickness, enclosing minimum 1-inch glass-fiber boazd or equivalent�)
insulation and with minimum 3-inch roof flanges,with welded or sealed mechanical joints at corners.
1. Height:As indicated.
C. Condensation Control: Fabricate Sky light units with integral internal gutters and non clogging
weeps
to collect and dispose of condensation.
D. Thermal Break:Fabricate Sky light units with thermal barrier separating interior meta.l framing from
materials exposed to outside temperature.
Page 2 of 4
E. Shape and Size�:As indicated.
F. Glazing�:Thermo formed acrylic.
l. Sheet Thicknesses: Provide glazing plastic sheet thickness required for 40 lb per sq. ft.
negative or uplift(internal)loading as recommended by the Sky light manufacturer for unit
size and shape.
2. Profile: Single pyramid,30 degree slope.
a.Color: Colorless,transpazent acrylic,92 percent visible light transmittance.
3. Profile: Double pyramid,30degreeslope.
a.Outer Glazing Color:Colorless,transparent acrylic,92 percent visible light transmittance.
b.Inner Glazing Color:Colorless,transparent acrylic,92percent visible light transmittance.
4. Glazing Gaskets:Manufacturers's standard glazing system of EPDM or neoprene,close-cell
sponge neoprene, or EPDM, or of partially wlcanized butyl tape or liquid- applied
elastomeric sealant.
G. 46"x 46"curb mounted,clear colorless acrylic plastic(CC),pyramid Sky light with double glazing
(thermally broken). Frame and other colors to be selected by Architect.
H. Aluminum Sheets:ASTM B 209 for Alclad alloy 3005-H25 or alloy and temper required to suit
forming operations and finish requirements. Mill finish unless otherwise indicated.
I. Extruded aluminum:ASTM B221 alloy
2.3 GLAZING GASKETS
Sealants.
1. EPDM,ASTM C 864.
2. Silicone,ASTM C 1115.
� 3. Thermoplastic polyolefm rubber,ASTM C 1115.
4. Any material indicated above.
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements.
l. Lock-Strip Gaskets:
2. Preformed Gaskets:
a. Advanced Elastomer Systems,L.P.
b. Tremco,Inc.
2.4 MISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATER�ALS
A. General: Provide products of material,size,and shape complying with referenced glazing standard,
requirements of manufacturers of acrylic and other glazing materials involved for glazing application
indicated,and with a proven record of compatibility with surfaces contacted in installation.
B. Cleaners,Primers and Sealers: Type recommended by sealant or gasket manufacturer.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 INSTAI.LATION
A General:Comply with manufacture's instructions and recommendations.Coordinaie with installation
of roof deck and other substrates to receive Sky light units.Coordinate with installation of vapor bazriers,
roof insulation,roofing,and flashing as required to assure that each element of the work performs properly
Page 3 of 4
and that combined elements are waterproof and weathertight.Anchor units securely to supporting structural
substrates, adequate to withstand lateral and thermal stresses as well as inward and outwazd loading
pressures.
1. Except as otherwise indicated, install roof Sky lights according to construction deta.ils of
"NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual.�"
B. Isolation: Where metal surfaces of units are to be installed in contact with incompatible metal or
corrosive substrates, including wood, apply bituminous coating on concealed metal surfaces, or provide
another permanent separation.
C. Flange Seals:Except as otherwise indicated,set flanges or accessory units in a thick bed of roofing
cement to form a seal.
D. Cap Flashing: Where cap flashing is required as component to the Sky light,install to provide an
adequate waterproof overlap with roofing or roof flashing(as counter flashing). Seal with thick bead of
mastic sealant,except where overlap is indicated to be left open for ventilation.
E. Do not proceed with glazing until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 GLAZING,GENERAL
A. Comply with combined recommendations of manufacturers of acrylic,sealants,gaskets,and other
glazing materials, except where more stringent requirements are indicated, including those in referenced
glazing publications.
B. Glazuig channel dimensions as indicated on Drawings provide necessary bite on glass,minimum
edge and face clearances,and adequate sealant thicknesses,with reasonable tolerances. Adjust as required
by Project conditions during installation.
C. Protect acrylic from edge damage during handling and installation as follows:
D. Provide 1/8-inch minimum bite of spacers on acrylic and use thickness equal to sealant width.
1. With glazing tape,use thickness slightly less than fmal compressed thickness of tape.
E. Provide edge blocking to comply with requirements of referenced glazing publications,unless
otherwise requued by acrylic manufacturer.
F. Where wedge-shaped gaskets are driven into one side of channel to pressuri��e sealant or gasket on
opposite side, provide adequate anchorage so gasket cannot walk out when installation is subjected to
movement.
G. Square cut wedge-shaped gaskets at comers and install gaskets in manner recommended by gasket
manufacturer to prevent corners from pulling away; seal corner joints and butt joints with sealant
recommended by gasket manufacturer.
3.3 PROTECTION AND CLEANING
A. Clean exposed metal and plastic surfaces according to manufacture's instructions.
B. Clean and polish plastic Sky light units,inside and outside 5 days prior to date of substantial
completion.
END OF SECTION 0881i0
SKY LIGHTS
Page 4 of 4
DOOR HARDWARE
SECTION 08710
gART 1-GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Finish Hardware for wood doors.
2. Keyed cylinders as indicated.
B. Related Items:
See other sections
1. Wood doors: Refer to Section 08210.
2. Conduit and power connections: Refer to Division 16.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. National Fire Protection Agency(NFPA):
1. NFPA 80.
2. NFPA I01.
B. Underwriters Laboratories,Inc.(UL): �
1. Building Materials Directory.
C. Warnock Hersey (VVH):
1. Building Materials Directory.
D. ADA:
l. Americans with Disabilities Act
1.03 SUBNIITTALS
A. Comply with Section 01300,unless otherwise indicated.
1. Special Submit�tl Requirements: Combine submittals of this Section with Sect�ions
listed below to ensure the"design intent"of the system/assembly is understood and
can be reviewed together.
a Sectian 08211 -Flush Wood Doors
B. Product Data: Manufacturer's specifications and technical data including die following:
1. Detailed specification of construction and fabrication.
2. Manufacturer's installa�ion instructions.
3. Submit 6 copies of catalo�cuts of each hardware item with hardware schedule.
C. Shop Drawings-Hardware Schedule: Submit 1 complete reproducible copy.
1. List groups and suffixes in proper sequence.
2. Completely describe door and list architectural door number.
3. VerCical or horizontal schedules only are a�cceptable.
D. Wiring Diagram: Submit wiring diagrams for each eleCtric product speeified.
l. Verify voltage with electrical Contractor.
E. Templates: Submit templates and"reviewed Hardware Schedule"to door and frame
supplier and others as applicable.
F. Samples:
1. If requested by Architect,provide 3 samples of inetal finishes.
1
G. Keying Schedule: Upon review and accepTance of Hardware Schedule,develop Keying
Schedule in consultation with Owner.
1. Submit 1 copy to Architect for infomiation only.
H. Contract Clase-out Snbmittals: Comply with Section 01700 including specific
requirements.
1. Operating and maintenance maauals: Submit 3 sets containing the following:
a. Mainbenance instructions for e�h item of hardware.
b. Catalog pages for each produd.
c. Name,address,and phone number of local representative for each manufacturer.
d. Parts list for each produc�
e. CQpy of final hardware schedule.
f. Copy of final keying schedule.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacture�'s Qualifications: Not less d�an 5 years e�erience in the actual
production of specified products.
B. Distributor's Qualific�tions:
1. Firm with 3 years experience in the di�ributiori of commercial hardware.
2. Distributor to employ full time Architectural Hardware Cousultants(AHC�for t�e purpose of
scheduling and coordinating ha�+dware and establishing keying schedule.
3. Hardware Schedule shall be prepared and signed by an AHC.
C. Installer's Qualifications:
1. 3 years experience in installation of similar hardware to that required for this project.
D. Regulatory Label Requirements: Provide UL label or stamp on hardware required on
labeled doors.
1.05 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING
A. Packing and Shipping:
1. Deliver produds in original unopened packaging with legible manufacturer's identification. �
2. �ackage hardware to prevent damage during transit and storage.
3. Mark hardwar�to cornespond wit�"reviewed Hardware Schedule".
B. Storage and Protection: Comply with manufacture�'s recommendations.
PART 2-PRODU�.'T�S
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
Hinges,Bolts.............................................. Stanley(St)
DA Spring Hinges....................................... Bommer(Bm)
Locics and Latches....................................... Schlage(S)
Closers...... .... ..................................... LCN
. . . .,..
Pushplates,Pulls,Kickpiaies...................... Hiawatha(I�
Stops...... . ..... .......................................... Ives(n
Ttueshotds................................................. Reese(R)
KEYJNC INSTRUCTIO1�iS
All passage sets to be ReSidential grade levers.
All Iocks to be masterkeyed with axisting residence
Provide 3 masterkeys and 2 change keys per lock
2
2.2 AARDWARE SC�EDULE
GROUP A ALL A TYPE DOORS IN ROOMS 4,14,36,37
1) Door stop
2) Passage set
GROUP A ALL A TYPE DOORS IN ROOMS 8,12,33,34,39,41,46
1) Door stop
2) Passage set with interior room lock
GROUP A1 ALL A1 TYPE DOORS IN ROOMS 36,37,41
1) Door stop
2) Passage set with interior room lock
GROUP B B TYPE D(70R IN ROOM 8
1) Passage set
2) Closer
3) Threshold
4) Lock-keyed to interior
5) Deadbolt
GRDUP C C TYPE DOQR IN ROOM 10
1) Handware by manufacture
GROUP D D TYPE DOOR IN ROOM 24
1) Hardware by Mfg.
GROUP E E TYPE DC10R IN ROOM 24
1) Passage set/existing
2) Closer
3) Threshold
4) Lock-keyed to interior/existing
5) Security device
GROUP F ALL F TYPE DOORS iN ROOMS 32,35,38,42,43
1) sliding door hardware
2) pull
GROUP G G TYPE llOOR IN ROOM 40
1) Passage set
2) Closer
3) Threshold
4) Lock-keyed to interior
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXANIINATION
A. Verification of Conditions: Eicamine doors,frames,related items,and conditions under w h i c h
Work is to be perfomned and identify conditions detrimental to proper and or timely comple�tion.
3
3.0z INSTALLATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations.
B. Door Hardware:
1. Hang doors with screws inserted and hinges adjusted so doorssw�ng fi�ee and do not rattle when
closed. Cut holes and mortises in wood doors for locks and other hardware with jig approved
or provided by manufacturer of item to be applied. Mount lacks so key enters cylinder with
smooth edge down. Remove or cover hardware after fitting until final painting and cleaning.
Reinstall,adjust and test after painting and cleaning is completed. Replace items with damaged
finish or non-functional.
C. Keys:
1. After locks have been reinstalled,seal keys and/or cores in envelopes. Mark each envelope
with door number, change key set or masterkey set and keyway number. Just prior to
substantial completion and under direction of Uvvner or his represent�five, installpermanent
cores. Turn key control system over to owner with insiructions on its assembly and use. Ship
masterkeys to Owner via registered mail.
D. Thresholds:
1. Install thresholds using Tremco,Uymonic sealant(SLNT#2). Completely fill void space under
threshold. At opanings with one or more mullions, install continuously with cut-puts for
mullions.
E. Mounting HeigtrtsJDimensions:
� 1. Comply wit�manufacturer's printed instructions to install hardware at specified mounting
hQights. Supplier to make available jigs for hardware installation. Install and protect hardware
until substantial completion.
2. T�inges:
a) Bottom of frame to center line of bottom hinge up to 13 inches.
b) Finish door fiame head to center line of top hinge up to 11-3/4 inches.
c) Others spaaed equally.
3. Lever locks and latches: Bottom of frame to center line of strike shall be 40-5/16
inches.
4. Eacit d�vices: 40-5/16 inches from bottom of frame to center line of strike.
5. Closers:
a) Mount on room inside of doors.
b) Parallel arm installation where possible on exterior doors.
c) Through-bolt installation not permitted,coordinate with door suppliers.
6. lloar stops: (Coord�nate for proper blocking where required in Section 09260).
a). 60C(to c&tch knvb or pull)
F. Mounting heights shall comply with Door and Hardware Institute recommended locations for
standard daors and firame.s.
� 3.03 ADJiTSTIl�tG
A. Prior to completion of Pmject,ascertain that doors closers are in adjustment so clpser completes
its full closing cycle in less than 4 ta 6 seconds without abrupt chaage of speed between"Sweep"
and "Latch" speeds. Adjust"Backcheck" according to manufacturer's instructions. Verify that
levers are free from binding. Ensure that latchbolts and deadbolts are engaged into strike and
hardware is functioning. Tum over wrenches and adjusting tools, provided with hardware,to
Owner.
3.04 �TSTRUCTIONS AND TOOLS
A. When project is complete, deliver to Owner complete set of special taols required for care,
mainten�nce,and ai'ushnent of hardware items specified under this Section, including changing
of cylinders. Provi�e complete information on care,maintenance,and adjushnent,and data on
repa�r and replacement parts,and information on preservation of finishes. Deliver to Owner,3
bound copies of catalog pages of hardware supplied.
EN.p OF SECTION 08710
4
GLASS AND GLAZING
SECTION 08800
THIS SECTION USES TI-�TERM ARCHITECT.
PART 1-GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. 'This Section includes glazing for the following products, including those specified in other
Sections where glazing requirements are specified by reference to this Section:
1. Window units.
2. Sliding glass doors
B. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this Section.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Manufacturer is used in this Section to refer to a firm that produces primary glass or
fabricated glass as defined in the referenced glazing standard.
B . Deterioration of Laminated Glass: Defects developed from normal use that are attributed to
the manufacturing pmcess and not to glass breakage and practices for maintaining and cleaning laminated
glass contrary to manufacturer's directions. Defects include edge separation, delamination materially
obstructing vision through glass, and blemishes exceeding those allowed by referenced laminated glass
standard.
C. Deterioration of Insulating Glass: Failure of the hermetic seal under normal use due to
causes other than glass breakage and 'unproper practices for maintaining, and cleaning insulating glass.
Evidence of failure is the obstruction of vision by dust,moisture,or film on the interior surfaces of glass.
Improper practices for maintaining and cleaning glass do not comply with the manufacturer's directions.
1.4 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. General: Provide glazing systems that are produced, fabricated,and installed to withstand
normal thermal movement,wind loading,and impact loading(where applicable),without failure including
loss or glass breakage attributable to the following: defective manufacture, fabrication, and installation;
failure of sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and airtight;deterioration of glazing materials;and.other
defects in construction.
B. Glass Design: Provide glass lites for the various size openings in the thicknesses and
strengths(annealed or heat-treated)to meet or exceed the following criteria:
1. Minimum glass thickness,nominally,of lites in exterior walls is 6.0 mm(0.23 inch).
2. Minimum glassthicknesses of lites,whether composed of annealed or heat-treated glass,aze
selected so the worst-case probability of failure dces not exceed the following:
3. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F (67 deg C), ambient; 180 deg F (100 deg C),
material surfaces.
1.5 SUBMI'ITALS
A. General: Submit the following according to Conditions of Contract and Division 1
Specification Sections.
Page 1 of 8
B. Product data for each glass product and glazing material indicated.
C. Samples for verification purposes of 12-inch-square samples of each type of glass indicated
except for clear monolithic glass products,and 12-inch-long white samples of each color required for each
type of sealant or gasket exposed to view. Install sealant or gasket sample between two strips of material
representative in color of the adjoining framing system.
D. Product certificates signed by glazing materials manufacturers certifying that their products
comply with specified requirements.
1. Separate certifications are not required for glazing materials bearing manufacturer's
permanent labels designating type and ti�ickness of glass,provided labels represent a quality
control program of a recognized certification agency or independent testing agency
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
E. Compatibility and adhesion test reports from sealant manufacturer indicating that glazing
materials were tested for compatibility and adhesion with glazing sealants. Include sealant manufacturer's
interpretation of test results relative to sealant performance and recommendations for primers and substrate
preparation needed for adhesion.
F. Compatibility test report from manufacturer of insulating glass edge sealant indicating that
glass edge sealants were tested for compatibility with other glazing materials including sealants,glazing tape,
gaskets,setting blocks,and edge blocks.
G. Product test reports for each type of glazing sealant and gasket indicated,evidencing
compliance with requirements specified. -
H. Maintenance data for glass and other glazing materials to include in Operating and
Maintenance Manual specified in Division 1.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Glazing PublicaHons: Comply with published recommendations of glass product
manufacturers and organizations below,except where more stringent requirements are indicated. Refer to
these publications for glazing terms not otherwise defined in this Section or in referenced standazds.
1. SIGMA Publications: TM-3000 "Vertical Glazing Guidelines" and TB-3U01 "Sloped
Glazing Guidelines."
B. Safety Glass: Products complying with ANSI Z97.1 and testing requirements of 16 CFR
Part 1201 for Category II materials.
1. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide safety glass permanently marked with
certification label of Safety Glazing Certification Council (SGCC) or other certificarion
agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
C. Fire-Resistive Glazing Products for I�or Assemblies: Products identical to those testec�per
AS'TM E 152, labeled and listed by IJL or another testing and inspecting a�ency ac�eptable to authorities
having jurisdiction.
D. Insulating Glass Certification Program: Provide insulating glass units permanently mark�
either on spacers or at least one component lite of units with appropriate certification label of inspecting and
testing agency ihdicated below:
1. Insulating Glass Certification Council{IGCC).
2. Associated Laboratories,Inc.(ALI).
3. National Certified Testing Laboratories(NC"TL).
E. Single-Source Responsibility for Glass: Obtain glass from one source for each product
indicated below:
Page 2 of 8
a. Fully tempered glass.
b. low e insulating glass.
1.7 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING
A. Protect glazing materials to comply with manufacturer's directions and as needed to prevent
damage to glass and glazing materials from condensation,temperature changes,direct exposure to sun,or
other causes.
1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS
1.9 WA�RRANTY
A. Manufacturer's Warranty on Coated Glass Products: Submit written warranty signed by
coated glass manufacturer agreeing to furnish replacements for those coated glass units that deteriorate as
defined in "Definitions" article, f.o.b. point of manufacture, freight allowed Project site,within specified
wa.rranty period indicated below. Warrauty covers only deterioration due to normal conditions of use and
not to handling,installing,and cleaning practices contrary to glass manufacturer's published instructions.
1. Warranty Period: Manufacturer's standard but not less than 5 years after date of Substantial
Completion.
B. Manufacturer's Warranty on low e Insulating Glass: Submit written warranty signed by
manufacturer of insulating glass agreeing to furnish replacements for insulating glass units that deteriorate
as defined in"Defmitions"article,f.o.b.point of manufacture,freight allowed Project site,within specified
warranty period indicated below. Warranty covers only deterioration due to normal conditions of use and
not to handling,installing,protecting,and maintaining practices contrary to glass manufacturer's published
instructions.
1. Warranty Period: Manufacture�'s standard but not less than 10 yea.rs after date of
Substantial Completion.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 MANITFACTURERS
A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements
2.2 PRiMARY FLOAT GLASS PRODUCTS
A. Float Glass: ASTM C 1036,Type I(transparent glass,flat),Class as indicated below,and
Quality q3 (glazing select).
1. Class 1 (clear)unless otherwise indicated.
B. Refer to Primary Clear Float Glass Product Data Sheet for Class 1 uncoated tinted glass for
monolithic glazing.
C. Refer to requirements for sealed insulating glass units for performance characteristics of
ssembled units composed of tinted glass,coated or uncoated,relative to visible light transmittance,U-values,
shading ccefficient,and visible reflectance.
2.3 HEAT-TREATED FLOAT GLASS
A. Uncoated,Clear,Heat-Treated Float Glass: ASTM C 1048,Condition A (uncoated
surfaces),Type I(transparent glass,flat),Class 1 (clear),Quality q3(glazing select),kind as indicated below.
1. Kind FT(fully tempered)where indicated.
Cc. Coated,Tinted,Heat-Treated Float Glass: ASTM C 1048,Condition C(other coated glass),
Type I(transpanent glass,flat),Class 2(tintsd heat-absorbing and light-reducing),Quality q3(glazing
Page 3 of 8
select),with kind,coating type,and performance characteristics complying with requirements specified
under coated glass products.
B. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements.
1. AFG Industries,Inc.
2. Artistic Glass Products Co.
3. CardinalIG.
4. Saint-Gobain.
5. Falconer Glass Industries.
6. Glasstemp,Inc.
7. Guardian Industries Corp.
8. HGP Industries.
9. PPG Industries,Inc.
10. Spectrum Glass Products,Inc.
11. Tempglass.
12. Viracon,Inc.
2.4 INSULATING GLASS PRODUCTS
A. Sealed Insulating Glass Units: Preassembled units consisting of organically sealed lites of
glass sepazated by dehydrated air spaces complying with ASTM E 774 and with other requirements indicated,
including those in Insulating Glass Product Data Sheet at the end of this Section.
1. For properties of individual glass lites making up units,refer to requirements specified elsewhere
in this Section applicable to types, classes, kinds, and conditions of glass products comprising lites of
insulating glass units.
2.5 ELASTOMERIC GLAZING SEALANTS
A. General: Provide products of type indicated,complying with the following requirements:
1. Compatibility: Select glazing sealants and tapes ofproven compatibility with other materials they
will contact, including glass products, seals of insulating glass units, and glazing channel
substrates, under conditions of installation and service, as demonstrated by testing and field
experience.
2. Suitability: Comply with sealant and glass manufactwer's recommendations for selecting glazing
sealants and tapes that are suitable for applications indicated and conditions existing at time of
installation.
3. Colors: Provide color of exposed joint sealants to comply with the following:
4. Provide selections made by Architect from manufacturer's full range of standard colors for
products of type indicated.
B. Elastomeric Glazing Sealant Standard: Provide manufacturei's standard chemically curing,
elastomeric sealants of base polymer indicated that comply with ASTM C 920 requirements indicated on each
Elastomeric Glazing Sealant Product Data Sheet at the end of this Section, including those referencing ASTM
classifications for Type,Grade,Class and Uses.
. 1. Additional Movement Capability: Where additional movement capability is specified in
Elastomeric Glazing Sealant Product Data Sheet,provide products,when tested for adhesion and
cohesion under maximum cyclic movement per ASTM C 719,with the capability to withstand the
specified percentage change in the joint width existing at time of installation and remain in
compliance with other requirements of ASTM C 920 for uses indicated.
2.6 GLAZING TAPES
A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements.
1. Back-Bedding Mastic Glazing Tape Without Spacer Rod:
Page 4 of 8
2.7 GLAZING GASKETS
A. Sealants:
1. EPDM,ASTM C 864.
2. Silicone,ASTM C 1115.
3. Thermoplastic polyolefm rubber,ASTM C 1115.
4. Any material indicated above.
B. Soft Compression Gaskets: Extruded or molded closed-cell,integral-skinned gaskets of
material Indicated below,complying with ASTM C 509,Type II,black,and of profile and
hardness required to maintain watertight seal:
1. EPDM.
2. Silicone.
3. Thermoplastic polyolefm rubber.
4. Any material indicated above. '
C. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated in the work include,but are not limited to,the following companies.
D. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements.
l. Lock-Strip Gaskets:
a. Stanlock Div.,Griffith Rubber Mills.
2. Preformed Gaskets:
a. Advanced Elastomer Systems,L.P.
b. Tremco,Inc.
2.8 NIISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS
A. General: Provide products of material,size, and shape complying with referenced glazing
standard, requirements of manufacturers of glass and other glazing materials involved for glazing application
indicated,and with a proven record of compatibility with surfaces contacted in installation.
B. Cleaners,Primers and Sealers: Type recommended by sealant or gasket manufacturer.
C. Setting Blocks: Elastomeric material with a Shore A durometer hardness of 85 plus or minus 5.
D. Spacers: Elastomeric blocks or continuous extrusions with a Shore A durometer hardness
required by glass manufacturer to maintain glass lites in place for installation indicated.
E. Edge Blocks: Elastomeric material of hazdness needed to limit glass lateral movement
(side-walking).
F. Plastic Foam Joint Fillers: Preformed,compressible,resilient,nonstaining,nonextruding,
nonoutgassing,strips of closed-cell plastic foam of density,size,and shape to control sealant depth and otherwise
contribute to produce optimum sealant performance.
2.9 FABRICATION OF GLASS AND OTHER GLAZING PRODUCTS
A. Fabricate glass and other glazing products in sizes required to glaze openings indicated for
Project,with edge and face clearances,edge and surface conditions,and bite complying with necommendations of
product manufacturer and referenced glazing standard as required to comply with system performance
requirements.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 EXAIVIINATION
Page 5 of 8
3.1 EXAMIlVATION
A Do not proceed with glazing until uusatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Clean glazing channels and other framing members receiving glass immediately before
�lazing. Remove coatings that are not firmly bonded to substrates.
3.3 GLAZING,GENERAL
A. Comply with combined recommendations of manufacturers of glass,sealants,gaskets,and
other glazing materials, except where more stringent requirements are indicated, including those in referenced
glazing publications.
B. Glazing channel dimensions as iridicated on Drawings provide necessary bite on glass,
minimum edge and face clearances, and adequate sealant thiclrnesses, with reasonable tolerances. Adjust as
required by Project conditions during installation.
C. Protect glass from edge damage during handling and installation as follows:
1. Use a rolling block in rotating glass units to prevent damage to glass comers. Do not impact glass
with metal fraaning. Use suction cups to shift glass units within openings;da not raise or drift
glass with a pry bar. Rotate glass lites with flares or bevels on bottom horizontal edges so edges
are located at top of opening,unless otherwise indicated by manufachuer's label.
2. Remove damaged glass from Project site and legally dispose of off site. Damaged glass is glass
with edge damage or other imperfections that, when installed, weaken glass and impair
performance and appearance.
D. Apply primers to joint surfa�es where required for adhesion of sealants,as determined by
preconstruction sealant-substrate testing.
E. Install elastomeric setting blocks in sill rabbets,sized and located to comply with referenced
glazing standard,unless otherwise required by glass manufacturer. Set blocks in thin course of compatible sealant
suitable fon c�el bead.
F. Do not exceed edge pressures stipulated by glass manufacturers fnr installiug glass lites.
G. Provide spacers for glass sizes larger than 50 united inches(length plus height)as follows:
1. Locate spacers inside,outside,and directly opposite each other. Install conect size and spacing
to preserve required face clearances,except where gaskets and glazing tapes are used that have
demonstrated ability to maintain required face clearances and comply with system performance
requirements.
2. Provide 1/8-inch minimum bite of spacers on glass and use thiclrness equal to sealant width. With
glazing tape,use thickness slightly Iess than final compressed thickness of tape.
H. Provide edge blocking to comply with requirements of referenced glazing publications,
unless otherwise required by glass manufactiu�er.
I. Set glass lites in each series with uniform pattern,draw,bow,and similar characteristics.
J. Where wedge-shaped gaskets are driven into one side of channel to pressurize sealant or
gasket on opposite sid�,provide adequate anchordge so gasket cannot walk out when installation is subjected to
movement.
K. Square cut wedge-shaped gaskets at corners and install gaskets in manner recommended by
gasket manufacturer to prevent comers from pulling away; seal corner joints and butt joints with sealant
recommended by�asket manufacturer.
Page 6 of 8
3.4 TAPE GLAZING
A. Position tapes on fixed stops so that when compressed by glass their exposed edges are flush
with or protrude slightly above sightline of stops.
B. Install tapes continuously but not in one continuous length. Do not stretch tapes to make
them fit opening.
C. Where framing joints are vertical,cover these joints by applying tapes to heads and sills first
and then to jambs. Where framing joints are horizontal,cover theseaoints by applying tapes to jambs and then to
heads and sills.
D. Place joints in tapes at corners of opening with adjoining lengths butted together,not lapped.
Seal joints in tapes with compatible sealant appmved by tape manufacturer.
E. Do not remove release paper from tape until just before each lite is installed.
F. Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks and press firmly against tape by inserting
dense compression gaskets formed and installed to lock in place against faces of removable stops. Start gasket
applications at corners and work towazd centers of openings.
G. Apply cap be�d of elastomeric sealant over exposed edge of tape.
3.5 SEALANT GLAZING(WE1�
A. Install continuous spacers between glass lites and glazing stops to maintain glass face
cleazances and to prevent sealant from extruding into glass channel weep systems until sealants cure. Secure
spacers in place and in position to control depth of installed sealant relative to edge clearance for optimum sealant
performance.
B. Force sealants into glazing channels to eliminate voids and to ensure complete wetting or
bond of sealant to glass and channel surfaces.
C. Tool exposed surfaces of sealants to provide a substantial wash away from glass. Install
pressurized gaskets to protrude slightly out of channel to eliminate dirt and moisture pockets.
3.6 LOCK-STRIP GASKET GLAZING
A. Comply with ASTM C 716 and g�sket manufacturer's printed recommendations. Provide
supplementary wet seal and weep system unless otherwise indicated.
3.7 PROTECTION AND CLEANING
A. Protect exterior glass from breakage immediately after installation by attaching crossed
streamers to framing held away from glass. Do not apply markers to glass surface. Remove nonpermanent labels,
and clean surfaces.
B. Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction
operations including weld splatter. If,despite such protection,contaminating substances do come into contact with
glass,remove them immediately as recommended by glass manufacbuer.
C. Examine glass surfaces adjacent to or below exterior concrete and other masonry surfaces
at frequent intervals during construction,but not less than once a month,for build-up of dirt,scum,alkali deposits,
or stains,and remove as recommended by glass manufacturer.
D. Remove and replace glass that is broken,chipped,cracked,abraded,or damaged in any way,
including natural causes,accidents and vandalism,during construction period.
Page 7 of 8
E. Wash glass on both faces in each area of Project not more than 4 days prior to date scheduled
for inspections that establish date of Substantial Completion. Wash glass as recommended by glass
manufacturer.
END OF SECTION 088b0
GLASS AND GLAZING �
Page 8 of 8
GYPSUM DRYWALL
SECTION 09250
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions
and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
l. Insulation is specified in Division 7 Section 07210"Insulation".
B. All Gypsum Drywall: on walls and ceilings,to the extent shown on drawings.
C. Gypsum Board:Regular wallboard fire-rated wallboard,water resistant wallboard;backer board,
acoustical insulation.
D. Work is to be one layer and two layer gypsum board,type and thickness as shown on drawings.
All walls and the ceiling in Garage that face habitable rooms shall have 2layers of 5/8"type x fire rated.
No other walls shall be faced with fire-rated material. Finishing of joints and heads of fastening devices.
Caulking as required by manufacture and according to good practice.
E. Anchors,adhesives,hangers,clips,furring channels,accessories,etc.,(unless specified under
other sections)as required to adequately support and secure work in place,starting from conditions of
building structure.
PART 2-MATERIALS
2.1 GENERAL: ALL MATERIALS SHALL COMPLY WITH ANSI-A97.1.
A. Manufacturer:Unless otherwise specified,excluding metal studs and textured spraying of
ceilings,provide all materials as the product of one manufacture with installation,and erection in strict
accordance with manufacturer's directions. Provide materials of U.S.Gypsum,National Gypsum or
Gold Bond.
B. Dalivery and Storage:Materials to be delivered in original unopened containers and bundles,
with manufacturer's hallmark,stored to protect from the elements and damage.
2.2 GYPSUM MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES
A. Gypsum Board:Products of U.S.Gypsum,National Gypsum Company and Georgia Pacific,
5/8"thick,48"wide,unless otherwise noted. Lengths as required to minimize end joints. Fire rated
g,ypsum board:USG sheetrock firecode wallboard; 5/8"ti�ick,48"wide,tapered edge; lengths as required
to minimize end joints.
1. Water-resistant gypsum board:USG sheetrock w/R Gypsum wallboard;5/8"thick,48"
wide,tapered edge; lengths as required to minimize end joints.Note: All walls in Master
Bathroom and in Washer-Dryer Closet shail have this type of gypsum board.
2. Gypsum b,acking board:USG Baxbord,ffiickness if called for on drawings,48"wide
square edges; lengths as required to minimize end joints.
B. Fastenings:As recommended by manufacturer, lengti�s as required,use screw types"S"screws.
Comply with requirements U.S. label service.
C. Adhesives:As recommended byGypsum Board manufacturer,for adhesively applying gypsum
board to concrete block and insulation,for laminating in multi=layer and single layer at fire rated
construction.
Page 1 of 3
D. Beads and Trim: Exterior corner beads,Dur-A-Bead comer reinforcement;at all exterior corners.
Inside corners,to have Perf-A-Bead comer reinforcement. Where gypsum board terminates provide#400
series metal trim.
E. Tape System:All exposed joints and trim to be finished by using USG Perf-A-Tape joint system.
F. Texture material at ceilings:Medium texture,sprayed on P.C.#8 vinyl drywall texture,provide
with hardener.Mix with water as per manufacturer's recommendations.
G. Sealant: Sheetrock brand W/R sealant,apply to all cut edges and screw heads of water-resistant
fire rated and exterior soffit g,ypsum boazd.
1.Caulking:Provide caulking as recommended by manufactured to achieve wall STC rating.
2.3 ADHESIVES
A. Only adhesives which are recommended by the manufactured for use on the specific substrate to
insure permanent bond.
PART 3: EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Wallboazd:
1. General: Hold g,ypsum boazd in firm contact with supports when installing.No horizontal
joints permitted,eliminate small pieces. Do not use broken or damaged sheets.
2. Joints: install so all joints occw over a support.Neatly fit all abutting joints and to all
obstructions. Do not force joints overly tight.
3. Fastening,General:Fasten gypsum board with adhesive and drywall screws. Apply
adhesive as recommended by manufacturer. Space screws not less than 3/8"from edges and
ends of wallboard. Stagger screws on adjoining edges or ends. While screws are being
driven,hold wallboard in firm contact underlying support.Attach from central portion of
wallboard toward ends and edges.Drive screws with an electric screw gun equipped with
adjustable screw depth control and Phillips bit Set heads of exposed screws to provide
slight depression below surface of gypsum board.If screw size and screw spacing as
specified differs with manufact�uer's recommendations,verify with Architect prior to
application.
4. Install water resistant gypsum board,full height at 3 sides of bathtubs and showers in ,
Master Bathroom.All other wa11s in Bathroom shall have water resistant gypsum board to 4'
Metal comer bead:
a. Securely install at a11 corners in single lengths where the length of the corner does
not exceed standard stock lengths. Apply at least two coats of compound over
beads,each coat feathered out onto panel face.
Metal trim:
a. Securely install at boazd terminations finished with joint compound as required.
B. . Finishing and accessories:
1. General:Accomplish all taping and filling on fmish layer to provide smooth flush surfaces,
smoothly sanded so no joints,screws or other depressions are visible after painting,sand
and otherwise fmish so no further preparation is necessary to the painter.
2. No taping,filling or sanding of joints required at first layer of gypsum board in two layer
application. No damaged areas,edges or ends will be permitted.
Page 2 of 3
3. Finish: See details for particular edge conditions. Treat all joints screw heads and other
depressions in accordance with USG recommendations for Perf-A-Tape joint system. All
outside corners to have metal bead,taped in. All inside comers to have reinforcing. Ends
of boazd where board terminates or abuts other materials to have metal edge,taped in. Spot
exposed fastener dimples on face layers with at least tliree coats of joint compound,
feathered and sanded smooth.
C. Workmanship
1. Conform to best practice and as recommended by the manufacturer to produce highest
quality work. Mechanics to be thoroughly trained and skilled in the installation of this type
of work. Accomplish work when temperature in the building is between 50 to 70 degrees F.
Provide ventilation to eliminate excessive moisture. Provide protection to all surfaces,
which are covered before building is enclosed,from damage and the elements. Guarantee of
work under this section shall warrant against ridging and beading of joints and popping of
wallboard fastenings.
F. Delivery and Cleanup
1. This subcontractor shall be responsible for bringing into this project all materials required by
him to complete his work.
2. Upon completion of this subcontractors work,he shall remove materials not installed in this
project.
END OF SECTION 09250
GYPSUM DRYWALL
Page 3 of 3
CERAMIC TILE AND STONE
SECTION 09300
PART 1-GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions
and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Unglazed ceramic mosaic tile.
2. Glazed wall tile.
3. Stone Flooring.
B. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this Section:
1. Division 3 Section"Concrete Work"for monolithic slab finishes specified for tile
substrates.
2. Division 7 Section"Joint Sealers"for sealing of expansion,contraction,control,
and isolation joints in tile surfaces
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1
Specification Sections.
B. Product data for each type of product specified.
C. Shop drawings indicating tile patterns and locations and widths of elcpansion,contraction,
control,and isolation joints in tile substrates and finished tile surfaces.
D. Samples shall be picked by Owner. Samples shall show size,color and texture variations, in sets
showing full range of variations expected.
1. Type and stone and composition of tile for each color and texture required.
2. Full-size units of each type of trim and accessory for each material required.
3. Stone thresholds.
E. Master grade certificates for each shipment,type,and composition of tile,signed by tile
manufacturer and Installer.
F. Material test reports from qualified independent testing laboratory indicating and interpreting test
results relative to compliance of tile and tile setting and grouting products with requirements indicated.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has successfully completed tile
installations similar in material,design,and extent to that indicated for Project.
Page 1 of 6
1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND AANDLING
A. Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact
until time of use. Comply with requirement of ANSI A 137.1 for labeling sealed tile packages.
B. Prevent damage or contamination to materials by water,freezing,foreign matter,and other
causes.
C. Handle tile and stone with temporary protective coating on exposed surfaces to prevent coated
surfaces from contacting backs or edges of other units. If despite these precautions coating does contact
bonding surfaces of tile,remove coating from bonding surfaces before setting tile.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Maintain environmental conditions and protect work during and after installation to comply with
referenced standards and manufacturer's printed recommendations.
B. Vent temporary heaters to exterior to prevent damage to tile work from carbon dioxide buildup.
C. Maintain temperatures at 50 deg F(10 deg C)or more in tiled areas during installation and for 7
days after completion,unless higher temperatures are required by referenced installation standard or
manufacturer's instructions.
1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Deliver extra materials to Owner. furnish extra materials that march products installed as
described below,packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels clearly
describing contents.
1. Tile,Stone and Trim units: fumish quantity of full-size units equal to 3 percent of
amount installed,for each type,composition,color,pattern,and size.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFAC"TURERS
A. Manufacturers:Tile and Stone shall be selected by owner
1. Unglazed Ceramic Mosaic Tile:
2. Glazed Wall Tile:
3. Latex-Emulsion-Based La.tex-Portland Cement Mortars:
4. Acrylic Emulsions for Latex-Portland Cement Grouts:
2..2 PRODUCTS,GENERAL
A. ANSI Standard for Ceramic Tile: Comply with ANSI A137.1 "American National Standard
Specifications for Ceramic Tile" for types,compositions,and grades of tile indicated.
1. Furnish tile complying with "Standard Grade"requirements unless otherwise indicated.
B. ANSI Standard for Tile and Stone Installation Materials: Comply with ANSI standard
referenced with products and materials indicated for setting and grouting.
Page 2 of 6
C. Colors,Textures,and Patterns: By Owner
2.3 TILE AND STONE PRODUCTS
A. Unglazed Ceramic Mosaic Tile: Provide factory-mounted flat tile complying with the following
requirements:
1. Composition: Natural clay.
2. Nominal Facial Dimensions: 2 inches by 2 inches.
3. Nominal Thickness: 1/4 inch.
4. Face: Plain with cushion edges.
B. Glazed Wall Tile: Provide flat tile complying with the following requirements:
l. Nominal Facial Dimensions: 4-1/4 inches by 4-1/4 inches(typical).
2. Nominal Facial Dimensions: 6 inches by 4-1/4 inches(at base only).
3. Nominal Thickness: 5/16 inch.
4. Face: Pattern of design indicated,with manufacturer's standard edge.
5. Face: As indicated.
C. Trim Units: Provide tile trim units to match characteristics of adjoining flat tile and to comply
with following requirements:
1. Size: As indicated,coordinated with sizes and coursing of adjoining flat tile where
applicable.
2. Shapes: As follows, selected from manufacturer's standard shapes:
a. Base for Thinset Mortar Installations: Straight.
b. Wainscot Cap for Thinset Mortar Installations: Surface bullnose.
c. External Corners for Thinset Installations: Surface bullnose.
d. Internal Corners: Field-butted squaze comers,except use coved base and
cap angle pieces designed to member with stretcher shapes.
D. Stone Flooring: Provide flat stone.Owner shall choose material:
1. Nominal Facial Dimensions: 4-1/4 inches by 4-1/4 inches(typical).
2. Nominal Thickness: %2 inch.
3. Face: Pattern of design indicated,with manufacturer's standard edge.
4. Face: As indicated.
E. Trim Units: Provide stone trim units to match chazacteristics of adjoining flat Stone and to
comply with following requirements:
1. Size: As indicated,coordinated with sizes and coursing of adjoining flat Stone where
applicable.
2. Shapes: As follows, selected from manufacturer's standard shapes:
a. Base for Thinset Mortar Installations: Straight.
b. Wainscot Cap for Thinset Mortar Installations: Surface bullnose.
c. All corners for Thinset Installations as per Mfg instructions:
2.4 SETTING MATERIALS
A. Latex-Portland Cement Mortar: ANSI A118.4,composition as follows:
Page 3 of 6
1. Latex additive(water emulsion)of type described below, serving as replacement for part
or all of gauging water,combined at job site with prepackaged dry mortar mix supplied
or specified by latex additive manufacturer.
a. Latex Type: Manufacturer's standard.
2.5 GROUTING MATERIALS
A. Latex-Portland Cement Grout: ANSI Al 18.6,color as indicated,composition as follows:
1. Latex additive(water emulsion)serving as replacement for part or all of gauging water,added at
job site with dry grout mixture,with type of latex and dry grout mix as follows:
a. Latex Type: Manufacturer's standard.
2.6 NIII�1vG MORTARS AND GROUT
A. Mix mortars and grouts to comply with requirements of referenced standards and manufacturers
including those for accurate proportioning of materials,water,or additive content;type of mixing
equipment,selection of mixer speeds,mixing conta.iners,mixing time, and other procedures needed to
produce mortars and grouts of uniform quality with optimum performance characteristics for application
indicated.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 EXAIVIINATION
A. Examine substrates and areas where tile will be installed,with Installer present,for compliance
with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of installed tile.
1. Verify that substrates for setting tile and stone are firm,dry,clean, and free from oil or
waxy films and curing compounds.
2. Verify that installation of grounds,anchors,recessed frames,electrical and mechanical
units of work,and similar items located in or behind tile has been completed before
installing tile.
B. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Blending: For tile or stone exhibiting color variations within the ranges selected during sample
submittals,verify that tile has been blended in factory and packaged accordingly so that tile units taken
from one package show the same range in colors as those taken from other packages and match approved
samples. If not factory blended,either return to manufacturer or blend tiles at Project site before
installing.
3.3 IN�TALLATION,GENERAL
A. ANSI Tile and Stone Installation Standard: Comply with parts of ANSI 108 series of tile
installation standazds included under"American National Standard Specifications for the Installation of
Ceramic Tile"that apply to type of setting and grouting materials and methods indicated.
B. TCA Installation Guidelines: TCA"Handbook for Ceraznic Tile Installation";comply with TCA
Page 4 of 6
installation methods indicated.
C. Extend work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures to form a complete
covering without interruptions except as otherwise shown. Terminate work neatly at obstructions,edges,
and corners without disrupting pattern or joint alignments.
D. Accurately form intersections and returns. Perform cutting and drilling of tile and stone without
marring visible surfaces. Carefully grind cut edges of tile or stone abutting trim,fmish,or built-in items
for straight aligned joints. Fit material closely to electrical outlets,piping,fixtures,and other
penetrations so that plates,collars,or covers overlap material.
E. Jointing Pattern: Unless otherwise shown, lay material in grid pattem.Align joints when
adjoining material on floor,base,walls,and trim are same size. Iay out work and center material fields
in both directions in each space or on each wall area. Adjust to minimize tile cutting. Provide uniform
joint widths unless otherwise shown.
F. Lay out tile wainscots to next full tile beyond dimensions indicated. Grout tile to comply with
the requirements of the following installation standards
1. For ceramic tile grouts(sand-portland cement,dry-set,commercial portland cement,and
latex-portland cement grouts),comply with ANSI A108.10.
3.4 FLOOR INSTALLATION METHODS
A. Stone: Install material to comply with requirements indicated below for setting bed methods,
TCA installation methods related to types of subfloor construction,and grout types:
1. Latex-Portland Cement Mortar: ANSI A108.5.
a. Concrete Subfloor,Interior: TCA F 113.
b. Grout: Latex portland cement.
B. Stone Thresholds: Install stone thresholds at locations indicated; set in same type of setting bed
as abutting field tile unless otherwise indicated.
1. Set thresholds in latex-portland cement mortar for locations where mortar bed would
otherwise be exposed above adjacent nontile floor fmish.
3.5 WALL TILE INSTALLATION METHODS
A. Install types of tile designated for wall application to comply with requirements indicated below
for setting-bed methods,TCA installation methods related to subsurface wall conditions,and grout types:
l. Latex-Portland Cement Mortar: ANSI A108.5
a. Wood or Metal Studs,Interior: TCA W243.
b. Grout: Sand-portland cement.
c. Grout: Latex-portland cement.
3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Cleaning: Upon completion of placement and grouting,clean all ceramic tile surfaces so they are
free of foreign matter.
Page 5 of 6
1. Remove latex-portland cement grout residue from tile as soon as possible.
2. Unglazed tile may be cleaned with acid solutions only when permitted by tile and grout
manufacturer's printed instructions,but no sooner than 14 days after installation. Protect
metal surfaces,cast iron,and vitreous plumbing fuitures from effects of acid cleaning.
Flush surface with clean water before and after cleaning.
B. Finished Tile Work: Leave finished installation clean and free of cracked,chipped,broken,
unbonded,and otherwise defective tile work.
C. Provide final protection and maintain conditions in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and
installer that ensures that tile is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
1. When recommended by tile manufachuer,apply a protective coat of neutral protective
cleaner to completed tile walls and floors.Protect installed tile work with kraft paper or
other heavy covering during construction period to prevent staining,damage,and wear.
2. Prohibit foot and wheel traffic from tiled floors for at least 3 and 7 days respectivel�
after grouting is completed.
D. Before final inspection,remove protective coverings and rinse neutral cleaner from tile surfaces.
3.7 ��sEBI.`'fl�SELECTIONS: See Color Schedale.
END f�'�S�CTION 09300
CERAII�C TILE AND STONE
Page 6 of 6
RESILIENT TII.E FLOORING
SECTION 09660
THIS SECTION USES THE TERM ARCHITECT
PART 1-GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. 'This Section includes the following:
1. Homogenous(solid)vinyl floor tile.
2. Rubber floor tile or sheet rubber flooring.
3. Vinyl composition floor tile.
B. Resilient wall base,reducer strips,and other accessories installed with resilient floor tiles
are specified in Division 9 Section"Resilient Wall Base and Accessories."
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1
Specification Sections.
B. Product data for each type of product specified.
1. Certification by tile manufacturer that products supplied for tile installation comply with
local regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds(VOC's).
C. Samples for initial selection purposes in form of manufacturer's color charts consisting of
actual tiles or sections of tiles showing full range of colors and pattems available for each type of
resilient floor tile indicated.
D. Samples for verification purposes in full-size tiles of each different color and pattem of
resilient floor tile spec�ed,showing full range of variations expected in these characteristics.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Single-Source Responsibility for Floor Tile: Obtain each type,color,and pattern of tile
from a single source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical
properties without delaying progress of the Work.
B. Fire Performance Characteristics: Provide resilient floor tile with the following fire
performance characteristics as determined by testing products per ASTM test method indicat�d be�ow by
IJL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
1. Critical Radiant Flux: 0.45 watts per sq.cm or more per AST'M E 648.
2. Smoke Density: Less than 450 per ASTM E 662.
Page 1 of 5
1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING
A. Deliver tiles and installation accessories to Project site in original manufacturer's
unopened cartons and containers e.ach bearing names of product and manufacturer,Project identification,
and shipping and handling instructions.
B. Store flooring materials in dry spaces protected from the weather with ambient
temperatures maintained between 50 deg F(10 deg C)and 90 deg F(32 deg C).
C. Store tiles on flat surfaces. Move tiles and installation accessories into spaces where they
will be installed at least 48 hours in advance of installation.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Maintain a minimum temperature of 70 deg F(21 deg C)in spaces to receive tiles for at
least 48 hours prior to installation,during installation,and for not less than 48 hours after installation.
After this period,maintain a temperature of not less than 55 deg F(13 deg C).
B. Do not install tiles until they are at the same temperature as the space where they are to be
installed.
C. Close spaces to tr�c during tile installation.
1.7 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Install tiles and accessories after other fmishing operations,including painting,have been
completed.
B. Do not install tiles over concrete slabs until the slabs have cured and are sufficiently dry
to bond with adhesive as determined by tile manufacturer's recommended bond and moisture test.
1.8 EXTRA MATERIAIS
A. Deliver extra materials to Owner. Furnish extra materials matching products installed as
described below,packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels cleazly
describing contents.
1. Furnish not less than one box for each 50 boxes or fraction thereof,of each class,
wearing surface,color,pattem and size of resilient floor tile installed.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,resilient floor tiles that
may be incorporated in the Work include,but are not limited to,the products specified in each Product
Data Sheet at end of this Se�tion.
B. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide one of the products specified
in each Product Data Sheet at end of this Section.
Page 2 of 5
2.2 RESILIENT TII.E
A. Homogenous(Solid)Vinyl Tile: Products complying with FS SS-T-312,Type III,and
with requirements specified in Homogenous(Solid)Vinyl Floor Tile Product Data Sheet at end of this
Section.
B. Molded Pattem Rubber Floor Tile: Products complying with ASTM F 1344 and requirements
specified in Molded Pattern Rubber Floor Tile Product Data Sheet at end of this Section.
C. Smooth Rubber Floor Tile: Products complying with ASTM F 1344 and requirements
specified in Rubber Floor Tile Product Data Sheet at end of this Section.
D. Vinyl Composition Floor Tile: Products complying with ASTM F 1066,Composition 1
(nonasbestos formulated),and with requirements specified in Vinyl Camposition Floor Tile Product Data
Sheet at end of this Section.
2.3 IN5TALLATION ACCESSORIES
A. Concrete Slab Primer: Non-staining type as recommended by flooring manufacturer.
B. Trowelable Underlayrnents and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified,Portland-cement-based
formulation pmvided or approved by tile manufacturer for applications indicated.
C. Adhesives(Cements): Water-resistant type recommended by tile manufacturer to suit
resilient floor tile products and substrate conditions indicated.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 EXAIVIINATION
A. General: E�camine areas where installation of tiles will occur,with Installer present,to
verify that substrates and conditions are satisfactory for tile installation and comply with tile
manufacturer's requirements and those specified in this Section.
B. Concrete Subfloors: Verify that concrete slabs comply with ASTM F 710 and the following:
1. Slab substrates are dry and free of curing compounds,sealers,hardeners,and other
materials whose presence would interfere with bonding of adhesive. Determine adhesion
and dryness characteristics by performing bond and moisture tests recommended by tile
manufacturer.
2. Finishes of subfloors comply with tolerances and other requirements specified in
Division 3 Section"Cast In-Place Concrete"for slabs receiving resilient flooring.
3. Subfloors are free of cracks,ridges,depressions,scale,and foreign deposits of any kind.
C. For wood subfloors verify the following:
1. Underlayment over subfloor complies with requirements specified in Division 6"Rough
Carpentry*.
2. Underlayment surface is free of surface irregularities and substances with potential to
interfere with adhesive bond,show through surface,or stain tile.
Page 3 of 5
3.2 PREPARATION
A: General: Comp(y with manufacturer's installation specifications to prepare substrates
indicated to receive tile.
B. Use trowelable leveling and patching compounds per tile manufacturer's directions to fill
cracks,holes,and depressions in substrates.
C. Remove coatings, including curing compounds,and other substances that are
incompatible with flooring adhesives and that contain soap,wax,oi�,or silicone,by using a terrazzo or
concrete grinder,a drum sander,or a polishing machine equipped with a heavy-duty wire brush.
D. Broom or vacuum clean substrates to be covered by tiles immediately before tile
insta.11ation. Following cleaning,examine substrates for moistwe,allcaline salts,carbonation, or dust.
E. Apply concrete slab primer, if recommended by flooring manufacturer,prior to applying
adhesive. Apply according to manufacturei's directions.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. General: Comply with tile manufacturer's installation directions and other requirements
indicated that are applicable to each type of tile installation included in Project.
B. Lay out tiles from center marks established with principal walls,discounting minor
offsets,so tiles at opposite edges of room are of equal width. Adjust as necessary to avoid using cut
widths at perimeter that equal less than one-half of a tile. Install tiles square with room axis,unless
otherwise indicated. Verify layout with Architect before beginning installation.
C. Match tiles for color and pattern by selecting tiles from cartons in same sequence as
manufactured and packaged, if so numbered. Cut tiles neatly around all fixtures. Discard broken,
cracked,chipped,or deformed tiles. Verify laying patterns with Architect
1. Lay tiles with grain running in one direction.
2. Lay tiles in basket weave pattern with grain direction altemating between reversed in
adjacent tiles
3. Lay tiles in pattem with respect to location of colors,patterns,and sizes as indicated on
Drawings
D. Where demountable partitions and other items are indicated for installing on top of
finished tile floor,install tile before these items are installed.
E. Scribe,cut,and fit tiles to butt tightly to vertical surfaces,permanent fixtures,built-in
furniture including cabinets,pipes,outlets,edgings,thresholds,and nosings.
F. Extend tiles into tce spaces,door reveals,closets,and similar openings.
G. Maintain reference mazkers,holes,or openings that are in place or plainly marked for
future cutting by repeating on finish flooring as mazked on subfloor. Use chalk or other nonpermanent
marking device.
Page 4 of 5
H. Install tiles on covers for telephone and electrical ducts,and similar items occurring
within finished floor areas. Maintain overall continuity of color and pattern with pieces of flooring
installed on these covers. Tightly adhere edges to perimeter of floor around covers and to covers.
I. Adhere tiles to flooring substrates without producing open cracks,voids,raising and
puckering at joints,telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks,or other surface imperfections in completed
tile installation.
J. Use full spread of adhesive applied to substrate in compliance with tile manufacturer's
directions including those for trowel notching,adhesive mixing,and adhesive open and working times.
K. Hand roll tiles where required by tile manufacturer.
3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Perform the following opera.tions immediately after completing tile installation:
1. Remove visible adhesive and other surface blemishes using cleaner recommended by tile
manufacturers.
2. Sweep or vacuum floor thoroughly.
3. Do not wash floor until after time period recommended by resilient floor tile
manufacturer.
4. Damp-mop tile to remove black marks and soil.
B. Protect flooring against mars,marks, indentations,and other damage from construction
operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during remainder of construction period. Use
protection methods indicated or recommended by tile manufacturer.
1. Apply protective floor polish to tile surfaces that are free from soil,visible adhesive,and
surface blemishes.
a. Use commercially available,metal,cross-linked acrylic product acceptable to tile
manufacturer.
b. Coordinate selection of floor polish with Owner's maintenance service.
2. Cover tiles with undyed,untreated building paper until inspection for Substa.ntial
Completion. _
3. Do not move heavy and sharp objects directly over tiles. Place plywood or hardboard
panels over tiles and under objects while they are being moved. Slide or roll objects
over panels without moving panels.
C. Clean tiles using method recommended by manufacturer.
1. Strip protective floor polish that was applied after completing installation prior to
cleaning.
2. Reapply floor polish after cleaning.
3. Provide product data sheets on separate pages
END OF SECTION 09660
RESII.IENT TILE FLOORING
Page 5 of 5
TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES
SECTION 10660
PART 1-GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section inciudes toilet and bath accessory items as scheduled.
B. Toilet compart�nents and related accessories are specified in Division 10.
1.3 SUBMTTTALS
A. General: Submit the following according to Conditions of Contract and Division 1
Specifications Sections.
B. Product data for each toilet accessory item specified, including construction details relative to
materials,dimensions,gages,profiles,mounting method,specified options,and finishes.
C. Schedule indicating types,quantities,sizes,and installation locations(by room)for each toilet
accessory item to be provided for project.
D. Setting drawings where cutouts are required in other work, including templates,substrate
prepazation instructions,and directions for preparing cutouts and installing anchorage devices.
E Maintenance instructions including replaceable parts and service recommendations.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Inserts and Anchorages: Fumish accessory manufacturers'standard inserts and anchoring
devices that must be set in concrete or built into masonry. Coordinate delivery with other work to avoid
delay.
B. Single-Source Responsibility: Provide products of same manufacturer for each type of accessory
unit and for units exposed to view in same areas,unless otherwise acceptable to Architect.
1.5 PROJECT CONDTTIONS
A. Coordination: Coordinate accessory loca.tions,installation,and sequencing with other work to
avoid interference with and ensure proper installation,operation,adjustment,cleaning,and servicing of
toilet accessory items.
1.6 WARRANTY
A. Warranty: Submit a written warranty executed by mirror manufacturer,agreeing to replace any
minors that develop visible silver spoilage defects within warranty period.
Page 1 of 3
B. Warranty Period: 15 years from date of Substantial Completion.
C. The warranty shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other
provisions of the Contract Documents and will be in addition to and run concurrent with other warranties
made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 TO BE FURNISHED BY OWNER
2.2 MATERIALS,GENERAL
A. Stainless Steel: AISI Type 302/304,with polis,hed No.4 fmish,0.034-inch(22-gage)minimum
thickness.
B. Brass: Leaded and unleaded,flat products,ASTM B 19;rods, shapes, forgings,and flat products
with finished edges,ASTM B 16;Castings,ASTM B 30.
C. Sheet Steel: Cold-rolled,commercial quality ASTM A 366,0.04-inch(20-gage)minimum.
Surface preparation and metal pretreatment as requirad for applied finish.
D. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 527,G60.
E. Chromium Plating: Nickel and chromium elecho-deposited on base metal,AST'M B 456,Type
SC 2.
F. Baked Enamel Finish: Factory-applied,gloss white,baked acrylic enamel coating.
G. Mirror Glass: Nomina16.0-mm(0.23-inch)thick,conforming to ASTM C 1036,Type I,Class l,
Quality q2,and with silvering,electro-plated copper ooatu►g,and protective organic coating.
H. Galvanized Steel Mounting Devices: ASTM A 153,hot-dip galvanized after fabrication.
I. Fasteners: Screws,bolts,and other devices of same material as accessory unit,or of galvanized
steel where concealed.
2.3 TOILET TISSUE DISPENSERS
A. Wall Mounted Dispenser: Fabricate of stainless steel for mounting,size to store and dispense
either 4-1/2-inch-diameter or 5-inch-diameter tissue rolls,
1. Mounting: Surface mounted,concealed anchorage.
2.5 GRAB BARS
A. BY OWNER
Stainless Steel Type: Provide grab bars with wall thiclmess not less than 0.05 inch(18 gage)and as
follows:
1. Mounting: Concealed,manufacturer's standard flanges and anchorages.
2. Clearance: 1-1/2-inch clearance betwcen wall surface and inside face of bar.
3. Gripping Surfaces: Manufacturer's standard nonslip texture.
4. Medium-Duty Size: Outside diameter of 1-1/4 inches.
Page 2 of 3
2.6 SOAP DISPENSERS
A. BY OWNER
2.7 MIRROR IT1vITS
A. BY OWNER
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install toilet accessory units according to manufacturers'instructions,using fasteners appropriate to
substrate as recommended by unit manufacturer. Install units plumb and level,fumly anchored in locations
and at heights indicated.
B. Secure mirrors to walls in concealed, tamperproof manner with special hangers, toggle bolts, or
screws. Set units plumb, level,and squaze at locations indicated,according to manufacturer's instructions
for type of substrate involved.
C. Install grab bars to withstand a downward load of at least 250 lbf,complying with ASTM F 446.
3.2 ADNSTING AND CLEANING
A. Adjust toilet accessories for proper operation and verify that mechanisms function smoothly.
Replace damaged or defective items.
B. Clean and polish all exposed surfaces strictly according to manufacturer's recommendations after
removing temporary labels and protective coatings.
END OF SECTION 10660
TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES
Page 3 of 3
14235 RESIDENTIAL ELEVATORS
SECTION 14235
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. The product described herein,manufactured by Access Industries,is a
private residence home elevator designed and dimensioned to provide access to all levels to the home
based on the Owner's requirements.Note:This docament is a preliminary specification.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Elevator shall be designed,manufactured and installed in accordance with the following
standards:
American National Standazds Institute(ANSn.
American Society of Mechanical Engineers(ASME).
Intemational Building Code(IBC).
National Electrical Code(NEC).
American Society for Testing Materials(AST1V�.
American Welding Society(AWS).
1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Drive System:Geazed machine with counterweighted chain drive and frequency controlled
variable speed drive, 2 hp motor. Programmable logic controller with digital signal processor with
automatic operation.
B. Number of Stops: THREE.
C. Car Configurafion:enter/exit same side.
Ma�cimum Travel:Up to 35'.
Rated Load: 700, lbs.
Rated Speed:40 fpm.
Car Size:
40"x54"platform.
88"or 94"high ceiling.
Car Walls: (specify:} Melamine panels (champagne, light oak, dark oak or white), wood veneer
panels, inset wood veneer panels,or raised wood panels(oak,cherry or birch).
Caz Ceiling:(specify:}White or wood veneer to match wall panels.
Car Lighting: Two recessed halogen lamps with stainless steel bezel.
HandraiL• (specify:} To match wa11 panels, brass (brushed or polished), or stainless steel(brushed
or polished).
D. Operating Features: �
1. Car Operating Panel: (specify:} Stainless steel or brass (brushed or polished)
panel with illuminated automatic controls, light switch, emergency stop switch, alarm
button and LED floor position/diagnostic display,and(specify option:)key lock.
Hall Stations: (specify:) Stainless steel or brass (brushed or polished) pa�el illuminated
button, LED position/diagnostic display and (specify option:) key iock provided at each
landing.
Pit Switch and car top ruWstop switch.
Uninterruptible power supply (LJPS) for lowering and automatic gate operation (if
Page 1 of 3
equipped)in the event of a power failure.
Automatic homing to floor at Garage Level.
Surface mounted telephone inside car.
Caz Gate(s): Accordion folding gate with safety switch (specify color:) champagne,
chalk,white,light oak,dark oak,or clear panels.
Hoistway Door Interlocks: (specify:) Electromechanical interlocks or G.A.L. interlocks
with retiring cam if necessary.
Upper and lower terminal limits.
Final limits(2 upper and 1 lower).
Slack chain safety.
Drive circuit disconnect box(with auxiliary contacts)at controller.
Light circuit disconnect box at controller.
Battery backup emergency light and alarm.
(specify option:)Recessed telephone cabinet.
(specify oprion:)Automatic gate operator(s)with light beam safety curtain.
(specify option:)Counterweight safety device.
(specify option:)Buffer springs(requires 12"pit).
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer: Provide elevator manufactured by a firm with a minimum of 10 years experience
in fabrication of elevators equivalent to those specified.
B. All designs,cleazances,workmanship and material,unless specifically accepted,shall be in
accordance with all codes having legal jurisdiction.
C. All load ratings and safety factors shall meet or exceed those specified by all goveming agencies
with jurisdiction and shall be certified by a professional engineer.
D. Elevator shall be subject to applicable state,local and city approval prior to installation and
subject to inspection after installation. Determination of and adherence to these regulations is the
responsibility of the elevator contractor.
E. Welders certified in accordance with requirements of AWS D1.1 sha11 perform all welding of all
parts.
F. Substitutions:No substitutions permitted.
1.5 WARRANTY
Warranty: Manufacturer shall warrant component parts of the Levm home elevator for a period of two
years after installation.
1.6 MAINTENANCE
A. The Lev�home elevator must be maintained in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
PART 2 PRODUCT
2.1 MANUFACTURER
Provide the Lev�home elevator manufactured by Access Industries.
1.Contact: 4001 E. 138"' Street, Grandview, MO; Telephone: 800-925-3100; F�: 816-763-4467;
Email:archassistn,accessindcom;Web site:httpJ/www.accessind.com
2.2 MATERIAL
Page 2 of 3
Guide Rail:Dua16`/41bs.modulaz machined steel T-rail system.
Chain:Two#60 roller chains.
Sling: '/4'and 12 ga.structural and formed steel plates.
Platform Floor:Unfinished plywood with removable insert for 3/<"flooring.
2.3 FINISHES
A. Components shall be prepared with 1)alkaline detergent wash,2)clear water rinse,3)iron
phosphate coating, 4kleaz water rinse and finished with electrostatically applied and baked ti�ermostatic
powder coat finish for indoor or outdoor use.Standard color is ivory.
2.4 ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
A. The electrical contractors shall provide:
208/256 VAC, 20 amp, 60 Hz, single phase power source wit�► neutrdl and ground (4
wires)in the controller area.
115 VAC,single phase,20 amp,60 Hz power circuit in the controller area for the car
lights.
Telephone circuit in the controller area.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 ACCEPTABLE INSTALLERS
A. Installers shall be experienced in performing work of this section who have specialized in
work comparable to that required for this project. Installers shall be certified and trained by the
manufacturer.
3.2 EXAMINATION
A. Use field dimensions and approved manufacturer's shop drawings to examine substrates,supports
and other conditions under which this work is to be performed. Do not proceed with work until
unsatisfactory conditions aze corrected.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. The Lev�home elevator shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and as
specified and appmved by architect.
B. Hoistway doors shall be installed by others.
3.4 DEMONSTRATION
A The elevator contractor shall make a final check of the elevator's operation with the Owner or
Owner's representative present prior to huning the elevator over for use. The elevator contractor shall
determine that operating and safety devices are functioning properly.
END OF SECTION 14235
ELEVATOR
Notes: Intent of specification is to broadly outline equipment required but dces not cover details of
design and construction.
Dimensions and specifications are subject to constant change and continually evolving codes and product
applications. For additional technical information, contact Access Industries at (800) 925-3100 or
www.accessind.com.
� Page 3 of 3
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Table Of Contents
1. SCOPE . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . .. . .. . ... .. . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . ... . . ... . . . . . . . . . . 1
2. DEFIl�tI'TIONS ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . 1
3. CONTRACTOR DUTIES AND RESPONSIBII..TTIES . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 2
4. EXECUTION,CORRELATION AND INT�NT OF DOCLJMENTS . .. . .. ... . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
5. SUBSTITUTIONS . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
6. STANDARDS AND'I'ESTS .. . . . . .. . .. ... ... . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
7. PROGRESS SCHEDULE . . .. . . .. .. . .. ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . 4
8. DELAYS . .. . . . .. . . ... . . . . . . . . . . .. ...... . .. . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . ... .. . . . .. . . . .. . . . 5
9. DISPIJ'I'ES. .. . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . .. ... ... . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . .. .. . . . . . . . 5
10. SURVEYS,PERMITS,LAWS AND REGULATIONS . . .. . . . . . . . . . ... . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
11. ROYALI'IES AND PATENTS . . . . . .. .... . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . 6
12. PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY;EXISTIl�TG UTILITIES . .. . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . 6
13. SAFE1'Y . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . ... ... . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . .. . . . . . . 6
14. SUPERVISION AND EMPLOYEES . ..... .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . 7
15. REPOR'I'S AND MEETIl�TGS . . . . . . . . .. . ... . . .. . . . . . .. . . . .. . . .. . .. .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . 9
16. SUBMITTALS . . .. . . . . . . . ....... . . . ... . .. . . . . . . . . . ... ... . . . .. . .. . . . . 9
17. PROJECT RECORD DOCiJMENTS . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. ... . . . . . .. . .. . . 11
18. CLEAN-UP . . . . .. . . . . .. ... . .. . .. . ... .. . .. .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . 11
19. CHANGE OF CONTRACT . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
20. CLAIMS FOR EXTRA COST/EXTENSIONS OF TIME . . . . . . . . . .. . ... .. .. . . . . . . .. . . . 12
21. CORRECTION OF WORK . . . . . . .. . ... . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
22. OWNER'S RIGHT TO DO WORK/STOP WORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . 13
23. CONTRAC'I'TERMIl�tA'l ION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . 13
24. LIENS . . . .. . .. . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . .... . . ... . . . . . 14
. . . .. . . . .. . . . .
25. ASSIGNMENT AND THIltD PAR'I'Y BENEFICIARY . .. .. .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 15
26. INSPEC'TION AND USE OF PREMISES .... .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
27. INDEMNIFICA'I'ION . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . 15
28. INSURANCE . . . .. . . . ... : . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 16
. . . .... . . . . . . . . . .
29. SEPARATE CONTRACTS AND MUTUAL�tESPONSIBILIT'Y OF CONTRACTORS . . . . . 18
30. SUBCON'I'RACTORS . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . ... . . . . . . . . . . . 19
31. RELATIONS OF CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 19
32. LABOR AND MATERIALS . . .. . . ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
33. APPLICA'TION FOR PAYMENTS . . . .. . .... . . .. . . . . .. . .. . . . . . . .. .... . . .. . . . .. . . . 19
34. CERT'IFICATES FOR PAYMENT . . . . . .... . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
35. PAYMENTS WITHI-�LD . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
36. CONTRACT SUM,DISBURSEMETITS AND PAYMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . . . 20
37. COMPLETTON AND FINAI,PAYIVIENT .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . 21
38. WAR.RAN'I'IES AND GUA►RANTEES .. ..... . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . 21
39. TAXES . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . ..... . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
40. RIGHTS AND REMEDIES . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . .. . . . . 22
... . . . . ... . . ... . . . . . . . . .
41. PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
42. OWNERSHIP AND USE OF DOC'UMEN'fS . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . 22
43. CIJ'I"1'ING AND PATCHIl�TG OF WORK .. . . .. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . 22
44. OWNER FURi�IISIIED MA'TER�AL . .. . .... .. . .. . .. . . . . .. . . . ... .. . .. .. . . . . .. .. . . . 22
45. MISCELLANEOUS .. . . . .. . . . . . . .. .. . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. .. . . .... . .... . .. . .. . . . . . 23
1. SCOPE
T6is sati�de6oes the(3enagl Conditions goveming the per�mce of the Conshuction C�tract
2. DEFINIITON3
A ADDENDA Any writbm a g�apluc in4trmneot issaed p�iar to tlu opening of bids wlric�oleriSes.corrods,a change.c anY
pact of the bidding�or the Co�Doameots.
B. CHANGE DIRECfIVE: A written�da to pm000d wit6 Work exxuted and issued by dte Authaiud Representative of the
Owner.
C. CHANGE OF GONTRAGT: A writt�ader issaed at�t6c effaxive date of the Contract by the Aulhariaod Representative
of the Owner which aumoriaes�n additioa,dektion or revisia�in tde Wak smd whid►may inciude m�adjushnent in the ConUaet S�a the
Contract Time.
1
D. CONTRACI': That catain�t and ali of its sc�had�lCs,exW'bits and�urnt mne�nents,wfiich defims thc
scope of the Contractors Wak ffid specifies the Contra�x Sum.
E. CONTRACT DOCUA�N1'S: 'Ihe C�trad Doaiments are as definod in tl�e Conuact b�vveea the Ov�mer�d the
Contractor. 1'he C�trad DocaanaNs embody the emire and integtabod a�eanent batvwecn the pacties heteto and supe�de all pricx
co�nmunications,negotiations.r�mt�ons or a�eanenls.eitlxx written a aal.
F. CONfRACfOR: Thc a�on idartifiod aa s�ch in the Comract th�is coatrac�d by ffie Ow�a to oompl�e
all a a c�ertain pation of t�e Wafc�the oonstruction md ooa�ia�n of the Projax
G. DAY: Ualess atlxrwise spacifiod,the words"day"a�"days"shell a�ean�day or calendar days.
H. DRAWINGS: The drawings whic�show We ch�,na�ue and scope of the Worl�to be per�ormod mid which ffie rcfemed
to in the Contraet Doc�tc.
Conhad issued pu�su��to�A�ticle 19�haco�(3�)�wri�i��cl�ificetion or��l�fic�'�' w�ed by the�Owner�2�pu�to tl►e
ta�ns hereof which albecs the Conlract Sum or change the Conuract Time,or(4)a written order issued by We Ow�r pursuant to Artick 19
haeof.
J. NOTICE TO PROCEED: A written ndicegiv by du Owner to tl�e Codador fixing thc date on which the Contrad Time
wi11 comm�to nm and on vvhich Coutrador shall s�t to paform Caatractors obli�under thc Conuact Doa�ma�t4.
K PRODUCT DATA W�trati�s,s�ndard scheduks,pafamana charts,i�on�,Mnchures,dia�ratns or omer
infamstion fumishod by the Conhac�or to illushate a e�6erial,product a sys6em for sane portion of the Wo�ic.
L. PROJECT: The wtal ooashudion of w6ich t6e Wort perfoimod imder We Contrad Doaiments�y be 1f�wlwle a a p�t.
M. SAMPL�S: P6ysical pcampks fiwished by t6e Coatiac�or whid►ill�straae m�aials,equipn�nt ar wocl�shiP and,if in
c�forn�nve with the Coahaa Doc�,estaMish the at�dard by w6ie6 d►e Wa1c wiJl be lu�od-
N. SHOP DRAWINGS: Drawing�.�gcmns.ill�oos.sched�les ar�ha data wlrich a�e spaciRcalh'PnP�,by or for the
conuactor w illustr�e some patia,of ine woci�ana au�I�a�ia�,b�,s�da�d sched�a, c�.spxific�,
iost�tuxions,diagmns,and oWer infom�ion�ed by a suppliex and submit�ed by Cont�actor to'l��ma�erial a equipmem for s�e
portion of We Work.
O. SPECIAI.PROVISIONS: That part of the Contract Doamxnts wlrich amends or supplements�Genaal Conditions a�
other roquirc�nentc of We Contcact Doa�maits.
P. SPECIFICAIYONS: 'I'hose patioos of t6e Contract Doa�s o�s�of�ta9mical d�,provisions or
���>�9�b�� a 9�Y���s,e9uip�,oonstntdiap sysians or�. t6e Condsct Docwneats,including,but
to perfam a portion of tl�e W�prrn'�nde m�edals�fag tfie Pro'J��t with the Contractor(a any wholly�wned or effiliated�tity theneo�
R SUBSTATITIAL(;OMP'LETION: The oompletion of the R►at to t�e poiat tluU We Owner ooaWopea We Pmjed to ffie
g�aal�bliC for business,that 14,t6ffi it is suftabk fvr the functions for which it Was int�ded m 8 00�s 'a�facWry tnffima.
S. SUB�SUBCONIRAC'POR: Any pdson othet tl�sn a Ca�or a a Subooatraclor(or�my w�Ldly-awnod or affiGated eattity
tlkroofl who suppties l�ar or materials 6o We Projax�or vwiic within the Contrac6or's Saope of wo��dless of how�emobe th�peraon's
ca►hacx is 5om the Owner.
T. SUPPLIER AnY P�Y�PP�Y�S.bp sale or lease,di�tiY a��Y,nY mataials a oo�an oquipment f�the
Contrector's Wak m�d indudes diclnbulo�s,mataial ma�,veadora end�s_
U. WORK: Ali labor,maberials(exoe�m�erials iSod a nobed to be flunishodby the Owner�oquiQmeat,supplies,
Permitc,Gcenses>insuranoe and savioes�f�and n�ab�i�oo the oomple�oe of t�Conhac�o�s obliga�wns herwnder in
acoordance vvitb the Ca�'act Docm�ts.
3. CONTRACI'OR Di1T�S AND RE3p'ONSIBQdTffS
A T6e Contcsdar the reletio�p of�st�td 0005denoe e�blishod bdvveen the Owna�d d�o Contractor by this
ConUact. The Contractor s6all fanis6�Owna vvith its bat slrill amcl lud�t aad fupp Qooperate with the Owar in forvvardiug the best
inUeresCs of We Owner. All the Work is tu be dak in tho bast�nna bY Aasoos skiUed'm the type of Work to be pafaa�ed.
s. 'fhe co�rador s6au supavise ma a;�its pation of ine wodc u�mg its besc slvu md�on. 1Le cona�tor shau be
sddy respa�sibk fa all ooa�'nction meaos.a�hods,toc�ues,x4���p�,���all po�tions of the Wak
under its Conh�ct m accordance with Ps�6 29 haeo£
C. T�Contractor sMll be responsibk to the Owna for t6e aqs and omi�si�of itv e,mployoes,S►�oo�ntractors and their
���P�.��P�P���mB�Y of the Work unda a oo�ract wilh the Contractor. �
n. z7�e c.o�acxor sluu noc ne,aiev�ea son►ns o��paEo�m wo�in a000rdanoo w;m me comcact noanne�ts ei�er
by the activities a duhes of the Owna a We Owne�'s Repres�taqve in the admioi�tioa of tbis Cantr�cx,a bY�.t�sts,ac�e�oes,
or approvals ra4uited a Perfamed hp persoos oth�thm thc Ca�.
4. EXECUT'ION,CORRELAT[ON AND IINTENT OF DOCUMENI'S
A. The ConVac;t sl�ll be signed and da�ed in duplicx�te by the Oama and the Contr�aotor.
2
B. T'he DrBwings md the SpociScatians are compleme�aod�pp Ic�ta�y,and what is roqui�d bp aap ane shall be as
binding es if iequired by all. Po�tio��s of the Work wfiich aa be best iUustr�tad by the Drawings may not be inciuded'm the Spec�and
portioas best described by We Specific�ioos may not be depictod on the Draw�ogs.
C. The intent of the Contra�ct Documents is�incl�e all itar�neoessary f�the proper execution and c�pletion of We Wak.
Howeva,it is understood that whik not ewxy de�ail of the W�k is s6own on We�a descdbed in tl�e Spocificstian4,the Wa�k includes
ioems c�oably infe�abk fi+an the Co�x Dowmads. Work not coverod in the Conhsct Doam�ents will not be required�ml�s such vvorlc is
consistent therewith and is reasawbly ioferabk HiaeS�an. If�item a systan is ad�er s6own�spxified,ell roataiat md no�mall
ttirnished wiW suc�items a systems and needed to make a ms�llation shall be � Y
such as�e s ifi 00���P�B P�whdl�r ma4ionod or not,omitting
� ��Y, P� P� �l+�ceMed- The Oamea sl�sil not be hdd respa�sible fa�the absence of aay detaii thM thc Co�actnr may
require for aay comKruction which may be famd noasse�y as the Wak pr�sses. Wads m�d abM�eviations which have well-known tedmical
a kade�are used in the Cai�ract Doc�m�enl4 in aooa+�ce with suc�r000gnized meanings.
D. The saxions of tiu SpociScations me�f�oonveoieace md shali na control tlu Cadiactor ia dividiog
the Wak among Subcontracto�s a'in establiahing We exte�N of Worlc to be T6e Contractor may subc�tract t6e Wak in such
divisians as it sces 5�hovwever,Ca�tractor is responsibk fa fiunishing an�'ooa�dm�' all Waic required by We Contmct Doaanents
regardless of We divisi�Contracoor may make in the Wark.
E. The General Conditions and Spocial Provisiais are a patt of eac6 and erery seaion of the SpeciS�.
F. By executiag We Cont[acacd„the Conhacbo�represeats tl�it has visitod We site,familiari�od itsdf with tfie Iocal canditioas
wfiich oould affect the proa�ion or oompktion of the Wak,and tha�it ha4 oonela�d ils observations with We requiranwls of the Conttact
Doaum�ts. The Owner makes no�a wa�ranties as to s�r6oe or latwt physical conditi�s to be enoou�ed in oo�lruding
t6e Project and disclaims the accuracy a reliability of aay subwu�Oe info�tioa whic6 may be provided to the C�tractor. 1�Contractor
shall be msp�sibk fo�oa►ducting sud�site investigatton as is n�ssary W de�amine We nature�d cheracter of afl subsurface or latent
physicai oondifions. The C�tractor�all risks azid expressly waives any daim against the Owaer for subsurfaoe a taoent physical
ca�ditious�thc site w6ich may diff'a 8am those indic�ted in the Cattsact I)oamxms a indica�ed in any subsurf�e infame�ion or re�ort
furnistkd to the Contracror,unless the physical oonditions at tl�e site a►e unkna�vn,could not have boen lmown with a rea�a�nable invesdgauon,
mid differ materially from tlaae ordiaarily�or fi+om Wose wLich�e�ly�i�od as inh�ent in wak of We�
provided for in tlu Contract Do�ea�.
G. Before submittipg its bid b�!he Owc�,and ca�tinua�ly tl�reafte�,the Contractor shall study and canpare d�e Conuact
Doam�and shaU iwnediately repo�t to the Oaaa�'s Repr�ive ffi}+ara,amissmn,�bigwty,disa�epancy,con8ict or v�ai�a,
���5�Y raluiranent which may be contrsry to any law,codo,adinanoe.ruk,rc�ulaaioa,a ader a�►licable b We perGarmance of the
Wotic. Acoeptanoe of this Contrad is e oatific�tion by t�Contractor th�We Camra�x Doa�ments�pear oomplete and correct. Contractor
shall not be liable to thc Owmer fa any dam�e resWting 5om any such ara,oroission,ambigutty d�scxepancy,con8ict�vatiana in the
Coatract Docurt�ents unlass Contcactor had actual lmowledge theroof or shouW Lave t�eagonab yl lmown U�eof and did not n�ify the Owner
promptly. My such ara,anissioq mnbiguihy>disa�ancy,conflict�vari�ce sdatl be resolved by fhe Owna's Represa►tative mtd shall be
forwarded to the Co�racxor via a writtm c.1�iScation. Contracta'sbaU be liable for�y dmna�es w6ich result shauld it puceed bofote receipt
of the Owne�'s written clarific�ion and notice to p�ooaed with�y modiSc�ion.
H. If anZ portion of the CaaVact Doa�ma►ts oonflict with m��dha pation,tho various doaunems compranisiog the C�tract
Docua�enis shall govan m the fol(owiag ord�r of precedenoe: '[he Cautracx(mcluding Exhibits qkreto);Modificatioas;Addeada;any Special
Canditioos;the Specisl Provisions;the Cieneral Conditions;Uie SpeciSc�ions talae preadence over Drawings fa the spocific type�quality of
mataials�the quality of iostallartion;We Ikawings take pra�ence ova the SpatiB�wid►regard w qu�dties,loc�ions a detail of
installa�ion;as between schedules�md info�on given ar Dravvings,t�sc6e�des shall talce pnoodenoe;as bdwee�lar�e-scale Drawings�d
stnall-scale Drswings,d�e lar�er sc�le shall take�� Any such con8ict��y shall be submitted to the Ownds
Representative,whase docision U�rwe shall be in6 ding and conclusive.
L If ncoess�+,the Owner's Rep�o�tt�ive wU finnish additional inahudions to cluify a amplify the Drawings ffied dic
Specificetions. Such instructions witl not coostid�e�exha a result in tl�i�e of a Cbm�of Contrad(as dcfinod in Para�r�h 19)
unless such aiter die C�tract Sum or cLmge the Conhar,t T'�me.
S. SUBS'ITI'U'TIONS
A The Conuacmr may o�er a substit�ion of a spe;cified a indicaDod item if it presentc compicxe information c�ce�ning the
substitutia►md the ba�eSts thereof�o t6e Owna by re,asoa of bvver vost ar impmvod perfo�manoe,a both,wer the�ecified or indic�ed item.
Howeva>suc6 suMnission of a p�opoeed sab�tidrti�da,s not relieve tde C.ontracbor 5om its obliganons unda the Contiact. In pcaposing a
subsbdrtion,tl�e Cantractor
warrants that the sub�idrtion is,at a minimum,a�uiveleot ia pdfonnance to t6e s�ccified a indicated ibem. A su�on shell not be affective
unless acoepted in writing by Uie Ownc. The Owna will aooept a proposad subsqd�don ooly if such aoo�cx will baiefit the Ovvner.
B. Any additional costs md ch�ges to dre Waic(including,but not limited W 1�vwork of ot�r oo�hacmrs>md addiawnal
desi�oo�ls wLich may be affectod tharby)v�fiich may trsult Erom We pioposod�s6aU be disclo�od�the wne We�is
proposod W We Owner. �to the Wotk�d aqy addidonal oosis t6erc�om whid�m+e sot disclosed'm advance Lo the Ow�r s6s11 be We
sole responcibility of We Ca�tractor aad shall not increase the Contract Sum.
C. The Conl�bor's substitution proposals shall include w�itben d�scriptions of the iL�s to be substid�bed(induding drawings
s�x!/as�ific�)and mferenoed'mform�ion of d�e�substitution. The Own�s R�vds si�alwe on tlti.4 proposal is
ra{uired for�ce. Shop Dwwings will not be 000sidaed a subs6drtion proposal pursueant to Wis P�h Veabxl approvals a approved
shop drnwings will�be cwns�derod ag acoep�ma of propo�ed substid�tions.
D. The Owne�"s Repr�ve�loae may t�prove a proposed substid►tion�bd�alf of the Owner;the Ownds oonsultants l�k
We autlwrity to approve proposed subsdidrtions m�d opinioas eticibod fram the Ownds c�sultanis by d►e Contracwr may ao�be reliod upcx�by
the Contracta a4 canstituting the Owna�'s express or implied�proval of a propased�tudoa 'Che Owner's Repr�tt�ive resa�ves the right
to rejax�r uoappro�ea�,aoo wi�ex�anatiar or�ny,�a co ro�e the of� s�awon wim me
specified ffi►d/or indice�ed iLeans ffi no�e to d►e Owner,and to require oom�setion to the�Ow�r fa las o��tnne during tepl�t�
'� 6. Sl'ANDARDS AND TES1S
A Reference Soxific�tio�a�Standards
3
1) Various standffids and specifications ar+e inoocp�by re8aa�ce in ti�t�icel socbia�of d�e Speci6catiops.
In all such iretances,the re6aenoe shdl meffi►We latest edition,including the amw�ent�revision in effi'ect ag of the dabe of the
Co�xx unkss a speci5c issue�othawise identiSod. If rcferenced speCiSt�oos a stffidards c�ain toquir�at vari�cx wiTh
ihe individual se�iais of the Speci6cations,d�e mae sUingent provision shall govern. T6e Condactot s6a11 have 11�raponsibility of
mal�ing any specifiod standard availabk at the Project Site,including,Mrt nd fimited to,anY s�npie re9ui�bY�C Ow�na>as set forth
in the Special Provisia�s.
B. e�ts
1) 11�e Owna has the ri�t to test�d/a inspect any m�erial a equipme�t st any�e of developneot�
fabrication,whdher a�not spociSed,indudin�,but not limited to the suppliex's plaat or mill. Such inspaxion will not rek�e the
Supplier or the Contractor from�y responsi'b�ity a liability witl�respect to such ma�rial or equipmcat Any tests md/or inspectia�s
p�fa�med on behalf of We Owner(othe[than dwse refen+ed to in Sub�(2)below)wiil be paid for by the Owna�. Aay
�at We C�,�'s e�i�sa W�ort�ooaasled trefae suc6 te�s m�e pa�fo�med ar be�fae�approval B�shall ezposed,tesbcd
and restored a�the Contrac�s expense.
2) Witnessed performanoe tests shall occur when requited by govaning mitl�orities or when requitod by dye Contract
Documents. T6t Contractor shall ndify the Owne{s R�ve at lea4t tlmee(3)busines.s days in advance of tLe da�e the
equipment wilt be ready for the fmal shop a field iffipa�ion a fa�performance tests. These Uests,and nY raNired ret�,shall be
performed at the C,ontr�s expense. 'The Contr�ector shall provide the Owar with all a+tiScates and apptovais.
3) Notvvi�ding the faegoiog,tbe Owner may require the Contractor w expose�Wak fot the pucpose
of besting and/ar in�tion. If the Wak so exposed fails to meex the Contiact roquir�ents,the Contracc:ta shali be responsibk for all
costc associa0od wit6 exposure,b�tin8�a'�P��,rePlacecnent,and�uctiaa or nstoration. if the Woa1c so exposed mcets
U�e Contra�t roquire�b,the Owna s6sU be te,cpoosibk for ali suc6 oosts.
7. PROGRERS S(:HEDULE
A Uakss otl�wise r�rod,sc6o��mder this Coatraa shall be a000�lished using ihe Cr9ical PaNh Met�od("CPM")-
B. Widtin fiftan(1�days fian the earlier of the eflcctive dake of the Coatrad or die Stffit DaDe spxiSed by the Owner in tlu
Notice To Pr�aed("Stmt Date"�,fhe Coodacxar s6aU furnish to the Owner,for the Owne.�s comment and accept�ae,a time�ale preliminary
oonst�ction sc�eduk("Piclimi�y Go�ion Sc�edWe"). This Preliminery Consdtxxion Schedole st�sll be in a forawt acceptable to the
Owner and wilt be in�t�tail so as to depict thc ProjoctComp letion Date,the oompletioa of intuim milestones,if say,md the
sc�oduled oomplelion time Sor all maja sctivities fi+om tde Contracx Stait D�oe W the Projed Compldion Date,indudiag the Uwna's
roqui�ts for iustallrtion of 5uniwre,fiunishiogs,�,e9uipm�t and oth�items pr�rided by We Owner.
C. Within thitty(30)tlays afta it ft�mishes to tt�e Owner its Pcelitninaty Cooatruction Scheduk.lLe Contractor s6a11 fiunish to
the Oaner,far the Own�s�t and ac�oeptanoe,a detailed CPM Conswction Progres,c Schedule in a form�acceptabk to the Ovvt�er. This
C'o�t�ction Progress Schedule shall idemify the Project and,�a minimum,contain a d�ailod��of �'�'�d
a�ect the ptogre.ss of t6e Contracta's Walr,�We Oanec's requiranents Sor i�sllation of
and dDa'�bems provided by the Owner. h►6is C,o�nx�ion Pto�ess Schedule,the CouUsctor shall also depitx a schedule for�e pre�arffiion,
s�bmittal and revuw�all Shop D�awi�s,sm�ples�d oWa submissia�;the shoP f�ic�ao,deliveaY,stocage,�d�ar iostall�ion of
equipment and m�aials;and tf�besdng and iaspo�ion of oqu�t and mataials.
nwision tha�oof willUboo�ome����oaly�16e subs�eeat vrritten oo�oseut o�Owner.6eoome a Conhacx Doaanent and any merterisl
E. Beginniog�the Sta�t Dabe spa�fiod by the Owner in tlie Notia To A+ooeed,�nd�each weddY Prog�t Hla�g Ldd
pu�su�t to Paregraph I S(C7 haamder,CooUac/or shall submit to tl�e�wner's Represe�iv�e a tvwo-weelc look-ahead sdkduk vvhic�will detail
the Wrni�which the C.oatractar a�to perfo�m�ng the fdlowing two wceks. 1'!�tvro-we�c sdt�duks shall be in�bs�tial oonfotmance
with the Ca�struc�ion Ptogress�d�odule. Comr rMtaeto shall submit to tlie Owners R�ve witl►�y rivo-w�edc scheduk at vuimoe wittt
the C�wtion Ptogness Schodule a detailod m�rative w6ic�fuliy describes the t�ea4an for the v�iamoe aad any a�ic�ed imp��the
�.I��Pl�n Da�e and/a�t6e oompleaan of�im milestooes,if stry.
F. At dstes establish�d by the Owtia�,Cantractor shatl submit W the Ownds R�6ve an updazed C.oactr�u�on Progress
Sc6edule. C.onhauxar's submissi�shall,at a minimtnn uoloss ott�etwise direc.becl by tlte Ownds Representffiive,incl►�a nu�tative setting frnth
�y revisi�s and a d��pon of my 1 �in the C,o�truction Progress Sch�k which has been chan�d by We updu�e,a�
activities in the C.onsduaron P�ogrcas Sc�o�le�ir6ich have baa resoquenced'm tbe updaoe,�d mry ac�ivi�w6ich 6ave been added m t�e
Ownet must oo�u ia writing�u any rev�ion desafiod haein b�fao 1Le Com�huc�on Schodule sl�l be revisod.
�tw�in8 the�C�n�the Ymject C�pldion 1�te.md the oompletion dabes of i�rimp 'n�ooes(if ffi}r)sLW be revi9od only by We
issuance of a Chmye of Coouactut s6d1 bc ra�uired to suMnit to the Owne.r a rev�sed or updabed CPM che�t which mctades a grap6ic
ropr�ntation of the revisiou a�pdabe aot tlie sole di.�cxet�on of the Owner.
G. The Contracta agra,s to ooasply with We Consttucpon Pmgress Schedule,as de6ned 6a�eiq or any tevision tbaoof to
which d�e Owna oonsmts nnd agtees Nwt We VNork s6all be PtnsawLed regalarlY,dilig�lY�md wiWout i�ruptioo,wlihin ttx t�e sQecifiod.
The Contracta shal!mt allow n��for�le w�oonditions to innpode We progness of the Wak�d shall provide md ma�tain all
�P�'Y�'P�P�P�B 'ities and snovr,ice,m�or wat�r removel savias nocossary to maintain t6e pno�ress of the Work.
H. Should the Cont�actar Eeil to oomply with the Ca�truction Prog�s�u1e a,in thc Owner's aPinioo.omawise fai1,
refiue a neglect to supply a suffcimt amo�a[hbor,matecial�supervision in We pnoacartion of the Wak,dte Owna sheU hm the right W
(�1���acpe�e,to 5uaish suc�►sddi6onal labor mid/a mataisl as may,in the Owner's opinioo,be ro4uind
Prog�s Sd�tle a oWawise dilige�nUy prose�te We Wafc,(2)fumish,in accordance with Pa�gt�h 22
he000�st�h additional��d/or m�aials as may be requirod to c�mply with said sdio�k,(3)withhoid psyme�pursuant to P�agcaph 35
hereo�and(4)tamit�aEe the Cantrad'm axordanoe wiW Parag�raph 23(A)herao£ The Owaor may exercise�y of the fore�oing remedies,naie
to the acd�of the othas. Aay costs�by tlu Owner pu�suant to the exercise of mry righhs unda this Pmagraph shall be bome by the
Contisctar md s6a1t uot i�ase the Cot�ct Stm ,
I
I. Notwi�ding Sub�pa S�H abovc,should the Contractor 6W to oompl�e the Wak in a000rdm�ce wit6 the
date specified in the C.onsOtuaion� as revised with the Ownei"s�proval,the Cont�cbor shall pay to We Owaet aa��
liquidabed dmnages tlye�as set m the Spxial Provisia�s. TLe C�tractor shall remain liable to the Owner fa all aau�damages
4
sustaiaod by the Owner subseque�R W Substantial Compktion utriil all the Wmk re�uired by tlu Contract Dowments is complete and the Work
is accepted by tl�e Ownca.
8. DEI,AYS
A. If the ConLrac�or is delsyed a hindered�any time in the of th�Waic by any act or negled of tlie Owcer a by any
��Ployod M'the Oama,a by chm�es orderad ia the scope of du��a by�ne.advetse w�her oonditions n�reasonably
amicipated,a�aay other causes beyond thc oonuol of the Contracoor,then the dw�ation set fath ia t6e Conahudion Progress Sd�odak�all be
e�mded as agreod W by tlie Ovvne�'and We Condactoc Howev�,W We fulkst e�mt peaa�ittied by law,ffid natwi�dimg m►y oWer
� provision ifl the Contracx Documa►ts,the Owner,i1s a�ts and employces skall not be hddr�o�ibk for ffiy loss or dama�e,whether direct or
�irect,sastein�ny uk cona�acbor,«aaaitionat c�s inaurea by me conuacoor,mcnu�delay aa�oa by rhe owner«its agents aea
�l�yees,or any otha contractor�subcontr�actor,a by abnamat weaU►er conditions,or by mry o�her cause,and the Contractor egiroes aot to
��Y��,�Y claim for da�s,and aeoes tl�at the sole rig6t and�y�s6�i be an ext�nsion of time.
B. WitLin seveu(�days from 8te oomm�t of a delay,Cai�cta shall�to the Ownets Repres�tffiive,in writing,
a notice of the delay. Such notice of dela�shail,at a minimum,descxibe the nawrc and c;ause of ffie delay and provide a preliminary est�ate of
the impact of said delsy on the CoostrucUon Progcess Sc�edule. 1tu Conhacbor's failure to give such notia to d►e Owner shall deprive the
Contracta of his right Lo claian n exta�si�of time. In thc c�se of a ca�tinuing c�e of delay,aoly oae claim shall be necess�y. 'lue giving of
such ootia shall not of itself e�sblish 16e validity of d�e csave of dday a of the e�enslon of d�e time for oompldion. Submission of reports
andJor�required by P�7(�and 7(�above,ar bY Pmagaph 1 S(D),shall not c�nstid�e such notice.
C. WiWin twenty(20)days fran the submittal to the Owner of the notice of delav detailod in Pa�agcaPh 8(B)above,Contractor
shall submit to the Owne�s Rapr�ent�ive a claun for�exoea9ion of time which shal(includc alf doa�►tation su�ting the claim. Such
aubmittal shall include a d�ailod description of all c�anges in�tivitY dur�ions,�ogio,se9uence,or o�vise in the C,onstr�Prog�ess
Scheduk. 1Le filing of s�h a caaim fa an exteosion of time shall not of itsdf establish Uu of the cause of delay a of tlu�ion of
time for complerion. Submissim of oo�udion�and/or�►Pda�c re�Ni�d bY P�1u��d�(F�abm'q a 1►Y P�h 15N),
shall n�constiWte such a claim.
D. No delay in�afe�eace,hindrence,or Erom w6abever sa�roe a caus�,m ihe of d�C�tracto�'a Wotk
shall be a basis for an wcoensio�of time unleas the delay,u��ce,hindrance,or disrupUon is wit6out the Y�ault and not the respat��ility of
the Conhadar aad directly aBec�the ovaatt compktion of the Wak,as re8a�ed in tl�c Cattr�uxo�'s upda�Ded and acoeptod Ca�struation
Progtess Schedule. No delay,intcYferaice,hind�acx,or di�don,&om wha�eva source or cause,in the progress of Con�s VYat shall be
a basis for m exDension of tm�e For�i�xim milestone date,�f any,�less tlu dday,in0erferc�a,hin�ance,a disn�prioa is wi�art dic fa�lt
and not t�e tr,sponsibitity of the Conhsctor and di�edly affecxs dte ove�all compt�ion of suck i�mikstone,es reHaxod in it�Ca�raccor's
updabed and acccpted Construction ProBress Schoduk. The Cootracxor�ly agroes that the Owner s6a11 roaive die benefit of eny 8oat,and
delays to oo�cti�achvit�es w6ich do not affect the overall completion of ffie Work shaU not e�itle the Contractor to an exbension of the
cont�act performance dme.
9. DISPVI'E3
The presenoe af di�at ooniroveasies betvvean dte Contractor and�y oth�'peRy,induding the O�waer,over mry mattet whetaoever, .
a k�l Proceedin&s ansm8 6rnn s�h dispures or oo�rove�rsies,shall not relieve the Conhactor of his obligation to ptrfam his Wai�poperiy
and timoly and W canply wNt all of dte te�ms aiM conditions of the Contract.
10. SIJRVEYS,PF.RMITS,LAW3 AND REGUI.ATIUNS
A The Owuer wilf fivaish ben�'ks�d pmperly markess. The Contl»cta shall be t�equired to maintain dtese
Owner-futnished benc6marks and properly markers and to perfam all layout work for the Projax working therefrom.
B. 4) Unkss othawise indic,aoed'm the Instructions to Bi�ers or Schedule�►,d�e Owner will obtain the building
permit,wluch pamit shall be,to t6e exteat pamitted by a�lio�le laws,assigaabk to�conuacWr dGwi�ebed by We Owner,aR
the Owner's option,w�o�tlu oons�xit of the issumg e�ity.
5) The Contraata�shall pay all plan check foes,water,sewa,8as,electricel.telephone and cabk TV hooknp fees.
Od�'i�p�fas,re9uir�d Permrta,licensav,�pmvals,ceati8cate.s and autl�orizatioos nea.csary w die proeecut�on and oompleuon
of d�e waic will be o�and paid for by tlu Contractor,unless die Conhactor is aRhawise instrucocd by We Ov�mer.
11 ROYALT�S AND PATENI'S
The Contractor s6all pay aU royalties aad licd�e fees. The Contrac.Wr shal!defmd all suAs a claio�s f+or infrin�t of mY patmt
rigMs and shall save the Owner ha�mless f�um kas on acoo�mt thereo�except that the Oqma shell be r�ibk Eot all such losses w6at a
pasticut�desiga,pcocess a the pruduct of a p�rticail�memufacwrer a mimufacdu�s is specified,Mrt if the Contractor�t�ea4a►to believe
thst d�desi8a.P��P��ified is an in&in�meat of a p�ent,hc shall be responsible for s�h loss unless he prar�tly gives suoh
infom►ation to tde Owne�s R�ative.
12. PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY;E7�S1'ING UT�.ITIE.S
A The Contrador shedl c�ntinuously maintain adequate ptotection of all Wak fiom due to�y cause,includ'mg .
iacl�t v�,and shall pcotxt all propaty of the Owncr 5�►dama�e a loss. The Contrac6or shall�a uaoely pt�ooect property of sdjacent
laad ovvners.
B. The CoMiac�or shall pcotect and sa:are the Project against loss by theft or othawise.
C. The obligations of ttis Paragcaph 12�all apply,rogardkss of whetha We Owne�s prope�iy in the ContracW�'s posfession
was pu[chascd by We Owna a t6e Ca�t�actor.
, D. Whenever the Wak will result in�intan�ptioa of any utility s�vice to any a�ing facility,Uie Contracta shali submit a
writt�roquest�teast fowbcen(14)days Prior to ti�a�ieipated interrupt�on. No servias may be io�arupted vrdbont ihe prior ac�pqnoe of
We Ownds Re�mtive.
13. SAFE'FY
S
A The Contracta shall be respo�ble for�witl�all appiic�bk oodes,ord'wanoes,rutes,and regulations,includ'mg
r�ana local osHA re�,la6ons,involvins ssfetr on me Pro.iact. Tbe c�or shan miriate,,naimaia mia supav,se all sarcty pnog�rams in
� laws,�n�le�,and reg�d��anY W���8����3'�of pas�s a propeRy or�pr�tia► of
from dama�e,injury or loss oq about�sdjacent to We Promises;whao tl�e Woct�is bew' gperformed. The Coatractor shall eroct and properly
maintain�all t�me.s,as roquaod by 16e conditioas mid of 16e Wai�,all reasona� ble safegumds f�the saf+ety and protecnon of workmen
�d t6e�Mic and shall Post�a sigos wa�nin8��. The Caatraclor sLall�re th�aw�of his wocirn�on ihe Projed Sitc
sliall w�a"herd haN'fa�his own p�ote�ion. The CaMractor shail desi�e a�esponsibk�.mber of Lis organi�ian a�the Wak,wlioee
duty sheli be We q+eve�ion of sccid�ts. 'ILe n�me and positian afanype�saa so designatod shalt be repo�ted in writing to the Owner's
Representative by the CanUacbor.
B. Ia�t�cy affe�ng the sdely of tife a ofihe Wai�or of adjoining ProPertY,the Contractor is hereby permitbod to ad
�his disca+�i�to preweat such tl�od bss or' '�ey�d he s�so act wi@►out appeai,if so miWorized or in�. Airy ooats inciured
by the Contractor b�use of mdagmcy wrotk sdall�be de�minod 6y�m and oonfirmod by a C6aoge of Coansct
C. When t6e use of I�ardous materids ar oquipmeat is noassary fa the eacxurion of the Woric,t6e Conhndor shall exercise
the uhnost caro and shall cany on stu�activities�r We supervisia�►ofp�y qualiSed persau�el and in compliaaa wiW all�piicabk
1aws,ruks,regul�and ordinanoes. Expiosivos of my das�iqioa shail not be stored on the Projec;t Site. If fhe Contractor wishe.v to use
txpbsives of miy da�n�be shall Srst provide w�notioe to t6e Owna's R�ve and obcain the apqnval of all appropcia�e
authonttes having j o�er the use of sw�►acplo�es.
D. TI�Canracta shall not load or P���Y P�of the Wak�o be loadad so ag to endanger its safety.
B. '1Le Contractor shall be respoosibk fa provid'aig fae m�guishers and fire watch fa paiods during which 6is pasonnel
ax�sim h'm�th�sll 8�nn�le�als havc�deaned from 16e�ar�a. . Prior to e�ging in such adivities,U�e Contracbor shaU
F. In c�se of�accid�t involving iajury ho any�'the Conh�actors aaP�oY�(��g�l'�►��f���S
under We Contractor�,t6e Co�racxor shatl notify the Owne�s Rep�ive within�e(1)hour�d sha11 Sle a valid accident report witfiin
tv�"enty fau(24)haas after sud►accident. The Co�at�or s6all al�o Sie�ch tepa�ts as�e roqwrtd by his insivance carrier�d such otlter
r�as Sovemin8 civii aumorid�might�equire.
The General Contractor shall be responsible to pr�vide a workable Safety Program diat includes the following
sections.
EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN
ADMQdISTRAITON
COMMUN[CATIONS
EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN
The Emagency Respoa�e Plm a�d�es the speci6c respo�itities of pnployees,includ'mg supe�visots and m�ageonent,in dealing
with an aner�ncy or cris�s sAuation. This plsn elso o�es tl�e r�st�s tio be taloen to muosge a response to any type of
�'Y>���
1. Who to call?
2. W6�w do?
3. W�to sayl
1. Respo�Mlities
All Workers
Workas are expecbed ro perticipete in and Follow ema�mcY�Pmoeduns. Waicers must respond immediately to instrucdons f
rom fitst aid attenda�s.supav�ors,and ema�oncy respoo�e a�cY P�•
If wrorka�s m+e wimcs�s to�axid�t,Wey s6outd(in ordix):
A Immediatdy call f�Srst aid
B. Obtain aooess to radio or teleptione and call ibe�ppropriabe ema'8'��Y�P���Y(�,P�ice,ambul�ce).
C. Have�mooae�o t�the site aooess point aed arvait the ffirival of e,ma�noY r�ponse Persom�eA mid dired d�ean to the
�propriabe ma on-site.
D. Validat�that thc Proja;t Supai�ndmt is im�iabdy adviscd of the situa�ion.
2. Foreaaa
���s�s�houW be knovvlod�abk of the sito-sP����7'�Po�Ptan end be p�ed to assist
projax ffie aw�e of We prooedures to follow�stwuld affnn that all new or tr�employees to that
ass�oe�o�P%�oc;t St�peri�d�ent tl�at�Siu�s000uoted for.c�ntrol or worker safety and site security aad provides ,
3. Typa otEmergendes and Proadores
Emer�cacv As4i�noe Pt�oedme
. �
6
EMERGENCY RESPONSE NtTMBERS TAIS FORM SHALL BE POSTED ON T[�31TE
DEPARTMIIVI' LO(',AL COMPANY/I.00ATION PHONE NUMBER/I.00ATION
ERTERNAL:
FirdPolKeJA.bala�a Or+o.o 911
Hospital Md6od�t HoepiW 93?rSA00
Nalioaal West6er Serviee Metropolihe A[rport Comm. 7Z6-S555
ffighway Condi�ora Me Dot ?96�076
OSHA 296-211f
Off ce of Eaviroe�eatal Servias (612)266-9090
Poisoa Iotoreatiot Ce�ter Heaeepia Coaoty Poisoa Coatrol
Aaiaal toafrd (f1Z)6453933
Projcet Maeager
All Peraons on the constraction site shall wenr hard hatsl! �
14. SUPERVISION AND EMPLOYEFS
A The Com�a sl�tl,Pria'W�t of 1�W�k,suMnit to the Owner's Rep�ive,Eor his ac�tx,t6e
name and experiaice�of the Pmjoct Manager�d Proja;t Supaint�dart. The Contrsctor�all also submit tlu n�es of key
mennbas of his 8rm wfio wiU be dii�oo�d witb the Projax�d oWlute the duties�td authority of each.
B. The Canroractor shall Lave at the Proj�ct site,�the fWl tetm ofthe Conuact,an�ro ved,c�mpetent,full-time person
who be eit6er a Project Mane�a ar a Superinten�t,and any n�sary assiss�nts,sll satisfactory w t6e Owne�s Repr�entative. The
�
Project a the S��p�intendent shsll not be chaoged,ex vnth ffie writo�c�onsent of the Owne�s R�tetive unless the Project
Manager a the S aeses to be in 16e employ of the� T6e Projxt M�eger or the S�a�shalf rep�sent the
C.anuaebor m h�s �d all direaioag�b�either of�by tl�Owna a the Ownei's Repres�t�ve shall be a4 binduig as if giv�to
tl�e Contrncto�. All dirodians ffid canmtmications shall be oon6c�cd'm writn�g.
C. If a Pc�ojxt Mar�a a a Supe�intende�rt approvod by tl�e Owne�"s R�tative ceasas bo be in the C�uacw�'s emploY,
the Cait�ctor shall imm�odi�dy repiace him with a personacceptabk to tlie Ovvner's Representative. The Owner in its sole discretion shall have
the right to rcquire the removal of any a�nt a anployoe of U�e Cantractor or any Subcontraccor without c�se at any wne.
D. T6e ConhacWr shalt ffi all tunes�farx s�ict di�pline and good orda aawng its employees�d shall not�nploy on We
_ Work any imfit person,�yone not sldUed ia the wroilc assigad to him and anyane wLo is not satis�y to ifie Owner's Represent�ive.
E. Eawl Emnlovm�t O000�bmitv
The Contractor s6sU comply wit6 F.xowtive O�der 11?A6 of Septemb�24,1965(41 C.F.R 60-250�which is admini4tcred by the
United States De�at of Labo�Off oe of Fedaal Contract Complinoe P�ogrmro,end wiW We nlavaat coks,regulatioos,and ordas of du
Se�x'et�Y of I,abor(oWlobivdY>We'EEO Roquirar�'�. T6c Ca�acxa wili fivam6 upon nq�est in8otm�ian� requued by tl�
EEO Ro4u�,a pursuso�t th�eto,�wUl ptavide aocess to�s books,i�eoords,s�a000ums to appa�opri�e agonc�snd the Sax�e�y+of
, I�abor f�the purpose of inve�igation bo asaatain campli�oe with the EEO Roquirements. The Canhr�cbor s6all i�lude the provisio�ns of this
Paragreph in e�vdy suboo�nct a purc6u�e ad�x so t�t sucL provisions wiU be binding t�pon each cwaatracbor,subc�a►tractor>or vendor
performing sexvices a pmviding materials relanag w the Wodc.
1) The Contracbor s�ll not discrimina�e agaiost aay a�loy�oe onappc�ant far anplayment because of raco,oolor,
a�e,re�igia�n.�ac,�iond origin,disabilitY.or veoetan stad�s. 1he Coatr�6or shall taloe affumadv�e adion to afsw+e mat applic�ts ace
� emplayed and thtt emploryroes are tr�bod durio�anptoYmont wimo�rt re�ard to�r rsce,cobr,a�e,�elig�,sex,n�iooal origin,
disebility,ot vo6�xan staws. Such action shell mclude,but is tat to be l�mitad to the following: d�loymen�nP8��8:demotion or
tr�aavfer;toauiamea�t a roauitmeat advadsi�1a�Roff a tamination;rates of pay or other fotms of campensation;aad seloct�for
trainin�includ'mg�tioeship. The Cogtc�w�bor shall post in conspicuous places,availabk to anployees and�plicmtts fa
employrtknt,notioes sattiag�rth tlu pravisia�oft6is � Pro�isi�•
2) The Co�acior s6ell emd to ead�lebor uni��repr�ive of worlccrs wid�wltidt it has a collecHve
bargaining a�oement,a n�ice advisiag the laba union a waker's reprosmtative of the Contrada's ooq�mitments under t6e EEO
Requiranents,ffid ho shaq post copies of We notice in oonsp'�s pleo�s avaiiabk to empbyces�d applicmNs for anploY�at
3) The C.oauscWr shall,in all sdiciqtian4 a adve,�ti�fa employees platxd on its behal�state t6at all
9ualifiod�6�w�iU neceive t�oasidaa�ion f�eniployme�t wimout rogmd�race.cotor,n�e.religioo,sex,nffiio�l origin,
disabiliry,or v�sMWs.
7
'tlee e�cbor shalt also comply with'F'��/f of ihe Civit�Act of t�bt� L 8&352J and ihe ngut�ions issuect ptusua�rt
therGo(24 CFR PaR 1�w6ich piovi�s t6et no pason in the Unibed St�es shsil on�tounds of raoe,oolor,or qatia�oal�gia,bo excluded from �
P�4►atim�n,be deaied the bwefits o�a be otherwise subjoctod tio disaimiotioe�any progam or adivi�y far which the�plic�t
rearved Fe�e[at financiat asssistance aad w�t immodiabdy tabe my measwes nooe&sa�y W e;fl'ec�be this assuranoe. If�y reat prope�ty or
structure�n in prnvid�d a impmved with the aid of Fodaal 5nancial assistance ex�t�the applicant,mis assurance shail obligete thc
applic�nt,or in the ca�e of�y trans�r of such pro�iy,anY 1rffi►cf'eroe,f�the Paiod ckuin�which We real propaty or shucUue is used for a
pu�pose for w6id►the Federat 5nmciat assist�a�s acbendod,a far��aapa�e imolvmg We pwi�ion of sim�a�servias or benefita.
F. Non�ed Facilitics
'Fhe�ont�actor cxrti5as dmt it tbes not main�in or provi�e f�his emP�Y��Y��citities at mry of his establist�matts,�d
�at it das uot Icnow�Y Pumit its�ptoyees�pafomn�r savioes��y la�tion und�its crontrol vr�rc facilities are
maintained. The Co�acxor agee.s tl�a breach of this cc�tiSc�ion is a violatioa of the EDO RequiremaNs As�tl�is oeRification,the
te�m"s�gamed�c�i�s"�anY w�aitian8 roan,wark areas,rest rooms and w�ash rooms,rc�ts aod ot6er e�ing�,time ctocks,
lodcer coo�,and odKx atorage a dnss'ieg aareas,p�lnn81�,�S�,�oa ar�ai'eas,t�sPatadon.a��ousim8
facilities pmnvided fa�'anployces.
Exccutive f�rdec t t2�6,and tbe reguCa�ions iasued pursuant�o(24 C�R�art t36�d 4t CFtt f�apba 6Qj,md Sccdon 4�bJ of the
Grant Agr�nent,which p�ovides that no person stiap be distximina�d a�tinst�the basis of race,�,re�iP,ion,sex,or narional origin in all
phases of emptoym�t duriog the perlatnmce of Federal a fedaslly assisted aoac4uaian oo�trac�s�alt Mke a�rrn�ive�tion to insure fair
h�t inemp l�yment,upgadiog,danobon,layo$a tami�tioo; rates of pry a a�er fanns of oo�oa; �d sdaxion for Uaining
and apprendaship.
G: Devetaoment of�t8'irtn�ive Rctioa F,onmti�ce Proatam
The Contractor a�s and oatifies that it will:
1) devdop a wriuen aff rmative action oom�pliaooe p�u�aos appmpriate For each of ps establishments as ralui�d bY
Title 41,Code of Fedaal Regulstiaos,Soction 60-1.40;
2j fipe eac�yrar accurate r�s on s�dar�Fo�m roa t�t)wlm�e appmpriale govanmmt a�or f sectirn►
1.7,Chapter 60,Titk 41 of t6e Code of Foderal Regulatioa�)iP. (a)the Co�ac�or ha4 50 or more anployees and has fe�ral c�tracts
with a value eacaodi�550,000;or(b)We Cantractor is subjax�Title VII of the Civil Righb Act of 1964,as amanded,�hac over
100�mployces or under 100 emptoyees,Mrt is owned or a�' vrith anotha cAo�any tl�employing a c�ombined wo�1�'orce
excceding 100 employ�ee.v>nnd
3) oompet its Subcwtorac0ots and Suppliers to oomply with ihe provisia�s of this P�h t4(fij.
H. Veterans Emolovment
I) 'fhe Contractor egrees tlut it wilt act upon ihe folbwing pravisioos�set fat6 in 4t�F.R.6e-2i0:
a) 1he Coa�or will provide�mq�SB.eo Wee� of qwli6od disablod vetaaos of tho
t/idaan era. 'Phe f,ontractor ag�oes ti�t suitabte emptoyment opeamgs whx�a�the time of thc execudon and t�se
which axur during d�e perforn►ana of c�trad(s)shall be offered for li�ting��a�opris�oe local o�ce of the State
Employment Service.
b) 'fhe tisting of empbymeart opmiegs wN6 the ao�vymeot system pws�mt to this @ara�aph Y4�j
shali be madc�leavt oonuunmtly with We use of any aU�er raxuilmeot savioes a e6nrts aod shdt involve We tiormai
obligatiaos whic�alhch to the pl�cing of a booa Sde job ada,is�diog tbe suoeplaooe af�mtls of v�and
�-vetam�s. Thc hsting of a�oympit openiogs does not nquire dk humg of mY�.I�aPPHcwnt or from any
�rticular�oup of job applic�v>and�6aem is inteaded to rdieve the Ca�t�acta 5��my requuements�
m We EEO Reqnirements.
c) 'fhis�h t4�fJ does not a�ply to op�aings w�hic�the Caa�ractar propoees to 51t from wit6in its
own or�on or ptusuapt to a wstorofry�d traditw�l promalion finm wilLiu policy. 1Lis exclus�does not�ly to _
a�'patdailar�op�ening �dxides to ooa4ider�fp6ca�ts oulside of its own a�aoi�ion�anploya-uown
d) 'Ibe bam"suitabk�yment a�ings"includes,Mrt is nat limi6ed ta,openings which oa�u in the
�.Wb����-�admm'�'��aod�opasimgs vrhich ere��a�salary basis
of Iess�000 pet}n�. 'Ihis tc�m�full-time a�to9me�1emPaa�Y�ioyp�t of�e than throe(3)daYs �
d�a�ion,amd p�t-time empbya�.
2) The CoMrac�r fuAha agrae.s thrt it wt�l oompel'tts Subcontrac�as and Supplias!u compty wit6 die provisions
of this�h Y4(�.
L Haatic�Ded Fa�olovmeot ,
tJ 'Phe f.ontracta�t�at it wilt ad upon the fottowhog provisioa as aex fafh in 4t C:F.R 6ft-74t.3:
The Contracbor�►all not di�iminate�+mY anPlayee a���or e�playme�boaase.of
plrysicat or ma�t haodica�for empbyroent,if qwti5ied. 'tbe s�eea to tame a�ebve
adion to empl�y>advana m employme�,sod oWavvi�e t�eat qwliSod haadicappod mdiv�Oels�viWout
dis�im�stion based Weir physic�l or me�l h�n�in alt p�adioes induding,lNrt not limitod
to,lhe foltowic� amp�mai��demotion a tr�sfer,roauibmmt a tecruibonent advatisin�
layoffor�amittelioa;r�es of pay a dl�f+�ms of ooan��;�d sda�ion for�in�induding
��P-
2) The Contractor fiuthex agres mat it wid cum�pd its Soboontractas and S�plias b wmply with the provisi�s
of Wis P�h 14(I).
8
2� �E�M'PS AN�MEETINfS
A 1Le Coohacta sh�l pnpete a Woeldy Rqxxt,w6ich aill be ddivereci to the Owna�an a wceldy basis,an the stmdard form
provi�by d�e Owner�xhibit FJ showing the numbex of farenteq jounuymen mxhanics,anQ Mher pasonnet emptoyed�ihe Projed for
each day,end the location and n�ue of the Work pe�famed. Failure of the Cona�aaor to tim�ly ddiver daily reports as required shafl oonstitute
cause fa t6e withholding of paymatt�unde�Paragreph 35(Axl).
S Not mae thm 3@ days foltowing c�mmenoanwt of ooastruction,tdc f,onfrscta aod r�ve�s of aff Suboontractas
d�igosted by tlu Ovvner shall atbend a p�e�ruction moeting schedWed by d�e Uwna. The Coatrnc�ar shall be n�od by its P�vjed
, M�>c,�s�«,��a a�«���oa by m�o�;s�a�snen n��br m���«y
pe�sonnek 'fhe pu�pose of the mceting wilt be to discuss m�6ets cet�it►g to the�roject.
C. Each waek thep�s of du W�k,the C�►tractor will oonduct a Prog�ess Mceting at a time and place agreed upon
by t6e fonhactor and the f)wna, which the F,onhador shalt review t1x pro�of We Work n#ive to th�f�on Progress
Sc4edule�d discugs ways of msmtaining the pivgres.c of tl�Work. Tde G�ot shall Suboontractois w6o�e activ�e on the Projed
�tlx time the mo�iug is hdd�o be present and be r�Od bY a Persa►with adequate��: The Coa�at shall roq�i�e Subcontractors
who are nat active on the�rrooject to be preaent and be ropresenbad by apasa�with edequs�e aumonry,if tho'v presenoe is requestod by the
Ownet's Representative. 'fhe Contrador shallk�p�curate wnutes of each meding and shall deliver a si�od o�y of eadt s�of minubes to
the Owna's Re�nt�dive within seva�ty-two(7�)hours of eacd moeting. Fail�e�e of the Contractor to s��hold tlu Prog�s Matings
Yequirat by Wis Para�apb,a farhme to submit s�gneQ copies of�rog�ess Mating INmu6es as requirod by the pra�adiog se�rtawe shalt�astitute
cause fi�the w►th6old'mg of payme�ts�P�aph 3S(Ax8). The Owner shsll be e�tkd to atbead and pmiicipate m all s�h Progress
Meetings.
D Eac6 month,a�We de}+a payment req�st is submitbed to tlie f)wner,d►e Contiractor shatt subaait W the Ovvner a C.ontract
StaWs (Exhibit K),which ropat shall,at a minimwq show,in detail,dto progress of the Work rela�ive to the approved Constntction
Prog�ess�dulo,a cume�t Contr�ct St�us Repat,a listing of outstaading submilmis a propo�als upon which the Contrac�or is awaiting
�sdditions a�d�ioas��sc�ch�ges o�ContYact,ande sa�istin8�P�B a��8�of Co�act�d
ContrscW�'s claimod oost end/ar aa6a�ion of time resulting Waefrom.
I6. SFJBMPPPhtS
Upon the earlier oF (1)the ex�tion of the Contract;or(2)recxipt of a Notice bo Pr000ed,We Coohacta shatl immodiateFy begin developing
alt submidats requi�by the f.onO�ad Doaime�s. Rli submipats are due 8�►the eo�or to the f)wna pri�to the expinqion of 5fty
so�shall be submt�oomiplete�e,untess at�vvise des�8na�ed bp ti�Oana. Fail�e o�f�Contractor to ooa�pl�y with tecros
oontain�in U►is Parag�aph shatt oo�iUite cauge foa the wit6hotding of paymenls undet Paragrap6 35 fAj f 23j.
A. Submittal La[
On a date to be ddamined by Ownec,We Owner s6e11 submit to We Co�actor a Submittal I.og ida�tifying the dates on whic6 the
Ca�tr�sLall malce�Mnittals.
B. Shoo Drawinus
1) The Contracta shall submit to the Uwner�e(1)reQmduc�k coPY(�Pia)and fa�t(4)blueliqe prints of all
" shop diavvings(the"Shop Drawi�gs`j in accordmce with the Ownds disodM�tion sc�te,m ampk tune to coo�dinema nacessai}y
fe�of con�oa with all f�ne�ion and iostallati�rcquirtme�in arda to mea We t�oqummaUs of t�Cot�uction Progress
Schedule. One se.pia will be reduned to the Ca�c. By We submission of his Shop Draain�,the Contraixor wa�nts dut he has
coordinated his Shop Aswi�s wNi thaee of athe�'f,oahadors.
2) Re�;ew:
a) Fabricaaon maY��Y��P�����Y�Plies R/ith
Roquiraneats of Conh�eY'or"Complies Except as Noted"(eaeh subjed to t6e Coutract Doc�s). No resub�m�ssion is
reqaired of Shop Drawings wluch sme stamped as indic�ecl aba�ve.
b) Fabric�ti�shall not be starbed for ShoP Drawings stamPed"Revise and Ragubmit". Ap oorrections
shail be made,and�w cwpies shall be r�submitted.
3) Submivals of Shop Drawings w6ich c�a�tain iav�cimt d�a a�e u�hecloed by the Contracxor will be n�turned
fa c�orrectian wid�out fi�er chaking by the Owuer.
e. �a�x n�
1> ���' '-.nsix(6>c�;es oPproauct aata are requiroa for ead,submitku or resubmiaal. P�t aata shau be
submittod along whh gs where�iate. Additianal cwpies when req�by Uie Ow�s R�ve shell be
fiunished wid�out additiaoal oost.
2) ta: t�ta eppficeb�e to We item su�nitbed fot app�ovat shalt be desiga�od�the cadatog aRs.
D. W tias
Wa�shalt be submitt�dto the fhvna^s�ve at lea�t 1hi�tY f�1�befot�e Ac�ta of We�lor�by die f)vvnet in
acoo�dance witl�the provisions of Pareg�aph 38 heroof. All warr�ties must be�ro Owna prior�o We Ownds Acceptance of
d�e Wotk and Fimd Paymptt
E• Sam hs
1) Orieinat Submittal: Ualess othawise specified a dira�ed,the Conuacwr shall submit four(4)of each item f�
whic�sa�npks are requmed for�oval prior to ddivety af t6e me�erials tio tbe Projoct Sibe. Sampks�all bo r�re of the
acwal ma�aial ptoQoeed and of sufficie�siae to show design,color.�e�d 5nish. Re,p�od samples wiU aot be t�nned.
9
2) : M acceptod sampk will be�eduned w the Contract�. The Ownet's Represeata�ivoe wil!tBe the
rdai�d appmved s��ia�ue oampliance of the finis6ed products suppi�d.
F. �ti8calion
1) All submittals shatl contain a title block on which Uie folbwing data is paa�at�ently attachod a nated:
a) Projecx n�e and h�tion.
b) Owna identific�ion numbas.
c) Contracta"s and Suppliers names and addresses m�d the oame of the individual ro�whom questions
should be addtessed.
dj �identification. _
e) Submival tide,drawing number,revision number and date of drawring and n,wisi�.
f1 Rpplicabte eontra�ct D�awit►gs m�d SpeciSc�ion sxtion m�mbecs.
� Produci data submittod containiAg multipk items for��oval nced ti►e identiSa�tiai oaly on fhe
e�rtetia�. In such ins�cxs t6e identific�on shalt' pu�e�►d cxlaMg ibem n�bers.
2) S�: Vacmt spaoe appmxim�lY 21R"high by 4"wide shall be pravided adjaceat�th�ibmOi6cation data
to roceive the f)vvner"s status stamp.
G. Cid�aal
Y) �: �ach itdn snlxaitted shait be �evievwed by the Cantradar and dsrFe a stamp a nate
doscribing the Contractots acxion,sig�d�Pe�on�by the Camactar tu do the chod�iog with
that pctson's n�e �1�Y P��-
2j ��,�,og�r nsb'' Go�►trpctor shatt review eadt suMnittat for canp�,coafonnance to the eontract
DoCummts�d ooadmation wt oma p�oi the Wodc mid the Progress Schoduk. BY prov�d�n$aad subtnitting w the Owna'�the
Owtx�'s�sig�e Slap Dtavvmgs,�odud de�a,wa�ranties mds�p ks,the ConVada wil!be damed bo tept�patt that he has
ddermiaed and vaifiod(a)We avattab7ity of alt mat�xia�,and(b)Setd�and fietd oo�hu�aibata teba�ed�o,
and that he has chodced ffid coordionbod the infio�ma�ion conntained wnt6m such submittats with We arf the Wo�ic,the
Ca�tract Do�md the Progress ScLadule�d th�sud►ShoP Draw�s.smaq►les,w�ries d�a i�onfi�onfotm to t6e Cmuatx
Docxanentc.
3) �n��irgd b Owner: Acceptanoe is Eor genasl design�ly. Qu�tities,size,field dimensions
aad Aocations�e so�oi �shcs w �c �e not part of the f)wnds�and wi�not be�.
Acoordin�ly,the Ownd's�acapbmoc shap in no way rdieve the CaatracWr from 6is oblig�ion to oonform 6is work W required
ch�sacs and M Projxt Spocif�tioos.
4j D�,M�s: 'P6e f)wocr may return incompkte subminals with�action taken. 'Fhe Contrador shalt have no ctaim
for�y d�a Eor aa ac�sion oftime dac to delay in the Wock re,wking 8�om We rejedioa of mabexials a from the rejection,
oo�rec�on,and resubnudal of ShoP Drawings,s�nPks and otha d�a,a 5um the untimely submiss�theieoE
17. PROJE��D�R�1T3
A. The Caotradar s6e11 maimain at the job sibe,unless a�herwise diror,bod by the Ownds R�ive,cwpies of all
sub�in�cAmplie�'moe�Con�x Do�c�entc.�of Contract,Change Diredives,otha c�hact modification4 and other documents
S. The f�Ontr�or s6dt cha�ait sa�ions of t6e Spocifications for spxiSc refe�ences w maintainiog�wotd dtawings and
�b�o �g��. 'fhese tofa�es m+e i�to cla�ify teoo�d doa�entation for part�iadvr items and ar�not
C: 'Fhe eo�or abdt eas�o that eacd of t��roject Rxord D�nam�arts shalt be ckarly marked"Arqjart Ra�rd f�py"and
shall be rt�inod in�ood aonditiaa and avail�►lc at all times fa ingpectiou by the Owner's R�t�ive. T6e Co�eactor shall merk up the
most ap�opriabe doanaa�ts�u rooad si�ific�nt�durin8 d►e oo�ux�on Prooess and signific�at ddails a�shown in tlte original
fba�act Doa�m�ts.
D. The Co�actor shad�t6et the infam�ion giyen shall indude,but m�t be limi6ed to,the actual lo�xtion of We
undar�round utilitics and a�ppa�noes,referoacod w pamanaN surfaoe improvementv. Rlso,the Mcation of inbanat P�P�B.����'�.
condwt and appwt�anoes oonvealed in build'mg�uetures,refa�enad ta visibk and acoess�k feahue.c of th�stnufiues. P�ojec;t ra�rd
aoc�unents m w no loepc c�ure�. 1Vo work sl�su be pam�tly ooaoealed�mtil me reyuiroa infamation naa bea►ra:ordea.
E. At the oomp�on of the�rojoct,We Ovvnds R�ve wilt fiunish the fAntracta�with a oomptet�sd of wnrart
ConUact Drswings. The Caotracbor shdl trm�'a the noaded�W the drawin�ne�ty w�ith a li�of�werg6t to
clearl�show the ro�ord chea�es. The Ca�ractor slmll�and sign a oatific�ian�meat on�and pale th�t the Drevvin�s a9
submitbcd are oorrect and avana�dy depict the Wak as it has bea�construc,ted. 'tl�ese dcawings(the"As-Built Drawings")s6a11 be subm�tted to
tl�e Owner pcior to Aooeptmoc o�We Projax by the Uwna and prior to ihe retease of the Contradds Final Payment
Y� �.E�RN�
A Cl�n o-U
2j 'fhe f,o�acbor shatt�movide for a1t cteem-up and off-si�e disposat of alt trash and�ris as roquind by the
Owner. The Caa4w�or ah�ll pmvide vv6�ever manpovver and equipment('mcluding,but not Lmibed to,d�m�rs)that the Owners
Rqmsa�we,in its sok disa+etioa,fals is no�ssary to�equabely ck�sad remove fmm the C�on sitc all trash,dut and
10
debris thffi resuhs from tl�e opaatiaag of the ConUactor,his SubconOractas and S�ppticas,and Ownq=furoishod mamerial i�alled by
the ConhacWr.
2) Rlt aquipmeat�temporary facilitie.c providcd�maintained by d►e f,attractor shalt be reraoved froon the Project
no 1�than Final Compktion. However,pria W Final C.ompldioq the Conbactor shall remove a retocate such equipment or
tempaary facilities widun 72 haus of ib reaipt of notice W do so by the Owner.
3) If t6e Co�racGor fails W cle,an ug as pmvidod in this ParaBraph,the Owner ragaves thc rig�,�On fo�tytight
(48)hours wiittea notioe to We Coatractor,Lo procoed to remove flte debris,the aost of which will be c,h�ed agaiost We Ca�hactor.
8. Finat Ckan-iJD
Prior to Substantial Caanplaian,t�Contractor shell employ e�aienced pd�oac a a professional team bo make a Fi�l Gane-Up of
the A+o�ed ar�ch portioos of 16e�roject as We f)vvna''s Repr�ive may�sigoa�e. S�ch Ch�-tJp s6att cs�u�e th�Proja,t Lo be�tabha for
immed�e use fa its iutmdod purpose. Sud�Clean-Up s6alf teave dl s�,equipment,5mshes,fix�ues,fiunishing and alha�ioans
in a caiditi�requiring aoh'adinffiY c,ere to ma�tain. 'Ihe Caa�tiactoc shall be ravpoos�le w ra�an as dinected�y meas saled a dirtied as a
rasult of p�Onning oaroctive a emoompleted Work
19. CHANGE OF CONTRACT
A T6e Owner may ada�in the scope of We Wak and die ConUactor shall"pafam the Wafc as� 1he Owner
may order chan�es ss follows:
Yj 'fhe f)wner may iss�in writing a roquest fa e eb�ge of eouUacx proposal to t�eontr�ctor. 'Fhe f�on�actor
sl�all submit a propasel for the roquesbed C6ange of ConUacx to We Oweer withm fourtecn(14)�days of the reaipt a�f such
roquest(a as oWawise spocificallY agce�d W�on by the Owner�d the Ca�hactor). The proposal sh811 oomain a 4�t�tY�Y
��a�Y�,mna catcut�tions,unit prioes,iabor ho�s„r�es aaa my a�ha iorocmation a�ry w�me
Owna,in We Oana's opinioo,with a oom�sive�mder�ndi�of the 'Ibe proposel shall oortain any a��e the
Owna r�l�fram 16e roquestod C'6�e of Contract. 'Ibe p�+oposal shall�imit prioes oo�ood'm the Ca�act Do�ts>if
anY>the eontraotor s�lt tepre�a�t and oat�f�to the f�vna that the prices oantsined tf►ereia�e 16e towe�prias avaiiabk�o d►e
Contractor. If wa�covered by tlie proposat is similar to wak fa which unit rebes have boen e�blished,the unit ra�es far sad►
established vvork shall be,at the Owna's option,d�e basis fa detem�ining the oost of such simil�work. The proposet sheN dearly
indie�e alt areas of the�ak affccoed by�d requested ehaa�e of ConO�act. 'Phe f.�ntractor shalt roquine each Suboondac�or,Supptier
aad Sub-subcontractar W coafani to the roquiranents of t6is ParBg�r�6. If We Contr�xa fails to submit a pr�a�propoeal i�
�a haevviW,tl�e Owner may suspard 5utha paym�ts�mtil tl�Cantracbor c�plies.
2j If time reshaintc require or if the Uwner and the Contractor fait W agroe upat the cast of atry m the soope
of the Wark pursuant to Patagraph 19(AXl),the Owner may direct ihe Cont�actor by wriUen orda to pr000ed witb dw ak involved
by issuiag a C6aoge Diroctire(Exlnbit n. If the Contractot cleim4 ihat sudi vrak co�idrtes a Change of Conh�,then the Co�ctor
shatt submit to tl�e Owaer e roquest Eor a ehmge of eotmrat�in acoordance with Pma�aph t9 fA�tj. The fAntracx sum a Wo time for
performanoe may not be chaogod as a nsult of issu�ce o�or o�plianve w�itb,a Change Directive. The Owna may aL90 isaoe a
(�ange D;raxive to a9ae,ss�a�sia�t the C�uact�or.
B. R ehan�e of Contract is a written order to the Conntrecxor sig�ed by We Owner or the fh�vne�s Agent,issuad a�a the
exea�tion of the Contrect,ao�rizing a ch�e in tUe sa�pe of the Wai�a sn adjustment of the Contract S►mi a the time fot pafom�m►ce
(Exhibit.n. The Contrad Sum�d the t�me fm performana may be changod a�ly by a Cttm�e of C�tract. A Ch�e of Coatract signed by
` the eo�or indicamr.s his�t maevvith,inolu4in8 tlu adjusUmeod in tt�e f�ot��act Sum a the dme�ot perfarm�o,if�y. k�
understood tMrt imless t6e C6m�ge�'Coetract spoci5cally and ck�dy mod�fies t�time for perfamance,We Co�ador agroes tt►at�shall
be no modification in the time far perfocm�oe md,by arecuhn8 We Chffi�e of Comre�x,the Ca�tradar wsives aad rd�aay and
atl Claims.riShts.or inta'es�,incl�ng,but�t limited to,Wose�exb�stons Of tiiue,�,dis�uptia�, of effieiency>"rippk,'ar atlxr
e�ctrao�dinary or consoqquc�tial oosts,otiginahag dira:tty a indiraUy out of the Work set forth in ot relatod to We pmticular Chmigc�Cattract.
C: 'F6e chage�aedit for the ChanBe of Contract for waic P�P��m��f��)witt be�as sd
fath in this Para�aph 19(G�. 'Ihe albwabte timit for trade madc�is based on scwal oost Dlus a percentage fee fur ovdi�ad and pro6t of Srve
Pea�►t(S%)for We Comisctio[and 6d1 panatt(10%)to he�porhonod bdweea�y and ad Subo�actars�d For work
pa�famed by die eoatracxo�wva f�s,tde C.ontractor's ma�t-op shalt be fimitod�o actuat oost plus a pero�age fce for ovefiead and profit
of tea pacent(10%). Fa the purpose of calculating trade mark-up,acwal c�t is defined as(i)cost of labor,indudmg social sa�uNy,oldage
and�MYrt►cnt insurance,and Sin�e ben�fits roqui�d by a�reement or cuswm,w�ork+as'o�ins�rana and band�(if
�YI,fu?actuat coat of n�,m�ch��Og�mx�the oo�t of�ehveay,anQ(w'J t�tat value of�quipmeat aod machinay,based on current
AGC rental rates,obtamed�uaed pxi6 for such wrork. Adual oost�es not mdnde any it�w6icfi oouW be deaned to be a
oonditions cost or ovechead s�h ss.bnt not liaoitod to,the oost of C�uha�r a�Subvontracta suP�Y P������
and fietd offia and neh�ed e�p�s. R1t wak pafnrmed pursuaat bo this�h t�shalt be subjxt to verific�tio�dit yffie Oa�ter.
The Contracta shali afford Oqmer reasonabk access to atl applia�bk Pro�ct recads fa a paiod of throe(3)ye�s from We oompld�'ou of the
Projxt
D. �tl�e altana�ive,the favna shalt have the rigdt to eroptoy a separa6e f.ontractor to p�rform s�vwoi�. 'Fhe f�racror
shaU afford separate Cmmacto�s rea4onebk opp�mity fa the dolivery�d s�ota�e of their m�erials md aryipmeat and We ex�tion of the
work,and the Cantracxor s�ll fi�lly and piop�rly coord'mate his wo�Y with tl�e wrotic of�ch separabe C,antrac�o�s,all at�addidaml oost t�the
fhvner.
E. The Ownrr,in its sole disp�n,may da�to pay for extra vvoc�pai'utmed by the Contractar atWough We Caatra�tor has
�rcotnptied wim alr roquir�of ine fore�oing sub�a�ap6s of mis�, 'P6c e�hacxore�t�ty s�ees that�d►ao�ion by me
Ownor shalt not be damod a wa�ver of the Owna�'s rights or oo��e a cotuso o�tw�d,�the rp�dr�ents of dris Patagaph. The
Contractar fuNur expnssly sgras tl�thc Owner s6all have ao oMigation W pay U�e Cant�ctar uoless 16t Cootr�ta'has c�on�plied wilh all
requir�nts of mis rffiag�aph,ana me owne�s rights toreq sad,compliance st►au be me s�►e as if ine ow�r t►aa requirea�ch wu
oanp�iance wtm respoa ro ead►ana every itam of zx�a worku��formed ey rhe conaaxoc
20. ef.AH�IS�ERTRA f,'O6T/EXTENISiONS OF'fH4�
If ine c��c1ai�mat any i�xioas bY DrawingS.C��B S�P�ngs)a wdaen cJaris�ion ar omawi�c;mdve ama costs a
tequire an extensi�of time unda 6is Conua�x,he shall grve We Owna's R�r�2ive written notice within sev�('n days of the�ooeipt
11
�£ VVithin fourtcen(Y4)days of submissian of�e waitt�notice,the C.ontractor s6alt submit th�back-up for alt aitowebk a�nsroos of
time and all claimed ezUra oosis,inctodiog,bat not tonited 60,ddailed labor and madxial�Is,subjax w Pffiagraph 8(A)heieo£ E�ccept in an
e�nagency w6ich�as liBe arp�np�ty ihe Caa�acbor shel!not proceed withau w�iU�s�ce in the fam of a D'ma;tive a a
Change of Contract 5+om Wc Ownv-. �ail-i�e of die Conh�actor to provide such vvritten notice m a timety manner within sev�days shall
deprive the Contractor of its right�claun sudi w�tra costs.
SY. eOR�PiONi OF�'fMK
A Ca�rodiaa of Waic Before Fiotl P�vmeat
t) In tfie eveat that the Caatrador reoeivas a►�ification of faulty or unacceptabte V{�ort b�f)wners Represe�ative,
the Ca�tracxor shall prampdy r�ove&am We premises atl vwo�i�condemned ac i�iling w confom�to the requu�ts of U�e C.ontract
Docuir�ents,whemer inc�porated in th�VUa1c or n�. The ConUaotpr shall th�a replace and reeuec�me itc own walc in
acc;ordance wiW the f�Ondact Doau�ts md without ex�ense to the Owna and�the exp�se of m�ing good a�work of
Wher codtradors deshoyed a�by sac6 c�maval or re,��t In sdditioa,the Co�cac�or shell parfarm ail cv�g md friting
for�t�ades noassitaocd by We Coohacbo�'s atots.
2J S6outd We eontrac�or teftne or fait W correi,rt faultp a�w�k PromPdy fbut in no cese tooger t6an
tweMY(2�)days�a should the Owna's R�tative oa�ider it inadvisabk for the Cont�ctor to do so,the Owner may either(a)
aud►�i��oonaa�o�w oarea me waiC rt me contr�o�s e�e a ro)a�t me fa�,ny or a�w�ana oMain fran
the f,�tracta a craLit,c�o�ained'm a eh�e of f�atrsct,rep�ting We dimiuished value of the wat aocepted.
3) The Owner shalt mal�e a Sml u�on of atl Wa�aflrr the Projax hss baa cwmp�ctod. Corraxion of all
faulty a�u►acce�bte wak by thc Conntrac►or�alt be a c�aditwn pr�a►t to Finat�aymc,at Finat�oe�na shatt oocur after the
Ownet's P�mchlist,Pr�'od dunng fmal io�aCtiam,has bo�satisfied,such satisfachon of the punchtist boing a condttwn pt�acedent to
Fina(Payment
B. �on of�VVa�C Afl�er�inatPavment
workmanship.roUV nless mothenvise specifiod,We Caahscbor,upo�notifi' cation by the O��prom reme�such�defoGs�d�ti�aeto
�a�y t��y a�m me o��og m�.
n. o�vrrErcs��r�rHo�vo�srorwo�
If the Ca�or should neglod to proeoqrte the Wafc prop�ly a make pmgress su�ci�to eosw+e oompletion in acoordana with the
Consh�uction Ropess Schadute,�aWawise fait�pafamaay provision of the f�ntract,the f)vvn�may either(tj ord+er me Contractor to stop
the Wai�(a any poRion iheroo�until t�e ca�se fat suc6 otder has ba�e�iminarted,a'(2)upon fatY-eight(48)hotus written naRice to the
Contractor and his surety,if a�ry,aad without Qiejudia to aay other remedy We Ownec may have,mslce good such deficiencies and doduct the
oost tl�a�eof Erom any�t dKxi or tl�a�due We eoo�tnr. If the payme�s d�or�d�u t6e f.�dacxor are mt so�cient to
cover suc6 emwmt,We Contradpr shall pay Uu diffaeaa to 16e Oorner. Huavevea,this right of We Owner W stop the Work shall uot give rise to
any duty a�the pmt of the Oana!o acar.�e ds ri�t�the bmefit of We Coana�7pr or ffiy a41�a pason a eotity,nor sLall it rdieve the
Conhactor of his rosponsibility fa piuvid"wg fa ffic safety of pasons on the Project Site a roid m►y warranty of We Contracbor,either express
or implied.
23. CODiTRhf.T'i'ER11�IA'fiON _
A Ownds Ria�rt w T�m'o,�e
rj 'Yhe eomraccor sMit ee m ck6ult of mis e�nUact if it(s)becomGs insolvea�(b)6ks a has stea,�in�t it any
Petition in Ba�wptcy a makos a genaal ussi�meet fibr the b�eftt of ifs creditas>(e)f�ls to PaY>wh�due.for ma�aiaLs,supP�ies>
tabor,a other itemc p�uoh�d or u�oa in ao�a�ion w�m me work;(�reru�s or rails w proeacirte me worlc,a�r se�able part
thereo�wiW suc6 dili�oe as wilt eawa�e tfie coo�on of the Warh in acoord�oe with the fooshucdon�rogress Schodute;(e)in the
Owner's opiaioo,fsils,refi�ses a neglec�to suffci�t labor,mataisl or supavision in the pro�aa�on of We Wai�(�
interfeies wid►or disrupts,or t�s to'�aeYwith a disNpt the opa�tioos of the Owner,a auy aWa comcactar,s�plia>
suboontractor,ar a�her pason worlriog an the Pmject,whelbd�by rea�on of any lsawr disWUe.P��►8.�Y�►8�bY�Y�'
ra�son;a(�oommitc mry otl�Meach of this Cantract
2j In the evart of a�eLeult by We emtracwr a�eta�ion by t6e Oaner W act in accardanoe with Snbpffiagraph 6
of this Parn�rapL,the Oana may taminele 8�is Co�'act,md suc�tamio�ion slmll be o�axive fartY�eagM(48)haus a�er the
Contrmxor rooeives wnttea notia tliaeo£ At We Ownds aption,the Owna�may t�escind ib terminatian ndice by so nopfynug the
C,onUncta in a�ry�iabe mw�er prior b the axpiration of fortY�B�f�T hours afta the fbntrador rooeived the�
�ticx a priar�tbe time the Coatrac�or�amroves his oquipma�t and fa[as fi�t6e Projoct She,wluchev�r ia laax,aod We Ow�er
may tahe poas�ssi�of all or�y�taiala,�pplies,e9uipment ar►d tools p�iog to diis Projax whdMx on tlie ProJax Sibe,in the
Contrado�'s stap ar�traosik md may mabe ind�an�mt arangan�s�or We oompte6on of the�VV+ork. 'Phe amamt of the comp�eti�
oost,as vwel!es any aWa oosts,d�s,ar a�s,indudin8 We Oomds k,gal fas and ex�es,incrated as a result of a default,
due,the Con�hacbor��to�amotmt�exoess withm'�S�ftan f t�of We O�wner" �em�tl�eneforexoeod d�e bal��e
3) 'Ibe mao�a'lsb,suppli�.oqoiprt�t end tools taka�by the Owner may be used in compkting the Wak and may�
be' iato the improve�ea�s beb�g ao�. �Vit6 eespoct W my of�t items mcapor�od i�o the�ro�oct,or oonsmned
in me�net t�usa�bk valae of�e s�as of the date of taking shalt be credioed sgainst the a6onsaid totai ooaaq�ldion oosts,
damages and a�peases. Wit6 respax m any aucb items wbich are not so i�aorpa�ad ar oongumed,a which hsve a salve�e value,We
Ovvn�may,�its optioa(aj�e titk Oo td�sm�e or any p�t of the smne,as of d►e�te of�h and crodiR t�net reasonabte value
theraof as of the dabe of�a�st the�ota!oompletia�n oost.dsma�es.and�pa�s,or N)red�m We samde to the Canh�aaror and
cr�dit the net�onabk value of the t�tl�ereof by tho Owner agaiost the said total oompktion oost,d�s and e�es. As used
in the�smteaas,We phra9e"net re�abk val�"of aoy ibems shall mera t6e teasonabk value afta deduc�timg all amounts
which 6ave baa paid to We Conhador on acxwu�thaeoE
4) in the evatt that the Owner�es not tecmin�e this Contract dospite the occurre�►a of an evart of&�uh,but
instead assents to ddayed compk6on of t6e Wock by We Coahacta,such as�ait shall not be c�ongtrued as a waiver of tlu Contracta's
obligation to reimMuse the Owner for aay aosts,da�es.or expenses inc�red a4 a r+esult of such dela};amd all such oosls,da�na�,
12
ana expenses snalt be paia a reimbwsoa w me owne�wimin si6oa�(r�asys uf ine owne�s�ema�►a merefor.
5) 1�aftc notia of tanoin�ion of We Conhacta"s right to Procced P�nt W P�ag�h 23(AX2�it is debermined
for auy reason tl�at We eantractor was tat in default,ar that its�etays�e excusablr,a 16at tl�e Owner is not entittod to tl�e�
ag�nst tlie Conttac�or provided thaein,tl�en the Conhscwr's re�edies agaanst the Owc�a'shall be the same as and limibed to tlwse
a$or�d the Contrac�r under ParsBraph 23(Ax6).
6) 'Yhe f)rvner s6stt harc tlie ti�k to�ermin�e Wiss f�Cx without c�se upon EortY-�f'�)�`�
notice w the Contrac�or. In We ev�t of sw*team�o�ion fa�c�nvmieaoe,l6e Contracca's ri�ts against We Owner s1�aU be lm�ited to
thart poition of the Cantrs�x Sum eamed d�mugh the dabe of t�amina�ion,wgether wit6 all'macerisls ade�d(v�icb shail b000me We
pmperty of Owna)aad anY re�ina�e withhdd.but du Caitrador shall nar be entitled��y ot6er or fiutha nlief against tLc Own�,
w' cluding,but not limibod w,mticipatad pro5t an Wak not patormad.
B. �ntracta's�s�t�'faminate
If the Work is�For a paiod of n��days a mae mda an ada of any cou�t a aher public authority having jurisdiction,
or as a result of an act of govemmeat,such as a of a nationat eaiagawy making m�eriaks unavaitabte,tluough no ad or Fault of the
Contractor�a Suboaitractor or thcir agans or employees a arry other pason paf�aming any of We Work under a contraot with thc Contcactor,
a if tlie Wo�ic is wfiotly a au�ly disoontinued fa a period of sixty(60)days or morc by the Owner,the Caitraata may terminate this
f;onvact and such teaminetion shatt be effedive forh'-�f�1 haus ai�er the Owner rooeives vvritton notice therco�m�d rawva from d�e
ow��y�c r��u wo�x�oa ma��►r n���,oa��►r�;�s,�w�m,c�,oo�m�oo�ma
mis S�ubpara�raph fg)•��of tlu Contractars fce. This Co�ad can only be te,�min�od by the Conh�pvsuant W ffie urnLa of
C. The Co�ors obligatiaos�smg art of this Contract,including his obligatia�s under Paragaph 40,(exoept anY
obligation to compieUe the Work aiber Uaminatiom)sLaA sarvive termin�ion.
2t. LIEN3
A 'fhe�oo�or she�oomply with the pmvisia�s of appticabk lavvs arM regut�ioas of the state ia wluch the Project is
situabed with tesped to such laws and regulatioas r�ing to d�e liability of the Ownet f�mechanics'lieas. The ConhacWr agras bo t�e all
P���Y to a�ta�e mat th�Ownds liability far�chanics'lieos and similar liens is limitod to t6e gceabe.st ext,eat possible ueder the
appticabk tien b�vvs. 'Fhe Co�ac�shalt atso advise thc f)waer of tl�e�wna's obligartions under appticabte tie�isais. To We fiil�t exoent
P�m�ed bY law,the Cantracbor vvaives�y rigMs to Sk a mechanics'lim�t ffie property,md ag�es uot to st�ffa a pamit mechanucs'or
msdxi�'s Gens to be Sled a c�uod against mY ProP�Y of the Ow�er ar its related c�no�ias fa services pafo�d,a matciials,
machincKy,anQ oqwpexa�t fiunis6od'm oonnxdon with the by himsel�anY Subcontracta>Sub-subcontrador,ma�anic,laboroy
Supplia,or any other person,firni ar corpo�atioa,for waic p�on We Projoct pursuant to this Conhact by,through a under the
Coatractor. In d►e event thet�y such lien slmll be Sled,We Coua�actur ag+�aes to tare all sbeps nec�sary and proper for the release�d
disc6�gc of suc6l�a in We m�a roquir�by tlu�w in the state in�tbe lien has bcen filed on raxipt within seve�(�d�s of�etnmid
Erom the Owner,aad'm deFault of perfamiog such oblig�ion,agtees to reimburse tho Ovvner,on d�d,far all moaies paid by the Oarner in
the celeasiog,s�isPyiog,and di�of such lieas,includ'mg reasooabk a4taneys'foes.
B. Neither t6e Fi�t�ayment nor any patt of U►e retaitkd pacacttage shait beconie duc untit the Coatractor sh��efiver to the
Oavner a full and final release of aU Na��sm�aU of the C�tract or rece�pts m full in liw therao�and if requirod in eith�r case,an affidavit
Wat so�r as he ha5 I�wledge or information,the releases�d receipts indude all the labor and mat�ials for which a li�could be 61ed;but the
Contr�may,if�y of its Suboom�ors teftBe�o fiunish a receipt in fW�focuigh a bond setiafactory io t�f)wner,to in�nmify him against
ffiy li�. If any lien i+emains ua�a'�ied�ar all payments me made,the Cora�acoor shall�efimd�o tl�e Owna all monies t6at the latta may be
compelled to pay in dischargiog�ch 1ien,includ'mg atl cosls emd t�sonabk�tarneys'fxs.
2S. �SS3IG1�Ii0�NT AND TmmtB TARTY EE(�EF�Y
A 'll�e Owncr�d the Contracta each binds itsel��d its�rtnas,successors,executors and administra�s�d assigos to the
otl�er party of this eantract md�the permas,su�sas,execuwrs,a�min�tas anQ assigns to suc�h dher party,wiW nspocx W alt
oblig�ions cro�rtainod'm the Conlract Doc�xits. The Ownor may t�sign As rigWs�d obligatiaos u�a Wis Conhact(including a collateral
assig�t maoo�M m►y time wh6o�a mo oonsmc of mo canas4xor>aaa me Conauctur eg��«a�tc any aoa�ma�ion wim rc�ea to
� �assi8oment�mPtiY upo�the f)wner's requesk Howeva�,tl�e Cantractor sh�t nat assign its obtigations unQer this C�tract or subte.t as a
whole without the pria written 000sent of the Owner,nar sh�ll We Con�assign any cnoaies due bo it haeund�>wiWout the prior written
oonsent of thc Owner. All ass�nm�eots without the Owne�'s prior writbe�t oons�t me void.
B. 'tbe Contrac6or�as mat eac6 sub�sct aad elt p�chase adets ex,ocubod by the Conh�actor f�this�rojed,md alt rights
of the ContracWr�,s6d1 be�abk to tbe Owna,a to��tacta designa�ed by We Owner>at t6e Owaers option,w�ithout
000sent of the Subooal�tor a S�pliet;that upo�►sucb an�s�t bocoming e�axive such SoboonUacbor or Supplia wilt be bouad to the
f)anet,a�such eomractor�esignaoedby the t)vvner,as fully and ia the sma mem�a�such Suboontractor is bamd�o tde tbntracoor under
�h subcomract or p�e ader;�d tbat�on sud�assi�t becoming egaxive all sureties of the obligations of such Subc�tracta shall
bc bound to the Ovm�,a such oomractor dac�nemod by tF�Owner,as fully�d'm the same m�ner as such sw+eties are bound w the
Coatractor. 'Phe�onorsc�or futtlxr a�ees 16a�to U�e cxteat Pamitbod bY applicabk law,ait pamits�d ticenses ob�aioed by fhe C�t�for
We Project�d alt right,v of tl�e Com�actor d�p+a�nda shal!be assigoebk�o We Owner,or to ano�er Cont�ctor dasignated by the Oaner,at t!k
Owna"s option,vnthwrt the oo�of die iswing e�tity.
C. E�octive a4 of�y oenninallon of this f,orn�ct,the�c�or shad be deemed to have assig�ed to the Owner att of the
C�tcactols inte�est in t6oae s�acts and purct►a4e ordas e�bd�ed i�o by the Contraco��ia W beimination which the Owner ifical(y
roq�by vvritbe,n notioe. Puts�nt�o Subpa�aph(B)ab�q all suboou�ts and purchaqe ardets shall provide that thcy�5�y
a�ignabte by the f.�xor to t6�f)vvner�d its assig�. �bch ass�'g�une�s by the eootractor sbalt not in any�ay bc cwnstruod as tl�e f)w�'s
assumpdon of the Contrac6o�'s�o�diog obli�m4 to its Suboonttactas�md Supplias. The Owner sha�a�be a�6'betly to�iste with
and anga�e(for itsdf a for my odKr oomractors that the Oaner a�es to roplaoe the Cont�actor)anY Subcqntradors,Suppliers,a othe�s mat
tl�e eonhactor deatt with prior to tamination.
D. No provisia�s af the Contrsct Doa�als shall in�y way m�tt�e to the baufit of say third pe�son(including the public at
tuge)so ffi W ooastidrte s�ch pason a third parly benefici�y of tltis t;ontra�x a of�y oae or mae of t6e t�ms and oonditmns of the f�ntr�cx
Doquneatts or othawiae$ive tave to any c�use of adion in auy pason nat a party haeto. The ' of t6e�wner set bort6�this Paragaph are
inteaded far t�e�on of We Oa�na only. No ti�ts of We Owner�ecified m tms P��r my adion tarm by the Oaner pwsuant to
dtis Parag�aph, be ooashuod as aooep�oe by t6e Owner of my�on of We duties owrod by the Contractor to mty thi�d parly.
-� 13
26. INSPECI'ION AND USE OF PREMISC3
A. T6e Owner,the Ownds Rep�ve and ali od�as speciSed by the Owner shaU have safe access to the Wock at all time.s
fa inspa;don pwposes. Notwifh�u�d'mg the fa�iag,the Owner and ihe Ovvner's Rep�ive shall cat be respoa4ible for,aad will not
have crond�ol�chuge o$oonshuction meaos,me�ds,b�hni�es,�or Prooedures a frn'safetY�and Prog�ss in
oonnection with the Wa1c,and they shall not be�ibk for t6e ConUactors failure to arry out the Wat in acoordanoe with the Contract
Docwn�s.
B. The Ow�cr�e.aerves the.right w oocupY�Y P�of the Pto,jed and ope�ate ffiY Wuipmeat th�t i�pmt of the bn�7dmg
without constihtting acceptance of the C.onaacxo�"s Waic or maberial iavolved either in whok a in part,unkss the Ow�ror,in rts sole disc,retion,
��Y�P��of the Projed a pieces of equipmeat by written notice to the Contracta�.
C. The Contractor s6all confiae its aQpar�ns,tde sWra�e of ma�eriais�md tlie oper�s of his warktnen to limits indicated by
law>�dinances,Pamils�d diredioae of the Owners R�re. 'The Cootrsc�or shall mt eaqm�ber the pc�wi16 its material
f�such maRerial as is absolutely necessary far the Cantractor tu perf�m the Work vviWont in�aruptian a�as app�u�ved by the Owep's ��
Rep�tative.
2'Y. INDEMN�ICATION
A To the fullest extent pamitb�d by law>th�Cant�actor slmll inda�mify>deknd�d hdd harmless the Owner�d its rel�ed
canpanic.s from and agaiost all c�aims,d�,lassaS ffid e�pa►ve.s,int�uding,btrt�t limi�od to economic 1oes,direct,in�,and
conseque�hal daroa�s,a�l attomcys'fas md expea�es,�ait of or res�ltmg finm We p�xfocmmce of the Wodr,providod tha�an}+such
classn,damage,toss a e�a�se f t1 is a�tribut�k�o P�mJ�Y,�Y�J�Y,sicl�,dise�c or deat6,a�to in,pay to or destruction of
�ble propaty including the loss of use resulting tliaefrom,and(2)is c�usod in wliole or m pa�t by any sct a o�ss�of th�Caotrsctor,anY
of its Subcontractors�Suppliers,anyone dit�axly a indirec�tly emplo}rod by any of them a anyone for whaee�ffiy of t6aa may be liable,
r�araless of whdher or nar sud►ouai�a,d�ns�ge.rnsa or ezpa�se is cau�a in p�t by uw p�ties in�amiSea d�m�. 7he f�'s
obligation under this Pffiagaph 27 shsl!pt�d�d to and indude liability for t6e sole,p�iid.caalriM�tory,0000�vy ar ooncu�rent negii�ence
of any pmUies indemoified herein md for my a�er scts ar amissia�s of tl�se pacties olha U�n�oal scls ar amissioos. 1'he phrase
"tangibk propecty"as us�d herein incl�des wiWo�R limitation danage w the proparty of the Ca�rac�or,all pertiGs ind�mified 6ereiq a of any
thind puty.
S. In any and alt claims�the Oaner or its rdated oom�ies bp my of the fb�cac�or,ffiy of its
Subcontra�as ar SWiplias.anY���Y a q� bi'�i'of tl�►a anyoue�wbse acts any of them mary+be li�le,We
indeannific�ion obligatiat�mder 16is P�6 2��K b�in saY wa�'bY mY limit�ion on the mnoupt or type of damsges,
canpeas�ion or benefils payabk by or for the Contractor a�emy of ifs Subcontra�as«Supplias unda wo�cers'oom�serion ac�,disability
ben�fit acts or odier employee benefit ac1s.
e. �ts pmt of the indemnity sd fa16 above�d to the fi��eextait pamiued by Faw,We faooUcacx�a�oes�o in�annify and
save We Ownd'm►d its rel�ed�hmnless fi+om atl coets,dama�es,or expa�,s,' Mrt not limibad�a,teasonabk a�bocaays'Socs
and expense.s,incurred by any of Wem by virdu of any daim ar daim.s whalsoever 51od by�rts S��oo�a�a�s,S�b-suboouUadors,
ma�mics,taba'ers,or s�li�s,arisin8 San wrork p�l'amod p�sunt to this CoMract by,throug6,a un�kr the Cattracbor,inchNliag without
limitation any such cas�,�,or expmses whid►ari�e ay a rosult of We pardial,oonaurmt,campa�ivc,or oo�cibubay negli�enoe of a
d��hotdhatmless,profi�x, 'and�the Owna�re�Odoa�'��anda�ia9t ti�ilitY.c�,l���B'�,
including,b�rt not limitod W,dind da�.�aneys'�oes.t�omt oo�ts,tmd exp�s o�'ooltocxiao,occasion�d in vrhok a ffi pact by t6e failat�e
of the Coahactor,tts S�Oom�saoss, ar Suppliers,to oomply with any of We tum4 or provisiom of the Con6racx Documerts,
i�luding vvithout timitatim Wis indenmity obli8etioo.
D. The Contr�ta sclmowledges t6e rooeipt and su�iciency of spocific,vsluable oa�sidaalion�d dha benefits accxuing to
the C+�ntracbor in axcl►�e for the f.o�trac�!`s obtig�a��u mdemnity�dsnag�m pasaes ar c�ed bY��P�
���Y,�P��,a o�caunat negligeaoe of adY PaAiea�tmda�tltis Canttact.��5c ooasidaatioa mcludes,b�rt is
not limited�o,t6e first frve paceat(S%)of cach psyme�mede to tDe Contratxor�mda this Caatr�aix.
E. '17ie i�ific�s c�tained in tdis Pavagraph 27 shall apPlp reg�dless of whet�the liabilities sustained were the resnit
of se�tt�nents or oontc�tual a ot6er volwiwy farms of dispube nsolution.
1
F. 'Fhe terms"f)wna"and'Yeh�od ooa�anies'�useQ in this�h 3?includ�e tl►e rapaxive o�oa�s,dira�ors.a�enLv.
�,�P�Y�.sucoesso�s and assigns of the Oamer and its relabed�. T6e/am"r�elaood oomp�mes"as us�d'm this Parag�eph 27
m�os a�+eaKities m wLich the Owner Lagomtr�og at mam�ayal in�ar mty aMi�in wLieh tlre Owner a Lss�in6ar�s,and
w6id�s�e in exisbenoe at at►y time betwa�tlk dsBe o�dw ConNact and the Gonk�o�s sooe�ce of Fiml Paynte�. Such�ddac include,but
�e not litnibed to,c�por�ioas,P�q�.�J��•
2� H�i9fJRAPIeE
A Cauhsctor's Ii�ilitv,�noe
Yj 'fhe fmt�ac�or sha�purda�se 5o�t and maintain�a sha�cwse its Subcootracxors a� W
pwchase fiwn and maintain)with iagiumeoe oo�es to Owna.�d►iaa�ttancx as w�l pra�act the Coahactor,
Suboontredors,Sub-suboontr�ta�s,Owna�,Owne�'s aia��(' an)+�,the g�amd le�or(if any��d all of their respxdve offic�s,
direcbois>ageMs,servaats,�miphoyoea,S�om cl�s set fort6 below w6uu�may aise art of or tesalt from�un�er the
Conhad by We Opmer,�y We�by a 3�oo�acxor ar Sub-s�bo�or,b3'��S'��Y�P��►Y u►y of
them,or by anyone for vY�ase ac�s my of them may be liablt:
e) alaims bp Conhac6ors.Subooa�cm�s.or Sob-suboontra�ctors employee.s under vrod�as'
oompa�tian,disability bene5t and aWa�similar employoe benc6t ads;
b) claims for dmna�baxuae of bodily injtgy,oow�tio�l sicl�ess a dise�e,or death of the
Co�radot's,Sub�trsc�ors,or emMoyo�:
CoMrsctot's�Suboonh��,a�ba��of bodil5'�AI�'Y sidu�ss or disease,or deadh of�y pasan aA6er tdan the
�PbY�>
14 '
d) claims for dama�es it�surod by usaal pasot�sl injury liability ooverage which are sustained(1)by a
pe�on as a rault of�offease diraxly�indua�ly relatod W anpbymeart of soch pasan by the Conhrador,Subcontrador,
Sub-s�bcontractor,or(2)bY�P�:
e) claims for damages,otha than w We Wock itsel�because of injury to or destruction of taagiMe
prop�ty,including loss of use[esulting thae5vm;
� claims for d�baxuse of bodily injury,dea�h of a pasan or prc�percy dmna�e�isiag oM of
ownership,roaintenance or use of a maRor vehick;�d
8) daims involving c�trscdial liability applicable to the ConVact+ot's obligations unde.r Paragraph 27.
2) The Contractor and,unlas om�se sPx'�fied,e�ch of Contractor's Suboo�tactors and Sub-subooatrad�rs,shall
procute and maintain the inswance recNired by P�gaph 28(Axl)for not less th�the following coverages and limits,a�if
roqu'ved by Iaw,in t1u following c�tegories,amowrts,and detail:
a Wodcers'Comp�insurattce f�stalutory amow►ts including a Voluntary Compens�ion
Endorssmen�
a) Employer's Liabitity i�urance for S1,OOO,OOU per Accident�d Disease;
b) Compnehe.nsiwe or Commaciat Genaal Liability insurana witl�c�nbined single limits far bodily
iajury and propdty d�age of 55,000,000 e�h ocaur�ce.
Such policy shall include the following covtxages a endors�►ts(all references�re to caurent Insurance Services Oflice
standard forms):
• Inde�endent Contra�ors Liability
► Pcududs and Com�laed Operations I.iability w be maintained for two years after fmal payment
► Contractual Liabilrty(covering the Con�s obligations undcr Paragraph 27-INDEMN�I�A1'IOI�
� ► Additiona(Insureds-Employces
► Broad F�m Prop�ty Damage Liability,�ing ComPl�od Opaa�ions t�be maimainod f�two years afte�r final paymtnt
► Personal Injury,with Employce Exclusion ddeted
► Incidental Medical Malpractice Liability Ins�u�ce
► Blanket X,C,and U Coverage
► Severability of IntcrestS provision
If We Genexal Liability coverages are providod by a Commercial Genual LiabilitY Pd��q,the General Agg�e Limit sha�l
not be less than 52,000,000,and it shall�ly,in tokel,to this Projed onlY 63'SP�ific endorsement(similar or equivalent to t6e
Insw�nce SFrvices Off ce form number CG 25 03);
c) Businas Auto Liability insurance iaciuding owned,na��owned�d hired vehicles with combined
singte limits for bodily injury and property dmmage of S I,000,000 each oawrence;
d) Umbrella Faccess I,iaAility insurance on a"folbwing fnrro"wiW c�►bined singlc limits as required by
the Special Provisions. Such cove�age s,hall be excess of all liability insuraa►ce required un�Psragraphs 28(Ax2xb)
� t�uSb(d); and
e) Aircraft Liability it�aance includ�ng owned,non-owned,and hired aireraft(applicable only if the
Project invotves the use of an aircraft)witlt c�►birnd s'm ig e limits for bodity injwy and propeRy dama�e of$25,W0,000
each occucrence.
. J� a) t1I IIiW�I�COYCI�wS�IIWL IJG�1���W�1 OII�I pOCCIUTQICC���r��(��mpiY4Y W
"claimg-made")and shall be maintained witho�t intennpfion fi+om dabe of oommen�t of the Work tmtil date of fina(
Payment unless oi6exwise specified.
b) All insurance policies tmder Pata�raph 28(A)shall be maintained with insurance companies qualified
to do business in the state where the Project is located and sha11 have a policyholda's r�ing of"A"�better and a financial
si�e of"X"or beher in tl�e most caure�t BesPs Key Rating Guide. Such pdicies,exoapt Workas'Compeasation,shall
s1��Y n�Owner, Owne�s mort�ae(if a�►Y)>t1u B�ound lessor(if miy�mfd all of their respa�ive d�cfa's.
officers,agents,serva�tts,and e�mPbY'as,as adfidonal it�surods. C�trector shall not oaaunence wrotk he�mda uodl tnu
c�pies of policies a�oertiScates,or bot6 ff�equirad by Owma,evidencing the ias�u�coe have becu submittod w�d
�proved by Owner. Atl renewal policies a ca�i$qates shall be delive�ed to Owna nak kss th�m twenry(2U)days�C'to
the acpiratiaa date of such polictes. Ca�aotor shall not allow any Suboontractor a Sub�uboo�ctor to commence work
'' umil snch Subcontracxor or Suy-subcaahador has obtained�x less than the insu[anoe oove�ages set EoAh in para�aphs
38(Ax2Xa)through(d)above. If mry of the fone�ing ios�u�oe cavaages are rcquirod to re�ain in faoe afta fuml
payment,an additioaal catificate evidenc�continuapon of snch o�uage shall 6e submittM W(hm�'.
c) All inswance policies under Paragraph 28(A)shall not be cm�celled or adverselY�e�Y�8�
except aftu thi�ty(30)days advancx writ6cn noRice to Owner. Up�rece�pt of any r�tice of canallation a adveise matenal
cbange,Contr�tor shall wid►ia ten(10)days Procm'e roPlaoement policies of insuranoe. If Contractor fails W pno�wre and
maintain acceptabk policies of inswanoe in acoordance wiW the to�ms heroo�16m Oaaer may,�Ownea's aption,obtain
such insurance at d�e cnst and expense of Contr�or,witbout the noed of any mtice to Contracta.
d) All insurattce policics�mdaPara�aph 28(A)shall be specifically endarsed to provide t6�the
� oovec�es wiil be pamary artd d►at any insurance cam'ed by any additional insured requitod i�nder this Pazagrsph 28(A)shalt
be acCess or noa-oontributory.
B. Buildc['s Risk
1) Contractor shall purchase�1 maintain property it�suranoe on the Muldiog�d materials,equip�t{exc�pt
Contractors'equipmeat as outliaed und�Paragraph 28(C�),and suppl�es at the srte wtud►have bo��are to be inootporatod into tbe
Project. Such insurance shall also inclu�mose Project maoerials,e9WPm�t,and suppiies owned by Owner aad sWred off-site. This
insurance shell include dtie intet+ests of Ovvnet,Owna's niortgagae Cif�Y), the Co�wr,Suboontractors,and Sub�ubcontrnCbors in
15
,
the Wotic. Such insurance shall be writtm on an"all-risk"replaoement cost basis.
2) Contratxor shall also purd�se�d maintain boik,r and maahinery i�ce required by the Cont�acx Documeatc
a by taw. This iaswance shall include the inte�ests of Owner, Owner's moRgaSe(if anY),the ContracWr,Subcontractors,and
Sub-subcontractors in the Work.
the Contr�shall be �osurance unda this P�agrap�'ble'�m We event of aa inswed�lo�Contlacta waive�s�ce'�
recwvaya��t Ovvna�deducd�bk�. ShouW C�tractor ekd to incxease said doduar�bk,C.�sball be rrsp�ible for
paymeat of s�increased deductible mno�mts. Co�shall qwide s artificaUe of�oe evidencang such requirod covaage to
the Owner up�request. Any insured loss is W be adjuct�with Owner�d made payabk to Owner as fiduciary for the insureds,as
ihc'v interests may appear,subjea to the roquirements of�y applicable mortgage clause.
C. Cont�ctars Eaui�ent Insurana
1'he Contrsc.�tor shell purchace�d rosiotain Goffitacto�'s equi�in�a�ce aoveriag c�fiw�tion machinay,aN�p�t,and tools
used by the Coatrector in the performance of the Work. Such covaage shall be wtiltea ai a policy f�m at kact equrvalextt tp that
pcovided by a"Contractor's Equipment Fto�er"as customatily dcfined withic►the insur�ce indushy. Cont�actor also agrees to aotify
any Subcontractors and Sub-subconUacto�s of tlbir obligation w insure anY roachinaY,WWPment,and tools used by the
SubcontracWrs�d Sub-subcoatradas in tl�e perfam�ce of the Wair.
D. Indeoendent Oblieations
The Contracto�'s insurance obligatirnis oontaided in this Pffiagrnph 28 are separate Snm and in additioa w the Contractor's
indemnification ob(ig�ions ooniained in Para�taph 29 of this Contract
29. 3EPARATE CONTRAGTS AND MU1'�TAL RE.SPONS�II.iTY OF CONTRACI'ORS
A. ConsWction of other phases of t6e overall Pmjax Will be oa�ducted oonqttre.mly with U�e p�fam�ce of this Conuact
Accordingly,it shall be the�ibility of the Contractor to fully coordiaate its a�ctivities wilh ihase of all other conuacro�s and with the
Ownd's Represeatative to e$'edivety prosecufc the overall oanpletion of the Projed with a minim�mn amount of i�xference�d to prevent �.
discropancies wiW tlie oontinuous Wak,and p�early ecoess for atthet trades. It is specificalty w�derstood that otl►er vwork may be scheduled
at the same time and in the same areas as t6e C s Work. TLe Cootra�or shall inbell�geniiy admiuisber its co�actual obligations and
cooperate to the fullest extent with oth�contractors. Additionally,the CoMractor sp�ifically ag�ees W rnordi�e its Shop I)rawings with those
of arthet c�tractors.
B. 1Le Contractor shall be responsible for the coordination of the installation by We Owner,or its c�tr�tors,of all fixdmes and
equipment to he purchased by the Owner. Tow�d this end,the Contractor ag�es to provide aca�to tbe Projed fa the delh+ery, m
place and installadon of the fumiture,fumishings,fncdues,machinery and eqwpment,in acoadaice with the Owna's iostallation��ule,for
the Umds exclasive use in such setting in place�d iastallation. In sdditioq the C�Irador shall ooadinate with the Owne�'s other
c�ors for the ingtall�ion of utilities,equiPment and SoAwes.
�. The Contractor shall afford�contra�ors reasonabk opportunity f�the i�roduction and sbotage of the'v meterials and
equiPment and d�c exavtion of tl►eir work,and shall propariy oowect aad cootdinate his Wqrk with Weirs.
D. If arry p�t of tlie Contractor's Wark depends for propc execution or�Its upon the work of arry Wher sepmame c�tr�ctor,
the Contractor shall inspa;t and promptlY repo�t to 16e Ovvt�ts Rqms�ive anY sPParent disc�Cies or deSeds in suCh wak Wet teader it
unsuitable f�such proptr exocution�d results in writiag. Failure of the Connactor to so inspax md report shalt oonstitute an�ce of
the otha c�tractor's worlc as fit and proper W receive its Wo�1c,excxpt as to defects whic6 may develop in the Contrsctor's Work after the
execution of t6e Conuacto�s Work.
E. Should a ooatraaor cause dama�e�o U�e Work a propaty of any otha�or a►the Pro�ax,fhe pmty daa�aged shall
uotify the offCad'mg oomractor in writing of sud�dmaage and tice offrading oonuador sLall be�the c�st of�og alt such damage. Thc
Owoer resa�ves the dght to effec�te We repaics�d to ch�e ffie oost tha�cof against the offending o�tractoc Tlte Coatractor 6ereby
�s�Y��S aU claims agaiact the Oamer for�he ooat of repairmg demage to the Wotk caused by�her contractors. Contrador hereby
agcees to aUtempt to nsolve ffity i��s regarding d�age�o anomer oontracWrs work a damage to ils w�k causod by another cont�acta with
the ot�contractor.
3o suBcorrriucroRs
A 1Le Contrnctor shall fiunish t6e Owner's Re�tative,prior to exxution of tl�e Cantract,a oompkte list of all maj�
Subo�tradors and material Suppliers who are ptoposed for We exaartion of the Work.
S. No Waic may be subcontracted wiWout We prior w�ittai max�ce of ihe Qwna's R�ve wfio resaves the right
not to aocept aa}'Pmpoaed Suboontract�whose�eoo�d das not e�ablis6,in the s sok disa+�tion,the acpaience,cahpetence and
Sn�cial ability of We Qroposed�tractor to per�nn the Wodc. The Owner shaq aoc be liable for ffiy additional c�ts incumed by the
Contractor should it w�ihhold its�proval of aay suboonuacta.
C. No psymart will be made to Uie Contracbor far work perfom►ed by a subcAnt�acta not accepted by the Owner.
D. The Ov�ma shall have the right�o�Subcontract�ors aad Suppliers d'uecdy to�in(1)what amounts,if any,are
d�to the�from the Ca�acWr,(2)tht projaxod oosts of canpleting We remaining portion of tl�ir Wak,and(3)du soope and�of aay
claims and disputes 6etweea the Snboontractor or We Supplia and t6e Ca�hactor.
E. NWhing coatained in the ConUact Documents shall c�+eate any ca�tractual�l�io�hip between aqy 5ubcontr�ctor and the
Owna a any agent or empbyoe of tbe Owner. Nothmg ia ihe Contract Dow�meats,includmg the provisions of Paragraph 37,shall crEate any
obligation on die part of the Owner,�any empbyee a a�of Ow�ner,to pay a W sa to the payment of any sums to any Subcontractor br
Sub-suboonhaexor a sny ot1�pa�ty not dira�ly oontracting with the O�vner.
F. 1bo Owner shatl have the rig1N w review,with proposed Subcontractors�d du Contractor,the elecnents of the Wak to be
perfocmod by the Subconuadors ia order to find ways of raducing die Cost of the Projoct and the Contracta agrees to 000perate ful(y witl►tl�e
Ovvna in this regard.
31. RELATIONS OF CON1'RACTOR AND SUBCONIRACTORS
16 "
A. Rela�ions
The C�►trador ag�ees to bi�l ev�y Subcontrador end every Suboonhador shall agree to be bound by the oams of the Conhad
Documents ac far as applicxbk to his Wak,including tl�e fo(lowing�xovisi�s of this Paragraph 31.
B. F.ac�Suboonhador Shall Asree:
1) To be bo�md to the Contractor by the�ofthe C�tract Documa►ts m�d W assume tovvard it all the obligations
and responsibilities that the Contracxor,by those doannents,assuwnes toward dee Owner.
2) To submit W the Contractor applicatioac for paymeat in accotd�ce with the Contract Documents.
, 3) To submit propossls for Changes of Coatract in a000rdance with Paragraph 19 heseof�d to requi�e dch and
�ery 3ub-subcontractor to submit his ptuposaLc f�Changes of Contr�act in�ccordance with Paragt�h 19 herooE
C. The Contrac6or A�zracs:
1) To be bound to Subconhactors by all the ohligations that tl�e Owner assumes to tl�e Conaactor unda the Contract
Docuatents�d by alt the provisions thereof affording remedies and redress to the Contractor lrom the Owner.
2) To pay the Subcon�,upon Owne�s p�ym�t of requisitions,if issued tmder the Payment Scheduk as sa
fath in P�h 33,the�ount allo�ved to tl�e Contractor on accouM of the Suboontrador's Waic to the ezbent of the S�s
intere.ct therem.
3) To pay the Subcontractor ttl such extent as may be provided by ihe Contrad Dac�m�atts or the Soboontract,if
. either of if►ose provide for eerclier or larger payments than thc prooeduie«�ntained in Subparagraph(2)�ove.
4) To pay the Suboa�tractor on demand for his wo[k or materisis as far as executed�d fued in place,kss ihe
retained perc�e,at U�e time payment is due,evw�the Owner with6olds payment pursuant to Paragr�h 35 h«op�uoless We
c�uuse for which the Owua is witl�holdiag payment is We fauh of the Subcontracfa.
5) To pay the Subcontiactor a jusk share of ffi►y fire insurance proceads received by it,the Ca�ttactor,under this
Contract.
6) To make no demand for liquidated damag�a penalty for delay in�y sum in p�oess of such amamR as may be
specifically mm�ed in ffie Subcontract.
� 'n To require each and every Subcontractor to submit i1s pro�osals for Changes of Contrad in�cordance with
Paragraph 19 he�eof�d to require each and every Sub-suboontracWr to submit rts proposals for Changes of Contract in accordence
� with ParaBrap6 19 hdeoE
32. LABOR AND MATERiAIS
A. The Cootractor shall provide,pay for and maintain all I�Or,materiaLs,ecl��Pnx�;too13,�e�t�d
machineay,he�,ma0erial hoisting,scaffolding,shaing,famwotk,rahores,cranea�e,traosPo�tion,�er Protectia�,storage,office
f�ilities and odter facilities�d s�vices ttecessary for the propet execurion and cwmpletion of dto Wodc,wh�her b�parary or t and
whether or not in�rpa�ated or W 6e incaporated in the Work. AI[scaffolding shall be erected and maintainod in a�ce with�and
st�e and loc�roquitetnents.
B. Atl m�erials and equiPm�t fiunished by the Caatrador�this Contract s6a11 be nevv,fiee fr�faul�and d�s,of
8�9�ty,and confrnm W the requirements of the Conttact DocumeMs. The Contracba shatl eBad md pcovide as�quired to the Owner and
iis representatives,satisfactory evidence of the quelity of We materisls used aad uomplete info�mation in writing as to where mat�iak to be used
_ in the performat►ce of the Wak are being manufactured a assembled,and full and frce access to all shops and fsx�taies for We purpo�es of
informing theaoselves as to t6e�naal o�ditions�nd pt+�ss of the mat�ials to be used a installed The Cantrador shall inskud�
supplias and tn�ufacturets to give full and ac�uate informati�diraxly to dte Owner a�Y Pe�son a entih'd�i�s�d UY Uee Ownu on any
quations coaoaain$9uslrtp,Paf�m�ce,�livery status end such oth�d�s as may be roqu�by We Owner or its desi�
representative. The Owner,the Own«"s Rcpresentadve,and all ofl►e�s�signated by the Owner shall,at all titt�es,6ave froe mnd sat'e access to
the o�ce,shops,and yard of the Contractor to verify any information about the Work given by the Ca�tractor.
33. APPLICATION FOR PAYA�N1'S
� A No A�a�n fa Payment will be acapted unless supported by all roquired doa�ioa
B. Befae the Ca�tractor's Srst applic�tion for payment(tha"Application(s)for Paryrtpent"�the Contractor s6all submit to the
Chvner's Representative a pmposod,oomprel�nsive paytn�t scheAule of val�s(the"Paymeat Scheduk")allocabed to du v�ious portions of the
Work and for the Wodc of eac6 Suboontracbor. '[his Paymeat Sc6odule shall be divided so as to f�ititate payments to the Contrecror and shaU
be subs�tially in the seq�a of perfortning tde Contr�t Work. T6is Paymwt Schodule shall be oompilod a►tho fam suppliod by the
\ Oame�'s Rep�ve md'wcor�or�ed iMo�d be a p�t of the Contcact Dpc�ttn�ts as Exhibit E. The Owmds ac�e of the Contractor's
Paymeat Sdxduk shall be a oond�hon pr�t to�y payment obligation of t6e Ownec Applications for Payment shall be basod on We
acceptod Payment Schedule which shall be atteched thereto md supported by such other documentati�as may bc requued�d as appmoved by
U�e Owner,the Owne�'s Repre,saitative or its construaria►knder. No Applic�da�for Payment will be acceptal uoless the applic�on is
supported by a c�omplete Paymprt Scl�edule appcoved by the Ow�'s Represe�►tahve.
C. This Paymcat Scheduk shall bc used as the basis far the Contractoi's periodic payment iequ�ts. 1'he Contractor shall
submit the fam completc and ia the number of copies diracled by tl�Oovna's Rapres�tative;Ute fotm mid copies shall�y each
Apptication for Paymcnt
D. 1. 1Le Contractor sfisl!include in an Applicati�for Paym�t all Wak,mataiaLs�d equipma►t oavered by the
AppliCadon. Except as set forth in s�bP�a�aPb(DX2),tt►e Owner shall pay C�Uactor for all orrsite Work,mamaisls�d eclainmeot
ComFactor s6s11 provide Owna in the next Application fa Payment fdlowmg said psyment withp ea�ectrtad Waiv�s of I.iea in d�e fam
of Fachibit C for all sueh Work,ma�aials endequ��. The Com�tor waerants tiUe to all Work,�y a�s m�d e�upon lris rxeipt of
1 P8Yma�t d�e 6rom O�mer froe�d ctear of all lieas,daims,seewitY inte�esb a�encumbr8�uxs,�nd tt�no Wa$mata�ials ar expi�ent
cove�by m�A�puc�ian for Payment win t►ave bcea,acqo;ned ny me eontrada;or br anr otl�ppson paformiog w«�C at me s�e a
fianishing mabenals and oquipment f�tbe Project,subject to an�ment under which an inte�est thereia a sn�a thaean is
r
. 17
retained by the sella or ot}�awise impoaed by the Ca�ractor ar such oUxr puson. The Owoer shall not be responsible for such portion of t6e
Work imtil d�e W�k Las been fullY c�iaod aad accepbod bp We Owner.In ead►Application f�Payment,tfie Contr�actor shall requice each
Suboonh�actot and m�risl suppliea to submit a propaly w�aarted Partia!Waiver of Len in the form of Exhibit C waiving his lien rights W We
extent of payments previously receivod.
2) If�Appli�ion fa Paytnent is made fa maberials n�ins�llad in the Wo[fc,but suitably stored off-site at a locqti�
acoeptable to the Ownds Re�ive,sucL application ahall be acoompanied by kgally acceptable paid im�oices�bills of sale and oopies
of adivay tidc�,�br the co�or,indic�ng tt�mo co�ar vaisea tht 1be ma�ials shown on a�e ea;rnery ticke�are at We
location acaq�tod by tlie Ov�mda R�ive. Failiu�e of the Contrac�or to fumish p6id'mvoices a bills of s�ate vvill be caase i6r withholding
such amotmis frwm payment uatil such paid'mvoias�bills of sak havc boen reoeived by the Ovme�s Representative. The Ownet"s
Representative r�ves the right w ex�nice the swred items�Or to payment
E. Ten perc�t(10Y.)of the value of esch paymcnt mede pms�t to�AppI�fa�Paymmt shall be retainod by the '
Ovvner and shall be so acc�ntod in the Applica�ion for Payment. Retaioa�ge shall bc�e�d}syable to the C�trador�the Fioal Payaient
subjed to the oonditiops of Par�s 35,36 and 37_
34. CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT
A In the ev�t theR di�Owne�'s Representative docs�t accept the Application fa Payme,mt,he shall redun the.�pplication and
state ia vvritjng his reasons for withhold'mE payment
B. The Own�'s paymait to the Coutradot a pvztial a entire use af o�cy of the Wak shall not constimte an acceptance
of any Work or materials nat in confonniiy with We ra�uirements of t!►e Conuact Dowments.
35. PAYMENTS WITE�ELD _
A 'The Owner may wit6hold,seto�or,on accoimt of subsequently disoovered evidence,nullify the whok a part of any
ce�ti8cate to such exbent as may be aeqessary to ptota�the Ownat frar►IaBs on s�t oP:
1) Failu�e a refusal of the C.oqtrador W pexform a oo�ly wit6 a�►y terms,oonditions,provisions or o6lig�ions of
this Contract�eny o�ageema�t betvwaen the Codcacxor and the Owner ar mry of their relatcd oompanies.
2) Defoctive Worlc not remedied.
3) �laia►s or G�s filed a rea�abk evidence indica0ia$prd►able 51ing of claims or lieos.
4) Failwc of the Contractor to make paymd�ts properly to Subcontradors or for labor,materials or equipment
5) A i�le doubt that the Waic c�t be aompleted Eo�the balance then unpaid.
6) Failare W comPh'wid►anY Ch�ge Di�tive iss�rod by the Owau undes Paragraph 19.
� Dama�e�o the prope�ty of We Owner��000ttaetor.
8) ln the Owner's opinaq failure,refosa(or negled'm supplyiag sufficiem labor,material or supervision in the
prasaartion of the Wak. �
9) Failure to meet tl�e requireme.nts for Applit�tia�for Payment oontainod in Paragaph 33.
10) Failure to submit the C,onstrucxioa Progr,ss Scheduk.
I 1) Failuce to o�ply wi16 the Ca�an Progcrss Schodole.
12) Fail�e to respond to a request�r a Change of Coetract proposal as reqaired by Paragcaph 19 hereof.
13) Failm�e to provide all subfnittals within t6e rcquirrd t�e frame.
14) Failune b submit Canstrucxion Piog�ss Rep��s as ra�uire4•
B. When the afor�onod bases for withholding payment are removed,Payment shall be made for amoonts withheld.
36. CON'I'RACT S�J14t,DLSBURSEMENTS AND 1'AYMENTS �
A The Comract Sum is sot faih in We Contract. It is mbended to mclude all Worl�described'm We Cantract Documonts and all �
inc�+�ses in oos�tlteroo�aihd6a�a�incUd'mg wit6out limitmg We gwaality of the fo�egoing,tsaces,labor and mataials,
ell of wLich shall be borne by We Con�bor.
B. Shouid the C�hacbor or�to pey any bill,imoicG,a any omer obligmtion to a Suboontraccor a Suppliea, .
incumd by him Lor the Pragoct,the Ownet�giviog q�e Com�ctor and Lis swetY,if any,ll�ee(3)days�written nofiuoe af its intention so to
do,shall have the right W pay aad disch�e the afore�n�ed bil1,invoiqe or qblig�t jon from any paya�ents due or w become dt�the
Coah�a. Any such peyme,m rt►ade pirsumt w this S�bpn�p6 by t6e Owner sLdl be c�nsidered as a payment to We Conkaawr and shall
be aedited agaiast the amoimts due the Contracxuc 6eramder.
C. Aay and aU fimds paid to the Canhactot p�lrsuant W this Conuaat a�e b�ereby decl�ed to oa�stitube trust funds ia We hands
of the Contractor,w be applied first to the paymmt of claims of Sub�ntracxors,laboras,�d Supplieas arising out of the Work,to claims for
utilities furnished and tsaces imposod,md to We payouent of pemiums on siuety�d othex bands and on insurance,before application to any
other pwpose. Whenevor requued by We U�Vner,it s6a11 be We duty of We Contracta to file wi16 We Owner a veri8ed�k in a fam
sarisfactay to rhe owna,oatiry;ng me�nts men auo ana�awing from me Co�sctor for labor 8na ma�isls,�fam d�rein u�e na�s
of the pasons whose ch�g�es or c�for labor a�materials m+e unpaid,and the�amamt due to each�arvely. _
D. No payrt�enfs made hereundx by the Owner to the C.ontractor p�to Final Payment st►all be deert►ed conclusive as to the
actual value of the Wak paformed by the Ca�ractor or of the Conhactor's p�xfo�m�oe of his oblig�tions under this Caitract
E. The Owner m.saves the right to issue ptogress paymeM chod�s and finel paymait checks jointly to We Contrac�and any �
;
18 '
Subc�iractor or Supplier at the Owne�s option.
37. COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT
A. Upon the camnpktion of the Woric by the Ca�tracWr,the aco�oe of We Work by the Ov�mer,and the release of all claims
against t6e Owner and the Work by the Cantractor and Rs Subconuactors�d Supplicrs(which m,icases shaU be evidenood by final waivers and
relea�s,propetIY reoaded releases of liws,or arther docwnents acoeptabk to the Owoea�the Conuacxor shall fiic a mquest for Snal payment
11�ee8�,ihe Ovvner shall pay the Caotrad Price(as adjusted bp anY Changes of Conbact issued p►�to Paza�aph 19 ha�eo�less all pria
paymeats to or for the acoow�t of the Co�act to the Cantrador as final PaYma►t("Fi�l Payment")•
' �. Upo�the receipt of die Contiractot's Final Applicalion f�Paymeat,including Exhibit D,the Ow�[er shall pratiptly make a
; final iaspedioq and if the Own�Snds dte W�k aoCeptabk and oomplete in shict accoidance with the Conriact Documents the Owcer shall
p�umpoly issue Fival Payrtient Final Payma�t sh�11 be a�upan ComPldion of the Wak and shsp indicate the OvmePs Final Acceptance of
the Work and h�s�knowlodgmcnt Wat the Work(w�cluding any furTha warranty and gu�anty obligations)I�as bcen compkted and is accepted
under t�tenns and vonditio�of tlu Coausct Doa�. Completion of the Work shall�an:(1)Eutl peafo�ance of all Contracx te�s;(2)
acap�nce of ti�e Work by Owuet;(3)resdWion of aU outs�diag Ch�ges of Contrac�(4)vom�pletion of all"pwach-list"ib�s;and(5)
delivay of all fi�l lien wraiveas,wa�r�ties,fhe C.ertificate of Occupancy(�f such is�o be obtained by Contractor),and teqt�ired"as-built"
drawings. If pria to the making of Fioal Paya�ent the Owncr fmds defic��cies in the Waic,the Owner shafl promp8y notify the Contractor
tlia�oof in writing,desaibiag such deficiencies in detaiL Aft�the Contr�ctor has remediod�ny�ficieacies TMoted bY the Ow�na,the Conua�ctor
shall raquest a Snal inspocti�mid ihe Owner shall make suCh inspedion and fdllow the p�ocedure set f�dt in t6is Paragaph.
C. Fmm dme to tia�e,as pprtio�of the Work are c�ompleted by die Contrador,We Owcer shall ha�ve the right,up�giving the
Contractor prior writtea notice,to ac�t�'PotUon of the Work tt�at the Owner desires�o use and occupy. Such pattial acceptance shall be
made in writing and th�fta the Contraewr shall have no further oblig�ti�witfi rospxx to the Work acceptad,eaccept to cornct the Work
subseq�tly found to have be�improperly done or to replacx defective mataials a oqui�tent,a W perform Wak purs�ant to Parag�aph 40
-- herco£ NotwitfBtanding anylh' �6aein to t6e oontrary,all gnm�m�toas m�d warrauties arisin8 P�tt'suant to Peragaph 38 he�eof shall
run Srom ffie time of Substantial�letion of t6e exidre Projxt,and not fi+�n1 the time af any Partial eccxptance wbich ocaas pursuant to this
Subparagaph(G�•
. � D. Final Pavment
The makiag of Final Paymea�t s6all coestiUrte a waiver of all claims by the Owner except those arising from:
� 1) Unsotded lieos;
2) Faulty ar deBaxive Woik ap�ring after complexioa;
3) Failure of du Work to comply with the ra{uirements of tl�e Cqnh�ct Documents;
4) Tams of any spacial a e�cter►dad wananti�required by the Contract Documents;or
5) The oblig�ions of the Contractot under the indmmific�ti�t provisions of Pmag�aph 27 het+eo£
E. Contrac;tor's Acceotanoe of Final Pavment
'I'he acceptana of Final Payrt�ent shall constitute a waiver of all claims by the Conuactor.
38. WARItANTIES ANA GUARANfF.ES
A. The C�trActo�wmr�s to the Ocvner Wat all materials and a{uipment fisnisbect under Wis Contracx will be new and Eree
- svm acfects,thar a1t work w;u be of gooa q�ity,r�e s+ort►f�s ana aefa�s ana m stria ooafom�noa witi►ma convacc nocuments. a,u
Work not confarming w these roquinmmCs,inde�ng substidrtions not properly a�rovod and a�ori�d,maY be ca�sidered defective. If
required by the Owner,the Coah�acWr shall fluauh sadsfadory evidence as to the lund and quslity of materials and e4mpment. 'll�is warranty or
�y other wananty providad by the Cpnuacta pursuant to the Conhact Doc�ntc shall not be limited by the provisia�s of Subpara�aph(B)
below.
B. The Ca�tractor haeby guarantees all W�1cperformed�d meaaial and equipment fumisl�ed undet We Contract Documents
a�d�t def+ocls d�W faulty or defaxive mataials a worlrmaoship,�failtm of We Work w conform w t6e Conuact Docum�ts,as s6atl ePP�*
" w�thm aperiod of�e(1)year fran Un d�e of Substm�tisl Completion of 11x entue Projax(unkss spocified eL4ewhere�or for a longer period if
so specified elsewhae in the ConVact Dodm�nts�in applic�k vvmranties suppliod by others,provi�d,however,that if such mataials or
oquipment or poRion of�e Work is found aRa su¢h Snal aoce�oe not to comply wrtl�ihe Coturaet 1)oamdents,the guarmitee paiod theroon
shall oommence with tlte d�e it is ootteatod by the Contraaror to oomply with the Contract Documents. The Cont�tor shall r�quire a sunilar
' guaranty in all saboontracts,incltding ffie ioqui�t d�at the Owner be reimb�sed fa any�or lass to We Wak or to otlwr work
resWting f�n sµ�defocts. The Co�aetar a�es�part of its guatantee tmder this P�d 38�repair a rarqve ar replace as din�by
the Owner>all Waic whiehp�v es defecxrv�d�inB 1he Bu�ntoe p�iod or whi�fa�ls to oonform bo the Ca�trecx Doc�ts;to repair,remove,
end nPlace,�s d�rected bY the�wner>al1 d�naged l�ati�s of dic Woik resultiitg fiom or wfiic6 is iacidd►tal to defecls in the Work as stated
� sbove in this Parag�aph 38,�failure of the Work to conform to the Conttae;t Doa�►ts. All repairs,t�anovals aq►d replaceanentc must be
coaunenced withia seven(n days fin�t the reoeipt of written notice ft�the Owaer at times approved m advaace by the Owner. T6e CattracWr
s6all furaish saffici�t w�m�d m�arials W ans�tte pranpt cwmpktioa�U�reof. Slauld We Contrador fsil W pr000ed in ac�rdance with
the pmvisioos of Wis P�agaph 38,�e Owna,withart fiuther narice to the Canhacbor,may fiunish all labor and m�aial t�,ysmy fa said
c�epaus,a removals m�d�eplaoeme�s;ell oosts�sociata!with such repait a rep�t wrork shall be c�od to the ContrscWr.
^" C. Upai Substantial Coa�pl�ion of the Projax mid prior to Final Payment,We Contractor shall Prepare,aganize,assemble and
trmnsmit to the Owaa's RGpr�vee a du�licate set of all vvritten w�ranties end�arantas of othas appliCabk w the Work a required by the
� Contiact Doamients and ins�uxion,opaadon and mainteoan�e mgnuals fa all operatmffi�I��P�t and systems and for all vve�rii►S surfaas.
All warranties and guatantees of aAhas wi�n�ard to savioes or materials s6all be made for the beneSt of We Owna ffid the Contractor�d
shall be enfo[ceable by eidKr the Owna�ar 16e Contradar and the Contrac�or sbal!execute�y docurr►�ts cx t�e such actiaa ss roay be
� nooessm�+to ens�ue t�tl�e Owua��16e b�efiis Wa�eoL Should the Conhador,or a Suhcontractor replaa�y psrt of the Work,all
Werranties or guacan�ces applicabk tio tl�e Wat roplaced sh�l begitt ancvv froau the date of We Ovmd's acoeptance of the eeplacement
D. No caihact or purchase pettaining to ihe Projeet shall allow f�waiver of wartanties or guarantees.
E. Nothjng coo�ained in Wis Para�6 38 shall be oonswed to e�blish a period of limi�wid�raspxt bo amy�
obligadon which the Coatracoor may have wida the Contract Dowments. The establishment of tl�e time paiod of au year as sd forth in
19
SubParagaPh(B)above a such bnger paiod of t�e as may be prescribod by taw or by ihe oWa pravisiong of ffie Cantract Doqunerts relates
only to ihe specific obli�tion of the Co�ac�bor to oomed We Work aed has�relatio�ts6ip to t6e dme within whidi 6is obligation w comPiY
with tl►e Contract Doq�s rt�}+be soug6t w be mfonoad�to the time widlin which prooaedings may be�cxd W es�blish the
Contractors liability with respcd to his obligatiq�s od�er than specificxlly to corred the Work.
39. TAXES
A. 1'he C�h'ador sheN p�y for all salcs,oo�ner,use and otl►er simil�ta�ces for ffie R►al�or portioa4 fhaoof Qrovided by ffie
Contracxnr.
4A. RIGHTS ANA REMEDIES
A The du6es m�d obligatians imposed by the Conhact Documentc sud ihe ri�ts�d tomodies availabk Werauider shali be in �
�ldition to,and�t a limitAtion o�ffiY dutics.obli�ioos.riSMs and�emedies attxxwisc impoeod or av�ilabk by law. The Owner reserves the
right to exercise any right a remedy available to it either s��a2ely or conc�n+ently with any alher rig6t�remady svailabk to it '
B. No actiaa a failure to�cx by the Owner a an}+agent or employa of the Ownra('mcluding the Owne�'s Ropresentative)shall
ooastiwte a waiver of any right a duty affordod ii unda�the Contrad Doa�meNs,nor stu��y sud�action or faihue to act constltute approval
of a�acquiesoence in�y b�each theramder,except as specifically agroed to in vnitiog. 'ibe pa�oimance of�y io�ections or tests,or the
omiss�on of any inspaxioes a tesls,or a dec»isioe aot to perfam anY inspxdon a'�st,lry the O�vner a�Y a�at,ea�loyee ar c�sultant of We
Ovvner,shall not be a warva of mry of t�e Co�ada's oiiL�tions hex�mder aud s6a11 not be vonstruad as�appuval ar acceptanoe of the
Work�r any part tl�e�f No payment to the ConUsctor(including F'mal Payp�ent)�apprOval or�na bY t6c Owner of�y Waic shall
constidioe a final acceptanoe of such Waic if it is laber discovaed d�at such Wai�vrac aot paforn�ed in acoordance wiffi the requir�ents of the
Conorac;t Documents.
41. PERFORMANCE�OND AND LABOR MATERIAL PAYMENT�OND
1'he Owner shall hgve the right to reqaire We Comtacrt�W futnish at its sole dis�xatioa sep�rate Pafonnanoe�d I.�or and Material Bonds,in --
the fam E�ibits G and H. These bonds shatl oovu t6e faithfW perfiorm�oe of t6e CoimactoPs oMiga�iais haa�er�d tl�e payment of all
obiigatia�s which adse ttexamdea at�y time priar to or during the cowse of oo�tion. Suc6 bonds sLall be made art for one hundred
petcertt(100%)of the CorthaCt 3um. If thC Cdutract 3nm is inCreased tmder the hmB h�aoo�We Collhac�ShHli obtain a�pon d'ulg
mcrease in the oovaa�e of such bonds. The ca�of these bonds will bepa�d by the Owoer Any premium su�e in tlie oost of providing
tltese bonds is to be paid by the ContracWr. All dirridends acc�uing on tt�se bonds shal!be peid by the Conh�ectar to the bwna.
42. OWNEIt3HIP AND USE OF DOCUMENTS �
All drawings,Pmjed Plaos�d SpociScffiions,�alher doa�ioq aod copies 16e�eo$fianished by We Owrkr or ffiY agent,apPloyee or
consuhant of We Owner,a architect,ace�d sLalt re�ain the pmpexiy of the Owner. 'Ibey a�e to be used only with respect to this Project add "
are oot to be used ott any od►er projeck Widt the acoeption of one Cont�ct set for the Cantrar,tnr,such documents fumished to the C�ttactor
are to be retumed or suitably accwunted fi�to the Owner�req�st ffi the canpletan of the Work.
43. CUTTING AND PATCHING OF WORK
A T6e Caotractor shsll be respoasibk�r all cutting,frtOmg or patc6ing�at may be requirod 60 oompkte the Wak or to make
its several Patts fit togdha�perfY•
B. 1'he C�hactor shall not damaBe�eodang�any po�tion of the Wai�a fhe Wak of the Owna or of anY s�arate
cwntracWr bY�S.P�mB����Y W�.�bY accavaAioo. The CaotracWr shdl�prt a od�vvise alter We Work of tbe
Owner�of aay separ�e oor�arxor,except with ffie v�itten consent of We Owoer and of sach sep�ate conbacbr. The Cattractor shall not
wueasonably withhold 5vm the Ownea a from ffip se�o ooM�'his�t to pqtiqg a athawi.ge ffiuriag�e W�k.
44. OWNER-�URNI�ED MATERIAL
The Owner reserves d�e rig�t to procure cerisin martpials for the ConUactor's use on the Pm9t�ct,as designated by the Oa�. The CantracWr
shall provide the Owma wilh p�oposed qum►tities of st�materiaL�. The Owner vrill review tl�e Cantrado�s ptopaeal ffid then the Coatractor
and Owna will mutually a�roe on the uantities sufficient W oompkbe ffie Projea. Upon snch a�ema►t,We CaaAn�Wr shall certify in writing
tl�t the ag�'eed upon 9�s are�to oomplete tfie Pro�'d�. If additional of inetaials are to
tfirough no fault of the Owna,such exass quandties of makxiais will be provided�Owaor�tlk Coatra�expense.�The Own�s6�a11
have the right to direct the ConUactor to procure�y additional mataials. If tl�Contrac�or faib to do sq the Owner shall procure du maberials
and bill the C�tractor. The Contracwr will be roqui�ed to pay all necessary shiPP��8 aad air-frei8ht�rge.s to ensure timely delivery .
of such additional madaials.
45. MI3CELI,ANEOU3
A. 'ILe Contract Documentc shall be�in acoordffia with the Iaws of We stahe in which the Projxt is loc�ted.
B. If any of the provisioas of the�Doaiments shall contravme ar be invalid uada such Iavvs,such contravention or r
iavalidity shall not invalida�e Wc vvhole Coahract ar my o�r provision oa�w�m fhe Co�act Doa�s,but me Contract Doa�rtts
shall be oonstrued as if nat oomaiaing tl�e ptovisiaa hdd to be imalid,�d the rights md obligation4 of We pa�ties shall be enforoed accordiogly.
C. The ca�ioas of Para�hs and vffiious$ubp�phs in tlre Canhact Doameats are ia�aied only as a matter of
orn►vqiiena and for refera�ce and'm no way deSne,limit a dascribe the scope of�y P�h oc Subparagraph herein. _
D. Wads of any g�der usod in t6e Contract D4�ts shall be held�p ieclude mry otl��md wa'ds uscd'm the
singul�shall be held to indade the P�ival,wfien the s�se Tequires.
E_ All provisia�s of We Contracx Docian�s wfiioh by theit te�'u�s ro4uire P�orn�noe bY ejtha fhc Owner ot We Contractor
after tamination of this Contracx shall swvive any suc6 termin�i�On.
F. ���di��arisiog haannda�shaU be resolvod by d�e ooiuls ot ooaopetem jurisdidion located in the stade in w6ic� -~
20
Supplementary conditions to the contrac�
1. shall act as the General Contractor and with the(CN�Construction
Manager sha11 coordinate all the work of all the sub-contractors including the Pool,Hot
Tub Excavatin�sub-contractor and Electrical sub-conhactors.
2. shall submit a schedule of t6e work to the CM to be approved by the
Owner and the Architec�
�
3. The General Coatractor and all sub-contr�ctors once a month,and on the first of the
month shail submit their applications for payment(draw requests)to the Architect.
Within the first week of thc month the Architect shall pmvide an inspection for the
Owner and shall determine the amounts due each Contractor and shall authorize the
"` Owner to make such payments.These payments shall be released by the 15�of each
month. In no case shall any payments be made at any other time of the month.
4. Changes to the work may be requested by the Arcbitect on behalf of the Owner from time
to time and sha11 be submitted to a Contractor for pricing as an add or a deduct.Upon a
written change order to be issued by the architect,the Contractor shall proceed with such
changes and his next request for payment shall show the new agreed upon change order
amount.
� .
Page 21
.